Where You Going With That Monet? International Art Heist
Keith Meyers/The New York Times
LOOK CLOSELY And then imagine a Rembrandt and a Vermeer in
those empty frames at the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum in Boston. The
canvases are among those stolen in 1990. More Photos >
THE plots of art heist movies are about as multifarious as the canvases of
the paintings pilfered by their main characters — the postmodern heroin-cool of Nick Nolte in "The Good Thief"; the
playboy-billionaire boredom of Pierce Brosnan in "The Thomas Crown Affair." But
one thing art theft movies tend to have in common is that they dwell on the
heist and not on the aftermath, for reasons that are probably more than
cinematic: art is an exceedingly dumb thing to steal.
The most valuable examples, usually paintings, are also the most highly
recognizable and therefore almost impossible to resell or to display anywhere.
When thieves try they are often caught. And so most real art bandits don't exude
quite the élan of a Nolte or Brosnan or even of a good, methodical jewel thief.
In fact, they are often found pretty far down the ladder of professional
purloining, acting on impulse or opportunity in a world in which museums are
still relatively unguarded public spaces. And in many cases, to put it bluntly,
art thieves are just not very good.
They are more like a Dutch man named Octave Durham — a k a the Monkey — who
was sentenced to prison in 2004 for stealing two paintings from the Van Gogh
Museum in Amsterdam two years earlier. He and an accomplice had little trouble
breaking into the museum but then left behind a feast for crime scene
investigators — ladders, ropes, cloths, hats — that easily provided the DNA
evidence that led to their arrests.
In the latest heist to shake the art world, three men wearing ski masks
walked into the E. G. Bührle Collection in Zurich on Feb. 9, grabbed a Cézanne,
a Degas, a van Gogh and a Monet together worth an estimated
$163 million, and tossed them into a van and sped off. Though one thief
brandished a gun, there were signs that the job was probably not up to robbery's
highest standards: the most expensive of the collection's paintings were left
behind (the four that were stolen were in one room) and the police said the
stolen paintings appeared to be poking out of the back of the white van the men
used to make their getaway.
"No one theory can fit all examples of art theft, but I think it's often an
I.Q. test for not-so-smart criminals, and a lot of them fail," said James Mintz,
the principal of a corporate investigations firm with offices in New York,
London, Zurich and other cities that has handled art cases.
Many of the most notorious art thefts in past decades bear him out and
illuminate a strange disconnect between the enduring mystique of art theft and
the reality of its perpetrators. The theft in Vienna in 2003 of a gold-plated
saltcellar made by Benvenuto Cellini, valued at $60 million, was traced to a
50-year-old alarm-systems specialist with no criminal record. The police, who
caught him after he tried to ransom the sculpture, called him a "funny guy" who
had decided to take the Cellini more or less spontaneously. A divorcé who lived
alone, he kept the sculpture under his bed for two years.
Just last year, two men suspected in the theft of two paintings and a drawing
by Picasso from the Paris home of Diana
Widmaier-Picasso, a granddaughter of the artist, were caught on the street
carrying the paintings, estimated to be worth more than $60 million, rolled up
in cardboard tubes.
Law enforcement officials and officials with the Art Loss Register, a private
database of lost and stolen art, emphasize that there are, certainly, highly
effective art thieves at work around the world, in an enterprise that the Federal Bureau of Investigation estimates at
about $6 billion a year in stolen goods. The marquee example remains the 1990
robbery of the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum in Boston, the biggest art theft
in American history, with a value estimated as high as $300 million. Speculation
has run high for years that the crime, still unsolved and the art unrecovered,
might have been carried out by the organization of James "Whitey" Bulger, the
Boston crime boss, who remains a fugitive.
In rare cases, it even appears that the most movie-like of scenarios — the
made-to-order theft — may happen. A suspect in the December theft of two
paintings in Brazil told the authorities that the works were to be delivered to
a collector in Saudi Arabia. Derek Fincham, a lawyer who runs the Illicit
Cultural Property blog (illicit-cultural-property.blogspot.com), calls
this the "Dr. No situation," after the 1962 James Bond movie in which Sean Connery does a double-take upon seeing a
recently stolen portrait by Goya hanging on a wall in Dr. No's lair.
But most art theft experts say that the idea of such an evil connoisseurs'
black market is largely a myth, and that many art thefts are committed with
insurance company shakedowns in mind. (In such schemes, art is held ransom while
backdoor demands are made for insurers to pay the thieves something less than
the insurance value of the work; investigators point to cases in which art is
recovered with little public explanation offered later about how the return was
accomplished or who committed the crime.)
The mundane reality is that many art thieves are simply not the sharpest
grappling hooks in the toolbag; the smart ones choose to steal things that can
be much more easily converted into money — or just money itself.
Thomas McShane, a retired F.B.I. agent who led many art investigations in the
1970s and 1980s, said the motivations and methods of many of the thieves he came
across could only be described as humorous. One man tried for years to fence a
Rembrandt stolen in 1971 from a museum in France, dropping his street price from
$5 million to $25,000, Mr. McShane recounted in his 2006 memoir "Stolen
Masterpiece Tracker," written with Dary Matera. "His only accomplishment," Mr.
McShane wrote of the criminal, a would-be Mafioso nicknamed Johnny Rio, "was
expanding the ever-widening circle of people who knew he had it." (He was caught
and served a short prison sentence.)
And while thieves in other lines of goods tend to know what they're stealing,
many art thieves often seem not to have set foot in a museum or gallery before
trying to knock one off.
Mr. McShane recalled a 1986 case in which a Queens man, Daniel Kohl, the
owner of an Upper East Side antique shop called Old King Kohl's, was caught with
accomplices in the act of trying to steal more than $20 million in antiquities
from a Queens warehouse. In news accounts at the time, the caper sounded quite
cinematic. But prosecutors later surmised that much of the art they planned to
steal was probably fake.
"Let me tell you," said Mr. McShane, "Danny had about as much knowledge of
art as your local hot dog stand man. 'The Thomas Crown Affair' it was
not."
How Obama won over key Clinton supporters in Wisconsin, and why it
matters.
By John Dickerson Posted Tuesday, Feb. 19, 2008,
at 10:32 A.M E.T.
Hillary Clinton has been calling Barack Obama a plagiarist. Now she can call him a thief. Obama won the Wisconsin primary by
stealing support from blue-collar workers, previously a key Clinton bloc.
If Clinton was to survive the string of February losses, it was going to be
by holding on to what her chief strategist, Mark Penn, has called her "durable
coalition." White women, Latinos, and older voters would be unmoved by Obama's
flash. No group was more crucial to the Penn argument than blue-collar voters.
Clinton aides argued that not only were they bedrock Democratic voters for
Clinton, but they had an aversion to Obama. "How can the Democratic nominee win
without working people?" asked a top Clinton adviser recently.
In Wisconsin, according to exit polls, Obama placed ahead of Clinton among
those who make less than $50,000 a year and those with less than a college
education. He has now won working-class white men in Wisconsin, Missouri, New
Hampshire, California, Maryland, and Virginia. Obama also ate into Clinton's
usual margin with white women voters. (Even if
exit polls are tweaked in the coming hours and Clinton winds up with a narrow
edge among these groups, Obama will still have won sizable support in areas
where Clinton was supposed to be strongest.) And his double-digit victory came
without the help of a sizable number of black votes, which Clinton allies had
previously cited as a caveat to his victories in other states.
The blue-collar votes are important, because Clinton is banking on them for
her comeback in the primaries of Ohio in early March and Pennsylvania in April.
They also matter because as the two candidates make the pitch to superdelegates,
who will determine the nominee, it becomes harder for Clinton to argue that
Obama will have a tough general election because his reach is somehow limited.
He is not just the boutique fascination of young people and wealthy elites. He
has now won in every key geographical area and across racial and gender lines.
The Wisconsin result also gives us hints that Obama won't easily be knocked
off track. For the last week, Clinton and her aides have upped their charge that
Obama is nothing more than pretty talk. A week ago, Clinton started running ads
criticizing Obama for not debating. He'd rather give speeches, she said. As
primary day neared, Clinton's staff pushed the claim that Obama was a
plagiarist. None of it seemed to dent his momentum.
The competition for the next phase of the campaign started as soon as the
results were in. Clinton, speaking in Youngstown, Ohio, launched a string of
attacks against Obama that didn't seem to stir the audience. It is often the
custom for the winner to wait for the loser to finish speaking, but watching
Clinton's attacks on television, the Obama camp sent its man out a little early.
The cable channels switched to his speech and dropped Clinton, as Obama's people
knew they would. "I guess cable just likes winners," said a top Obama aide,
coyly.
WE’RE sliding into recession, or worse, and Washington is turning to the
normal remedies for economic downturns. But the normal remedies are not likely
to work this time, because this isn’t a normal downturn.
The problem lies deeper. It is the culmination of three decades during which
American consumers have spent beyond their means. That era is now coming to an
end. Consumers have run out of ways to keep the spending binge going.
The only lasting remedy, other than for Americans to accept a lower standard
of living and for businesses to adjust to a smaller economy, is to give middle-
and lower-income Americans more buying power — and not just temporarily.
Much of the current debate is irrelevant. Even with more tax breaks for
business like accelerated depreciation, companies won’t invest in more factories
or equipment when demand is dropping for products and services across the board,
as it is now. And temporary fixes like a stimulus package that would give
households a one-time cash infusion won’t get consumers back to the malls,
because consumers know the assistance is temporary. The problems most consumers
face are permanent, so they are likely to pocket the extra money instead of
spending it.
Another Fed rate cut might unfreeze credit markets and give consumers access
to somewhat cheaper loans, but there’s no going back to the easy money of a few
years ago. Lenders and borrowers have been badly burned, and the values of
houses and other assets are dropping faster than interest rates can be
lowered.
The underlying problem has been building for decades. America’s median hourly
wage is barely higher than it was 35 years ago, adjusted for inflation. The
income of a man in his 30s is now 12 percent below that of a man his age three
decades ago. Most of what’s been earned in America since then has gone to the
richest 5 percent.
Yet the rich devote a smaller percentage of their earnings to buying things
than the rest of us because, after all, they’re rich. They already have most of
what they want. Instead of buying, and thus stimulating the American economy,
the rich are more likely to invest their earnings wherever around the world they
can get the highest return.
The problem has been masked for years as middle- and lower-income Americans
found ways to live beyond their paychecks. But now they have run out of
ways.
The first way was to send more women into paid work. Most women streamed into
the work force in the 1970s less because new professional opportunities opened
up to them than because they had to prop up family incomes. The percentage of
American working mothers with school-age children has almost doubled since 1970
— to more than 70 percent. But there’s a limit to how many mothers can maintain
paying jobs.
So Americans turned to a second way of spending beyond their hourly wages.
They worked more hours. The typical American now works more each year than he or
she did three decades ago. Americans became veritable workaholics, putting in
350 more hours a year than the average European, more even than the notoriously
industrious Japanese.
But there’s also a limit to how many hours Americans can put into work, so
Americans turned to a third way of spending beyond their wages. They began to
borrow. With housing prices rising briskly through the 1990s and even faster
from 2002 to 2006, they turned their homes into piggy banks by refinancing home
mortgages and taking out home-equity loans. But this third strategy also had a
built-in limit. With the bursting of the housing bubble, the piggy banks are
closing.
The bingeseems to be over. We’re finally reaping the
whirlwind of widening inequality and ever more concentrated wealth.
The only way to keep the economy going over the long run is to increase the
wages of the bottom two-thirds of Americans. The answer is not to protect jobs
through trade protection. That would only drive up the prices of everything
purchased from abroad. Most routine jobs are being automated anyway.
A larger earned-income tax credit, financed by a higher marginal income tax
on top earners, is required. The tax credit functions like a reverse income tax.
Enlarging it would mean giving workers at the bottom a bigger wage supplement,
as well as phasing it out at a higher wage. The current supplement for a worker
with two children who earns up to $16,000 a year is about $5,000. That amount
declines as earnings increase and is eliminated at about $38,000. It should be
increased to, say, $8,000 at the low end and phased out at an income of
$46,000.
We also need stronger unions, especially in the local service sector that’s
sheltered from global competition. Employees should be able to form a union
without the current protracted certification process that gives employers too
much opportunity to intimidate or coerce them. Workers should be able to decide
whether to form a union with a simple majority vote.
And employers who fire workers for trying to organize should have to pay
substantial fines. Right now, the typical penalty is back pay for the worker,
plus interest — a slap on the wrist.
Over the longer term, inequality can be reversed only through better schools
for children in lower- and moderate-income communities. This will require, at
the least, good preschools, fewer students per classroom and better pay for
teachers in such schools, in order to attract the teaching talent these students
need.
These measures are necessary to give Americans enough buying power to keep
the American economy going. They are also needed to overcome widening
inequality, and thereby keep America in one piece.
Robert B. Reich, a professor of public policy at the University of
California, Berkeley, is the author, most recently, of
“Supercapitalism.”
Left: Photo by Sigrid Estrada; Right: AP Photo/Michael Probst
David Rieff, left; Susan Sontag at a press conference at the Book Fair in
Frankfurt, Germany, on Oct. 11, 2003.
Susan Sontag's final wish
She wanted
hope, a reason to believe she would survive cancer. In a candid interview, her
son, David Rieff, discusses his mother's battle to live and his struggle to hide
the truth.
By Steve Paulson
Feb. 13, 2008 | David Rieff has written a sobering and often horrifying
account of his mother's final days. In 2004, his mother, Susan Sontag, died from a brutal form of blood cancer,
myelodysplastic syndrome. She fought her illness to the end, implicitly asking
those closest to her, including her son, to lie: She didn't want anyone to tell
her she was dying. It's a striking contrast. The celebrated writer demanded
honesty of intellectuals -- Rieff says she loved reason and science "with a
fierce, unwavering tenacity bordering on religiosity" -- yet maintained a
willful delusion about her death.
In "Swimming in a Sea of Death," Rieff wrestles with how to be a dutiful son
to his dying mother while being true to himself. It's a remarkably unsentimental
account. There's no gushing between mother and son or deathbed reconciliations.
This is not a portrait of Rieff's relationship with Sontag, though at one point
he refers to their "strained and at times very difficult" relations. It is a
book about dying, grieving and what it means to survive the death of a loved
one.
Beginning in the 1960s, Sontag became a cultural critic with enormous range,
dissecting everything from camp to Marxist critic Walter Benjamin, from
photography to how illness is misread as a metaphor for patients' psychology.
She was a best-selling novelist and a singular presence -- the brainy, glamorous
woman who held her own among the testosterone-filled intellectuals of the
period.
Rieff is a distinguished author in his own right. A contributing writer to
the New York Times Magazine, and a past contributor to Salon, he's reported on
war-ravaged countries and carved out his own reputation as an acute analyst of
foreign policy. Rieff refers to writing as "the family olive oil business." His
father, the sociologist Philip Rieff, wrote his own masterpiece, "The Triumph of
the Therapeutic: Uses of Faith After Freud." Sontag married Rieff when she was
17 and left him seven years later. In her later years, she had a relationship
with Annie Leibovitz, whom Rieff avoids discussing in his memoir, except for one
loaded comment about the photographer's "carnival images of celebrity death."
"I am not a confessional person," Rieff insisted. He could be terse when
fielding questions about his relationship with his mother, and he became angry
at the notion she suffered a "bad death." Still, throughout our interview, he
displayed his own brand of remarkable candor.
When did you first hear your mother had this form of blood
cancer?
It was in the spring of 2004. I was coming back from about a month in Israel/Palestine, where I was trying to do
a story on Yasser Arafat. I have a habit -- a
superstition, really -- of not calling people I'm close to while I'm on an
assignment that could be dangerous. But I usually check in once I get out. I had
to change planes at Heathrow Airport in London, so I called my mother. She said
she might be ill again, might have some kind of blood cancer. She was trying to
be cheerful. I was trying to be cheerful. Then I flew back. The next morning, I
picked her up and accompanied her to the doctor who gave her the test results.
The physician was not a very empathetic guy. I'm sure he's a good doctor, but
his human skills were not exactly brilliant. And he told her the bad news. She
had this lethal blood cancer and, basically, there was no treatment.
It was a death sentence.
It was. The standard time between diagnosis and death is nine months, and
there are no drugs that work more than a few months to keep your blood counts
where they're supposed to be. It turned out that if she wanted to try something
rather than palliative care during the last months of her life, there was one
possibility. It's a long shot: an adult stem-cell transplant, a bone-marrow
transplant. She found a physician at the great cancer center in New York, Memorial Sloan-Kettering, a brilliant man who had all the
human skills the first doctor did not. He said, "If you want to fight, if what
matters to you is not quality of life…" And my mother said, "I'm not
interested in quality of life." He said, "Well, the best place to have this
transplant would be at the Fred Hutchinson Center at the University of
Washington Hospital in Seattle."
So she was going to do everything she could to survive.
She wanted to live at any price. When she said, "I'm not interested in
quality of life," she meant it. She was somebody for whom extinction -- death --
was unbearable. So she was going to fight for every breath, no matter how much
suffering that entailed.
Twice before, your mother had cancer and survived. One time, weren't
the odds incredibly stacked against her?
They were. This was in the mid-'70s, a time when American physicians tended
to lie to their patients and tell family members something closer to the truth.
I was told by her doctors that she would die quite soon. She had Stage 4 breast
cancer that had spread into her lymph system. She had a basis for thinking it
wasn't hopeless when a doctor said it was.
Yet this time it did seem hopeless.
The chances were indeed stacked against her. But she didn't want to hear it.
So what do you do, as the person who's close to someone who wants to live at any
price, when you think this fight isn't worth it? Do you lie? Do you insist on
telling the truth when it's perfectly clear the person doesn't want to know the
truth? Which was certainly true of my mother.
Even though she did say, "Don't lie to me."
She wanted to be lied to. I mean, she didn't want to be lied to, but she
wanted to live. She hoped that I and other people in her life would give her
reason to hope. I felt that I had to do that, whatever my own opinion was.
Before the transplant, I thought the odds were bad. Coming back to my mother's
previous experience with breast cancer, I thought, "Well, don't leap to
conclusions here. They wrote her off in the '70s. Yeah, it's an even more lethal
cancer, and yeah, she's even 30 years older, but maybe she'll beat the odds."
But when the bone marrow transplant started to go wrong soon after it took
place, I didn't think she would make it. Yet every signal she was giving me was,
"Give me hope. Help me believe I might make it." In the end, I chose to do that.
The most important thing I thought was: It's her death, not mine.
Can you tell me about your mother's last days?
Everything that could go wrong did go wrong after the transplant. She
suffered like someone being tortured. I found a way to be present but not look
at the way she had become physically. She flew back to New York when it was
clear the leukemia had become full-blown and the transplant had failed, and
spent the last six or seven weeks of her life in Memorial Sloan-Kettering. In
the end she couldn't even roll over unassisted.
Once she died, I asked the other people in the room to leave. And I really
looked. To be blunt, I took off her shirt. And she was just a sore. Her body was
just a sore from the inside of her mouth to her toes. So the suffering was
extraordinary. But the actual death was comparatively easy in the sense that she
didn't seem to be in pain. In the last days, she kind of withdrew. And when she
spoke, she spoke about the distant past -- about her parents, about people she
was involved with 30 years before. She wasn't focused on the present or any of
us. Then she lapsed into a kind of somnolence. And then she died. It wasn't
terrible.
Did not telling her the truth about her condition take a toll on
you?
It exacted a tremendous price. I never got to say goodbye. I don't want to
romanticize the end of life, but we never had the kinds of conversations I
would've liked to have had with her. Conversations about the past. I would've
liked to have said certain things to her. We had a complicated relationship.
There were very good times and very bad times between us. I would have liked to
have gone beyond those before she left us. But that's impossible if you decide
not to acknowledge the fact of dying. So that's the price I paid. But she made
it very clear what she wanted. I didn't feel that my interests could be put
ahead of that.
You write that it wasn't just that she desperately wanted to live,
she was also terrified of dying. Wasn't there a kind of existential
dread?
There was. In my experience, lots of people are terrified of dying. I've also
met lots of people who aren't. But she was one to whom it was just terrible
news. So I don't think she was at all unique. Of course, some people of faith
find it easier. But my mother wasn't a person of faith.
Your mother was an atheist. She refused to accept any consolation
from the hope of an afterlife. How much did that contribute to her
dread?
Well, I'm an atheist too; if anything, more militant than my mother. I think
it would have been grotesque of my mother to have become a person of faith
purely in the interest of consoling herself. Surely, that would have been the
most terrible therapeutic use of faith, and a disgrace in terms of faith. You
shouldn't start to believe because it suits you.
But it does raise the question: Without the consolation of religion,
does the prospect of dying lead to dread?
Well, it sure doesn't help. I don't know. There are certainly religious
traditions that don't believe in an afterlife. So I don't think we can just take
the Christian or the Islamic model and say those visions of a personal afterlife
are what religious faith is. If you look at Buddhism, if you look at Judaism,
neither has an afterlife in that sense. So I'm not sure it's faith vs. atheism.
These days, there's a lot of talk about what's called "a good death."
Usually this means someone who accepts dying and stops fighting it. There's a
certain grace that can follow. Not only is there a sense of inner peace, but the
dying person often has meaningful and profound conversations with friends and
family. To use a word you scorn in your book, there is some "closure." By
contrast, it would seem that your mother had anything but a good death. Do you
see it that way?
No, I think that's something people say to console themselves. I don't
believe a word of what you just said. I don't know whether you believe it or
not. But I know this argument very well. First of all, I think that argument
does a real disservice to human variety. People are very different in their
lives and very different in their deaths. The idea that one good death fits all
seems incredibly reductive to what human beings are all about. It's like saying
all human beings should be cheerful. I don't know that being cheerful is better
than being a melancholy person. People have different temperaments. When you say
"grace," it lets family members off the hook. They don't have to feel so bad
that the person is going. So I don't buy it.
I have the impression that this is the way your mother had to die.
Given who she was, there was no other way.
What I'm saying is that the right way for one person to die may not be the
right way for another person to die. And she was somebody who desperately didn't
want to die. So why should she have made our lives easier by going gracefully?
That doesn't seem right to me.
She was buried in Montparnasse Cemetery in Paris, where many famous
writers are buried. You say your mother had a horror of cremation. Do you know
why that was?
Sure. Cremation seemed to confirm extinction. If you have a grave and your
bones are there, it's somehow less confirming of extinction. I understand that
viscerally. She spoke a lot during her life about how horrified of cremation she
was. But all the decisions about her burial are decisions that I made, trying to
think through what I thought she wanted. She gave me no instructions of any
kind.
ACCOMMODATIONS Dynise Balcavage is a vegan; her husband,
John Gatti, is an omnivore
Steve Legato for The New York Times
When they prepare orecchiette with broccoli, he adds anchovies to his
serving.
February 13, 2008
I Love You, but You Love Meat
By KATE MURPHY
SOME relationships run aground on the perilous shoals of money, sex or
religion. When Shauna James's new romance hit the rocks, the culprit was
wheat.
"I went out with one guy who said I seemed really great but he liked bread
too much to date me," said Ms. James, 41, a writer in Seattle who cannot eat
gluten, a protein found in wheat, barley and rye.
Sharing meals has always been an important courtship ritual and a metaphor
for love. But in an age when many people define themselves by what they will eat
and what they won't, dietary differences can put a strain on a romantic
relationship. The culinary camps have become so balkanized that some factions
consider interdietary dating taboo.
No-holds-barred carnivores, for example, may share the view of Anthony
Bourdain, who wrote in his book "Kitchen Confidential" that "vegetarians, and their Hezbollah-like splinter faction, the vegans ... are the
enemy of everything good and decent in the human spirit."
Returning the compliment, many vegetarians say they cannot date anyone who
eats meat. Vegans, who avoid eating not just animals but animal-derived
products, take it further, shivering at the thought of kissing someone who has
even sipped honey-sweetened tea.
Ben Abdalla, 42, a real estate agent in Boca Raton, Fla., said he preferred
to date fellow vegetarians because meat eaters smell bad and have low energy.
Lisa Romano, 31, a vegan and school psychologist in Belleville, N.Y., said
she recently ended a relationship with a man who enjoyed backyard grilling. He
had no problem searing her vegan burgers alongside his beef patties, but she
found the practice unenlightened and disturbing.
Her disapproval "would have become an issue later even if it wasn't in the
beginning," Ms. Romano said. "I need someone who is ethically on the same
page."
While some eaters may elevate morality above hedonism, others are suspicious
of anyone who does not give in to the pleasure principle.
June Deadrick, 40, a lobbyist in Houston, said she would have a hard time
loving a man who did not share her fondness for multicourse meals including wild
game and artisanal cheeses. "And I'm talking cheese from a cow, not that awful
soy stuff," she said.
Judging from postings at food Web sites like chowhound.com
and slashfood.com, people seem more willing to date those
who restrict their diet for health or religion rather than mere dislike.
Typical sentiments included: "Medical and religious issues I can work around
as long as the person is sincere and consistent, but flaky, picky cheaters — no
way" and "picky eaters are remarkably unsexy."
Jennifer Esposito, 28, an image consultant who lives in Rye Brook, N.Y.,
lived for four years with a man who ate only pizza, noodles with butter and the
occasional baked potato.
"It was really frustrating because he refused to try anything I made," she
said. They broke up. "Food is a huge part of life," she said. "It's something I
want to be able to share."
A year ago Ms. Esposito met and married Michael Esposito, 51, who, like her,
is an adventurous and omnivorous eater. Now, she said, she could not be happier.
"A relationship is about giving and receiving, and he loves what I cook, and I
love to cook for him," she said.
Food has a strong subconscious link to love, said Kathryn Zerbe, a
psychiatrist who specializes in eating disorders at Oregon Health and Science
University in Portland. That is why refusing a partner's food "can feel like
rejection," she said.
As with other differences couples face, tolerance and compromise are
essential at the dinner table, marital therapists said. "If you can't allow your
partner to have latitude in what he or she eats, then maybe your problem isn't
about food," said Susan Jaffe, a psychiatrist in Manhattan.
Dynise Balcavage, 42, an associate creative director at an advertising agency
and vegan who lives in Philadelphia, said she has been happily married to her
omnivorous husband, John Gatti, 53, for seven years.
"We have this little dance we've choreographed in the kitchen," she said. She
prepares vegan meals and averts her eyes when he adds anchovies or cheese. And
she does not show disapproval when he orders meat in a restaurant.
"I'm not a vegangelical," she said. "He's an adult and I respect his choices
just as he respects mine."
In deference to his wife, Mr. Gatti has cut back substantially on his meat
consumption and no longer eats veal. For her part, Ms. Balcavage cooks more
Italian dishes, her husband's favorite.
In New York City, Yoshie Fruchter and his girlfriend, Leah Koenig, still
wrestle with their dietary differences after almost two years together. He is
kosher and she is vegetarian. They eat vegetarian meals at her apartment, where
he keeps his own set of dishes and utensils. When eating out they mostly go to
kosher restaurants, although they "aren't known for inspired cuisine," said Ms.
Koenig, 25, who works for a nonprofit environmental group.
Though the couple occasionally visit nonkosher restaurants, Mr. Fruchter, 26,
a musician, said he has to order carefully to avoid violating kosher rules.
"We're still figuring out how this is going to work," he said. "We're both
making sacrifices, which is what you do when you're in love."
Even couples who have been eating together happily for years can be thrown
into disarray when one partner suddenly takes up a new diet. After 19 years of
marriage, Steve Benson unsettled his wife, Jean, when he announced three years
ago that he would no longer eat meat, for ethical reasons.
"It had been in my head a long time, but I could have done a better job of
talking about it," said Mr. Benson, 46, a math professor at Lesley University,
in Cambridge, Mass. Ms. Benson, who is also 46, and devises grade school
curriculums, said she worried her husband would judge her if she continued to
eat meat, "but we talked it out and he is not proselytizing."
Another concern was whether she would be able to cook vegetarian meals that
would meet the nutritional needs of everyone in the family, including their
teenage daughter. "I wanted us all to eat the same thing for pragmatic,
household economy reasons, but also because that's part of being a family," Ms.
Benson said.
So, she cooks vegetarian dinners and makes lunches for herself and her
daughter that include meat. She and her daughter have "meat parties" when Mr.
Benson goes out of town, she said.
"There's this feeling that if we eat the same thing then we are the same
thing, and if we don't, we're no longer unified," Dr. Zerbe said. She and Dr.
Jaffe said sharing food is an important ritual that enhances relationships. They
advise interdietary couples to find meals they can both enjoy. "Or at least a
side dish," Dr. Zerbe said.
For people who like to cook, learning to bridge the dietary divide can be an
enjoyable puzzle. Ms. James, the gluten-averse writer, eventually found a man
who did not love by bread alone. On her first date with Daniel Ahern, in 2006,
she told him that she was gluten-free; he saw it as a professional challenge.
"As a chef, it has given me the opportunity to experiment with new
ingredients to create things she can eat," said Mr. Ahern, 39, who works at
Impromptu Wine Bar Cafe in Seattle. Ms. James said she fell in love with him
after he made her a gluten-free salad of frisée, poached egg and bacon. They
married in September.
Since then, Mr. Ahern has given up eating bread at home, though he still eats
it when he goes out. For her part, Ms. James has begun eating offal and foie
gras, which were once anathema. "We've changed each other," she said.
IT'S only a mild case of audiophilia, according to the professionals, but
it's causing me significant discomfort.
Until recently I had considered my appreciation of good-sounding music more
boon than bane, but the moment my wife and I decided to move, I acquired a harsh
new perspective.
I possess a fairly nice stereo (not a problem) and some 2,500 CDs (a
significant problem, according to my wife), but the biggest problem is the
custom-built cabinet I commissioned to house my music. It sits on an astounding
20 percent of the usable space in our living room.
I'm unwilling to subject our new house to that sort of treatment.
I have resisted converting my CDs to the MP3 digital format for two reasons.
The thought of feeding discs into my computer, one by excruciating one (I
believe this was the ninth labor of Hercules), not to mention organizing it once
it is digitized, is painful just to contemplate. More important, I'm entirely
unwilling to sacrifice sound quality in return for less clutter.
Recently, however, trends have been working in my favor. Data storage prices
are in perpetual free fall — at 50 cents a gigabyte, even giant hard drives are
within most budgets — and the FLAC (free lossless audio codec) audio format has
gained widespread embrace by mainstream media hardware manufacturers. Like MP3,
FLAC is a compression standard for music files, but unlike MP3, it is lossless,
meaning it doesn't degrade sound quality. With it, I could fit 3,000 CDs in a
terabyte of storage.
These are details about which my wife does not care. What she is passionate
about is floor space. I set about seeing how to help us both.
Logitech recently bought Slim Devices, which makes the Squeezebox, a handy
little $299 unit about half the size of my desktop keyboard. It relays music
from computer to stereo system and then, if the user so wishes, around the rest
of the house.
It's a viable solution, but it still puts me back at my computer, ripping my
CDs while I grind my teeth down to the nerve. Even if I outsource the job, with
ripping services like Ready to Play (www.readytoplay.com) and Riptopia (www.riptopia.com) that charge about $1.60 or so
for each disc, that's an extra $2,500.
Logitech makes three products — the Squeezebox, the $399 Squeezebox Duet and
the $1,999 Transporter — which do more or less the same thing at varying levels
of quality.
The first two items are extremely compact. The Duet receiver is just
two-thirds the size of the Squeezebox. The Transporter offers a higher quality
of sound from a typical size stereo component. All three connect wirelessly to
the server — in most cases, a computer — and must be run through an amplifier or
powered speakers.
A similar wireless audio-streaming device is the Zone Player 100 ($499) from
Sonos, based in Santa Barbara, Calif. Unlike the Logitech devices, it has an
integrated amplifier, so all one needs is an audio source and a pair of
speakers.
For those who prefer to power their music through an existing stereo system,
the Zone Player 80 ($349) is an amp-free alternative. Each unit is commanded
through a feature-laden remote control ($399), complete with scroll wheel and
full-color screen.
While Sonos does a capable job of retrieving one's own stored music, the
company is banking on users obtaining music online, both from services like
Rhapsody and Napster — which are essentially fee-based online
jukeboxes — and Internet radio.
But I did not build a CD collection just to ignore it. More exploration was
in order. Second stop was the high-end test drive.
There is little argument that McIntosh makes among the best — and most
expensive — audio components. So when the company came out with the MS750 last
year, my ears perked up. Knowing much of the $6,000 price tag was going toward a
level of sound quality that may well be lost on my good-but-not-great stereo
system, I proceeded with caution.
From an ease-of-use standpoint, the McIntosh was exactly what I was looking
for. A simple interface allows for automatic CD ripping (into FLAC or a variety
of other formats) in about four minutes.
"I have people write in all the time and say, 'You know, I could do the same
thing with a $400 computer and this program or that program,' " said Ron
Cornelius, a McIntosh project manager. "And they're absolutely right — they can.
But try to use it every day. If you're not a computer geek, forget it. It's just
not a friendly portal."
The MS750 is named for its 750-gig hard drive, big by most measures but still
only enough to handle about two-thirds of my music in FLAC format. And this is
where my dreams of a McIntosh began to evaporate. I could buy another MS750, the
pair connecting wirelessly as if they were a single machine.
Clearing a $6,000 piece of machinery with my wife will be tough enough;
doubling that price tag would be akin to asking for a divorce. The fact that the
MS750 needs a video screen to use its navigation fully — it can be run through a
TV or a laptop, but I would more realistically have to buy a devoted L.C.D.
screen — adds to the cost.
Third stop was Olive Media Products, San Francisco.
At first blush, Olive's product line is not dissimilar from the McIntosh —
internal hard drives, easy ripping of CDs and high-end circuitry. Like the
others, Olive's highest-capacity machine, the Opus N°5, comes with a 750-gig
drive. Unlike the others, however, it has a U.S.B. 2.0 port with which to attach
an external hard drive, letting users more than double its capacity for less
than $200. Why doesn't every system have this?
Additionally, the front-panel display is fully navigable, without need for an
additional screen. The Opus connects to the Internet, allowing not only for
online radio, but giving users remote control once its included software is
installed on a touch-screen P.D.A.
The main downside is that Olive does not offer a device to deliver music into
additional rooms, though industry whispers hint that could change within the
year. Perhaps the biggest bonus is that Olive will rip my CDs for me. The first
300 are included in the price of the machine, and the rest can be done for as
little as 50 cents each. I can send my CDs to Olive and the machine I order will
be delivered with my music already on it.
If there's anything closer to my pipe dream, I can't imagine what it is. With
the Opus N°5 priced at $3,999, even if I choose to outsource my ripping I can
still be home free at just over $5,000.
Seems like a small price to pay for a happy marriage and a bigger living
room.
It was nearly hidden on a New York City Transit public service placard exhorting
subway riders not to leave their newspaper behind when they get off the
train.
"Please put it in a trash can," riders are reminded. After which Neil Neches,
an erudite writer in the transit agency's marketing and service information
department, inserted a semicolon. The rest of the sentence reads, "that's good
news for everyone."
Semicolon sightings in the city are unusual, period, much less in
exhortations drafted by committees of civil servants. In literature and
journalism, not to mention in advertising, the semicolon has been largely
jettisoned as a pretentious anachronism.
Americans, in particular, prefer shorter sentences without, as style books
advise, that distinct division between statements that are closely related but
require a separation more prolonged than a conjunction and more emphatic than a
comma.
"When Hemingway killed himself he put a period at the end of his life," Kurt Vonnegut once said. "Old age is more like a
semicolon."
In terms of punctuation, semicolons signal something New Yorkers rarely do. Frank McCourt, the writer and former English teacher at Stuyvesant High School, describes the semicolon as the
yellow traffic light of a "New York sentence." In response, most New Yorkers
accelerate; they don't pause to contemplate.
Semicolons are supposed to be introduced into the curriculum of the New York
City public schools in the third grade. That is where Mr. Neches, the
55-year-old New York City Transit marketing manager, learned them, before
graduating from Tilden High School and Brooklyn College, where he majored in English and later
received a master's degree in creative writing.
But, whatever one's personal feelings about semicolons, some people don't use
them because they never learned how.
In fact, when Mr. Neches was informed by a supervisor that a reporter was
inquiring about who was responsible for the semicolon, he was concerned.
"I thought at first somebody was complaining," he said.
One of the school system's most notorious graduates, David Berkowitz, the Son of Sam serial killer who
taunted police and the press with rambling handwritten notes, was, as the
columnist Jimmy Breslin wrote, the only murderer he ever
encountered who could wield a semicolon just as well as a revolver. (Mr.
Berkowitz, by the way, is now serving an even longer sentence.)
But the rules of grammar are routinely violated on both sides of the law.
People have lost fortunes and even been put to death because of imprecise
punctuation involving semicolons in legal papers. In 2004, a court in San
Francisco rejected a conservative group's challenge to a statute allowing gay
marriage because the operative phrases were separated incorrectly by a semicolon
instead of by the proper conjunction.
Louis Menand, an English professor at Harvard and a staff writer at The New Yorker,
pronounced the subway poster's use of the semicolon to be "impeccable."
Lynne Truss, author of "Eats, Shoots & Leaves: The Zero Tolerance
Approach to Punctuation," called it a "lovely example" of proper punctuation.
Geoffrey Nunberg, a professor of linguistics at the University of California,
Berkeley, praised the "burgeoning of punctuational literacy in unlikely places."
Allan M. Siegal, a longtime arbiter of New York Times style before retiring,
opined, "The semicolon is correct, though I'd have used a colon, which I think
would be a bit more sophisticated in that sentence."
New York City Transit's unintended agenda notwithstanding, e-mail messages
and text-messaging may jeopardize the last vestiges of semicolons. They still
live on, though, in emoticons, those graphic emblems of our grins, grimaces and
other facial expressions.
The semicolon, befittingly, symbolizes a wink.
This article has been revised to reflect the following correction:
Correction: February 19, 2008 An article in
some editions on Monday about a New York City Transit employee's deft use of the
semicolon in a public service placard was less deft in its punctuation of the
title of a book by Lynne Truss, who called the placard a "lovely example" of
proper punctuation. The title of the book is "Eats, Shoots & Leaves" — not
"Eats Shoots & Leaves." (The subtitle of Ms. Truss's book is "The Zero
Tolerance Approach to Punctuation.")
By Daniel Politi Posted Wednesday, Feb. 20,
2008, at 6:32 A.M. E.T.
The Washington Postand USA Todaylead with Sen.
Barack Obama's decisive victory over Sen. Hillary Clinton in the Wisconsin primary. With almost
all the precincts reporting, Obama managed to get 58 percent of the vote to
Clinton's 41 percent to mark his ninth-straight victory since Super Tuesday. On the
Republican side, Sen. John McCain continued racking up victories over Mike
Huckabee in Wisconsin and Washington. During his victory speech, McCain acted as
if the Democratic nominee had already been decided and pointedly criticized
Obama for offering "an eloquent but empty call for change." As was widely
expected, Obama also won the Hawaii caucuses by a landslide, according to
early-morning wire reports.
The Los Angeles Timesand the Wall Street Journal's world-wide newsbox lead with, and everybody
fronts, Fidel Castro's announcement that he will step down as Cuba's head of
state after holding on to power for almost 50 years. "The resignation
closes a singular chapter in modern political history," says the Post. Leaders
in Washington emphasized there aren't likely to be any modifications in U.S.
policy toward Cuba, and most believe there won't be any big changes in the
island while Castro is still alive. Meanwhile, in Pakistan, the winners of
Monday's election made it clear there are lots of changes in store, says the New York Timesin its lead
story. The leader of the Pakistan Peoples Party said his party would seek to
hold talks with militants in the country's tribal areas and move away from a
reliance on the military that is widely seen as following orders from the United
States. He also said the new parliament would quickly restore independence to
the judiciary and get rid of restrictions on the media.
The most revealing aspect of the Wisconsin vote was how Obama continued to
take away voters from Clinton's base, which could spell trouble for her in the
Texas and Ohio primaries on March 4. The candidates pretty much split the votes
from women, while Obama had a significant advantage among men. Also, Obama defeated her
by a wide margin among voters with incomes of less than $50,000 as well as those
without college degrees, two groups that had been essential to Clinton's past
victories. Slate'sJohn
Dickerson says that by winning "in every key geographical area and
across racial and gender lines"Obama has proved that
"he is not just the boutique fascination of young people and wealthy elites."
The NYT says Clinton will now need to pull off
"double-digit victories to pick up enough delegates to close the gap." If
Wisconsin is any guide, "the next two weeks could be the most negative of the
Democratic race," says the Post. After
losing yesterday's primary, Clinton didn't mince words and launched what the LAT calls "her most
lancing election night critique of Obama yet." But the line of attack was hardly
new, as she once again chose to call attention to Obama's inexperience, which,
as the NYT points out, is an argument she has made many times before,
but it doesn't appear to be resonating with voters.
The Post says McCain's victory "signaled a
coalescing of a Republican electorate that has struggled for a year to find a
candidate it likes." It was one of his best nights, but, as the NYT emphasizes, exit polls showed that many still have doubts about whether
McCain is conservative enough. Huckabee continued to carry the vote of those who
described themselves as very conservative, even as the majority also said they'd
be satisfied with McCain. Slate's Chadwick Matlin suggests Huckabee
may actually be helping Republicans get some free publicity, because if he were
to drop out, "McCain's victories would be completely empty—and completely
unnewsworthy."
It is widely expected that Fidel Castro's 76-year-old brother, Raul, will be
Cuba's next president. But some are suggesting there might be a surprise when
Cuba's National Assembly meets on Sunday, particularly since Castro didn't
specifically mention his brother in his resignation letter. The LAT also notes that Castro has recently suggested he might want to hand power
to someone younger. If someone other
than Raul were to be selected, speculation centers around Vice President Carlos
Lage, whom the WSJ describes as the country's "economic czar." Other
possibilities include the foreign minister and the president of the National
Assembly (the LAT has brief profiles of the four possible successors).
Regardless, the NYT emphasizes that any decision on a successor "remains in
the hands of the Castro brothers and their inner circle." And certainly Castro
himself will still play a significant role in the government as a leader in
Cuba's Communist Party, a member of parliament, and overall behind-the-scenes
adviser. This is why there appeared to be few signs yesterday that Cubans
expected much to change in the near future. "This isn't news," a Cuban dissident said. "It was
expected and it does nothing to change the human rights situation. … There's no
reason to celebrate."
At least some sort of change might be inevitable, though. In a profile of
Raul Castro, the WP notes that if he becomes president, he "is almost
certain to preside over a government based more on a collective style of
leadership, and less on personality." The NYT points out that he has "a
reputation as a manager who demands results from his cabinet members." In recent
months Raul has been encouraging more debates about policy and has hinted that
changes are on the way, even if no one really expects them to come quickly. In a
separate Page One story, the LAT says that the changes "may at best resemble
Chinese economic reforms, except on a tiny, Cuban scale."
The resignation is also likely to intensify debate within the United States
about whether the long-running economic embargo should continue. But any big
changes would probably have to wait until President Bush leaves the White House,
and even then, the three presidential candidates "offered little sign that they
will break with the pillars of existing policy," says the Post inside. "We
always knew the embargo would topple the 49-year-old regime of the 81-year-old
Fidel Castro someday," jokes the Post's Al Kamen. "Patience is finally
being rewarded."
The Pakistan Peoples Party, which was led by Benazir Bhutto, seems to have
won the most seats from Monday's elections. But the "emerging political
landscape was far from clear" yesterday, notes the Post. Neither of
the two main opposition parties received a majority, and there doesn't appear to
be an obvious candidate for prime minister from either one. The WSJ interviewed President Pervez Musharraf, who insisted he has no plans to step down from power
even as some, including former prime minister Nawaz Sharif, called for his
impeachment. Whether Musharraf survives will largely depend on what the ruling
coalition will look like, but it's clear that his power has been greatly
diminished.
Back to the U.S. presidential campaign for a moment: Barack Obama writes an
op-ed piece for USAT where he answers criticism that he has gone back
on his pledge to use public funding in the general election if his Republican
opponent also agreed to shun private money. Obama insists he
will "aggressively pursue such an agreement" if he's the nominee but emphasizes
that it cannot "be reached overnight." Obama writes that an agreement would have
to commit the candidates to "discouraging cheating by their supporters" as well
as refusing help from outside groups so that it "results in real spending
limits." He also suggests that it might have to include what McCain will spend
while the Democratic primaries continue. In a related story, the NYT notes the Obama campaign will report today that it collected $36
million in January, which is $4 million more than previous estimates.
After missing out on some of the most exciting weeks of the political primary
season, Saturday Night Live is back this weekend. One of the biggest
concerns of SNL's producers right now is that the show "is bereft of a
Barack Obama mimic," notes USAT. Auditions are
ongoing, and someone will probably be picked this week. "Finding a way to get
people to laugh at him is complicated right now," the executive producer said.
"People aren't seeing the cracks yet, but it will happen."
Daniel Politi
writes "Today's Papers" for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.
Tags:
Gentlemen, 5 Easy Steps to Living Long and Well
Mike Mergen for The New York Times
FRISBEE, ANYONE? Exercise is linked to living longer.
February 19, 2008
Gentlemen, 5 Easy Steps to Living Long and Well
By NICHOLAS BAKALAR
Living past 90, and living well, may be more than a matter of good genes and
good luck. Five behaviors in elderly men are associated not only with living
into extreme old age, a new study has found, but also with good health and
independent functioning.
While it is hardly astonishing that choices like not smoking are associated
with longer life, it is significant that these behaviors in the early elderly
years — all of them modifiable — so strongly predict survival into extreme old
age.
"The take-home message," said Dr. Laurel B. Yates, a geriatric specialist at Brigham and Women's Hospital in Boston who was the lead
author of the study, "is that an individual does have some control over his
destiny in terms of what he can do to improve the probability that not only
might he live a long time, but also have good health and good function in those
older years."
The study followed more than 2,300 healthy men for as long as a
quarter-century. When it began, in 1981, the subjects' average age was 72. The
men responded to yearly questionnaires about changes in health and lifestyle,
and researchers tested their mental and physical functioning. At the end of the
study, which was published Feb. 11 in The Archives of Internal Medicine, 970 men
had survived into their 90s.
There was no less chronic illness among survivors than among those who died
before 90. But after controlling for other variables, smokers had double the
risk of death before 90 compared with nonsmokers, those with diabetes increased
their risk of death by 86 percent, obese men by 44 percent, and those with high blood pressure by 28 percent. Compared with men
who never exercised, those who did reduced their risk of death by 20 percent to
30 percent, depending on how often and how vigorously they worked out.
Even though each of these five behaviors was independently significant after
controlling for age and other variables, studies have shown that many other
factors may affect longevity, including level of education and degree of social
isolation. They were not measured in this study.
Although some previous studies have found that high cholesterol is associated with earlier death, and
moderate alcohol consumption with longer survival, this study confirmed neither
of those findings.
A second study in the same issue of the journal suggests that some of the
oldest of the old survive not because they avoid illness, but because they live
well despite disease.
The study of 523 women and 216 men ranging in age from 97 to 119 showed that
a large proportion of people who lived that long and lived with minimal or no
assistance did so despite long-term chronic illness. In other words, instead of
delaying disease, they delay disability.
Dr. Dellara F. Terry, the lead author and an assistant professor of medicine
at Boston University, said the study showed that old age
and chronic illness were no reason to stop providing thorough treatment. "We
should look at the individual in making treatment decisions," Dr. Terry said,
"and not base our decisions solely on chronological age."
But Hillary was doing her best to come across as a "Laverne & Shirley"
factory girl as she headed away from not-a-chance Wisconsin and on to gotta-have
Ohio.
She was drinking red wine and talking up the virtues of imported Blue Moon
beer with a slice of citrus on her plane and putting up an ad in Ohio about how
she works the night shift, too, just like the waitresses, hairdressers, hospital
workers and other blue-collar constituents that she's hoping to attract.
And she doesn't mean that being married to Bill Clinton is what keeps her up
all hours. She's talking about burning the midnight oil in her Senate office.
At any minute, she might break out into the "schlemiel, schlemazel" "Laverne
& Shirley" theme:
"Give us any chance, we'll take it. Give us any rule, we'll break
it. We're gonna make our dreams come true. Doin' it our way."
Doin' it her way, Hillary huffed to reporters on her plane: "If your whole
candidacy is about words, they should be your own words."
I guess that means if your whole candidacy is anti-words, you don't have to
use your own words.
The Clintons are known political cat burglars. They pilfered Republican
jewels in the '90s, and Hillary has purloined as much as she can stuff in her
pantsuit from her husband and Barack Obama.
She changed to Change. She co-opted "It's time to turn the page" and "Fired
up and ready to go." She couldn't wait to shoplift the words "yes" and "can"
from Obama's trademark "Yes, we can!" — (which he appropriated from Cesar
Chavez) — even though she was cagey enough to put them in separate slogans,
"Yes, we will!" and "Americans still have that can-do spirit."
Bill, master thief, got in on the act, too. After Obama said that his
election would tell the world that America is back, Bill said that Hillary's
election would tell the world that America is back.
Although the only solid voting bloc in Wisconsin Hillary seemed to get was
women over 60 years old, she did seem happy that the press had "finally," as she
put it, scrutinized him. America's pretty boy was getting muddied up.
The Clinton camp has spent days trying to undermine Obama's chief asset, the
elegant language that has sparked a generational boom.
"We're seeing a pattern here," Hillary enforcer Howard Wolfson said, in a
conference call with reporters Tuesday. Yeah, we are. She's losing, and looking
for anything to bruise Obama.
Obama swiped a couple distinctive riffs about words and aspirations — his
supposed specialty — from his pal Deval Patrick, the governor of Massachusetts,
thereby violating the new cardinal rule not only of politics but of life: Don't
do anything you don't want to see on the top favorites of YouTube.
He had credited Patrick in the past, and Patrick had channeled Obama when he
ran for governor in '06, so basically they're like two roommates sharing
clothes. Or two politicians sharing a strategist. Obama's chief strategist,
David Axelrod, worked for Patrick in the gubernatorial bid.
"You may know that both Deval Patrick and Senator Obama have the same
consultant and adviser," Hillary told reporters, "who is apparently putting
words in both of their mouths."
It wasn't campaign shredding, as when Joe Biden absorbed Neil Kinnock's Welsh
inflection and life experiences in '88. But it was sloppy. If you're going to be
hailed as the messiah and sermonize about offering a "hymn that will heal this
nation," you should come up with your own lyrics.
Obama is basing his campaign on his freshness and integrity and honesty, so
he shouldn't cut corners, as he seems to have done with crediting Patrick and
explaining the extent of his relationship with his sleazy former fund-raiser,
Tony Rezko.
The attribution problem might be small beer compared with Michelle Obama's
comment in Milwaukee on Monday: "For the first time in my adult lifetime, I am
really proud of my country. And not just because Barack has done well, but
because I think people are hungry for change."
It's a discordant note for the stylish, brainy 44-year-old Princeton and
Harvard Law School grad. Cindy McCain showed that Republicans would jump right
on a line like that, and twist it into something that sounded extremist and
unpatriotic.
Michelle made another of these aggrieved pronouncements at a rally in Los
Angeles before the California primary: "Things have gotten progressively worse,
throughout my lifetime, through Democratic and Republican administrations, it
hasn't gotten better for regular folks."
Given the way the Clintons unfairly turn the tables, we're only moments away
from Hillary asking Obama: "Can't you control your spouse?"
The Benedictine nuns are converting their 10-bedroom spiritual retreat into a place to stay for Super Bowl fans
January 31, 2008
Needing a Hail Mary, Fans Find a Monastery
By KATIE THOMAS
PHOENIX — There is no sauna, no heated pool, no chauffeur or sommelier. In fact, no alcohol is allowed on the premises, and guests share a bathroom with their next-door neighbor.
But for $250 a night in a city where Super Bowl rentals are topping out at $250,000 a week for a mansion in Scottsdale, the sisters at Our Lady of Guadalupe Monastery figure they have an offer that cannot be beat.
In debt from the recent purchase of a nearby parcel, the Benedictine nuns are hoping to make a dent in their mortgage by converting their 10-bedroom spiritual retreat into a crash pad for Super Bowl fans this weekend.
"A Super Bowl doesn't happen in a city very often," said Sister Linda Campbell, the prioress of the monastery where rooms usually go for $105 a night. "Then we heard of all the folks that were renting out homes and we thought, wow, that would be something that would be beneficial to the monastery and help us to help others."
With 125,000 fans expected to arrive from out of town this weekend, even midlevel hotels are charging more than $500 a night for rooms. A Hampton Inn, for example, is sold out for the weekend at prices up to $799 a night. Not far away, a Residence Inn by Marriott on Wednesday still had a two-bedroom suite available for $999 a night.
With its posters of Mother Teresa, vinyl tablecloths and second-hand furniture, the monastery's offerings do not match up to some of the Super Bowl packages that nearby hotels and resorts are offering, with free cocktail hours, personal concierge service and sometimes even a meet-and-greet with N.F.L. players. Though there is no curfew at the monastery, some Super Bowl visitors may be dismayed to learn that along with the ban on alcohol (forget about keg stands or late-night drinking games), overnight guests cannot smoke.
Guests at the monastery will sleep in single beds in rooms named after Saints Hildegard, Helen, Monica and Ann. Most of the rooms sleep three people, and there is no telephone or television in the rooms.
Still, the retreat has its charms. The nine-year-old monastery is only three and a half miles from University of Phoenix Stadium in Glendale, Ariz., and is nestled improbably in a working-class suburban neighborhood. Bottlebrush and palm trees shade the monastery, and a peacock roams the grounds. A yellow Labrador named Bonito greets guests at the front door.
Clint Mills Jr., 38, of Shrewsbury, Mass., said he knew he would travel to Arizona if the Patriots won, but he was dreading the cost of a hotel room for him and his 6-year-old son, Clint Mills III. This will be Mills's fifth Super Bowl, and he was aware that even the most basic hotel rooms would be $500 a night. Then he saw a story on his local television station about the monastery.
"When I saw it on the news, I was like, Oh my god," Mills said. "I don't have to worry about who's coming down the hallway at 2 a.m. on Sunday morning."
Sister Linda, 59, works as a guidance counselor at St. Mary's High School, a local Catholic school, and lives at the monastery with another nun and a live-in associate, a woman who has dedicated herself to a spiritual life but has not taken vows to join the order. Throughout the year, the sisters play host to church groups, nonprofit organizations and individuals who arrive seeking spiritual renewal and contemplation. The retreat is so popular that it has outgrown its space, and the order spent $550,000 on a nearby parcel last April so the monastery could be expanded.
The mood at the monastery may seem more prayerful than pumped up, but football fans will find a kindred spirit in Sister Linda, who has season tickets to the Arizona Cardinals and loves to lose herself in the shoves and grunts of a hard-fought game.
"It is violent, but not as violent as some others," she said. "Now, I'm not into boxing or some of those. But football, yeah, I like football. For the most part, it's a down time for me, and a time to just sit back and just enjoy it."
Sister Linda said she admired Eli Manning and Tom Brady — "they're both talented men," she said of the two quarterbacks — but added that she was rooting for the Patriots. "They've had a perfect season, and it would be so sad to lose at this point," she said.
Seven of the 10 rooms are already booked. None of the guests were bothered by the ban on alcohol or the monastery's subdued setting, Sister Linda said.
"I think there's a uniqueness about the people who are coming," she said. Some of the guests, including a nun from New York, are Catholic; others are not. "It's just like there was a reason for them to come to this area, for this purpose."
The arrangement worked perfectly for George Huntoon, a Patriots fan from Dover, Mass., who does not drink alcohol and was shocked at some of the hotel prices he saw when planning his trip. "You know it's going to be nice and clean," said Huntoon, who is 50 and owns a building-supply store. "It's a good thing just to get a little peace of mind before the game. I'm kind of looking forward to it."
If those who arrive seek spiritual guidance, Sister Linda and her colleagues can provide it. But if they just want to enjoy the game, she said, that is O.K., too.
Still, several visitors have told her they would like to participate in Sunday Mass. If the guests pray for their own team to win, Sister Linda will understand; she admitted to praying once or twice for her beloved Cardinals.
"The way I do it is I pray for them to do the best they can," she said, before offering a word of caution.
"Everyone has to understand," she said, "that God listens to both sides."
A billboard over Wilshire Boulevard will feature an image from Cindy Sherman's "Untitled Film Stills" series
Dwight Eschliman
Louise Lawler's 1979 installation at the Aero Theater in Santa Monica is recreated for the "Women in the City" exhibition.
January 27, 2008
Style
Sex in the City
By SUSAN MORGAN; Photographs by DWIGHT ESCHLIMAN
'As an art dealer, I've always liked to be involved in big productions," says the curator and gallerist Emi Fontana. "I'm not particularly good at selling small things that end up in the living room." Fontana's current big production, "Women in the City," which goes up Feb. 9, is the debut of West of Rome, her newly founded nonprofit arts organization based in Los Angeles.
On view in more than 50 locations — ranging from video billboards along Sunset Strip to the Huntington Library's botanical gardens — "Women in the City," with support from the Broad Art Foundation and the François Pinault Foundation, presents breakthrough work by Jenny Holzer, Barbara Kruger, Louise Lawler and Cindy Sherman. During the 1980s these artists utilized popular forms, cannily borrowing the look of movies and advertising, to articulate sharp questions about power, the representation of women and contemporary society. Sherman's poignant black-and-white photographs, "Untitled Film Stills" (1977-1980), featured the artist as an isolated character in some anonymous melodrama; Holzer's "Truisms," aggressively hyperdeclarative phrases gleaned from everyday life, surfaced on posters, stickers and patches; Kruger's signature collages displayed a bold graphic style — red, white and Futura Bold Italic — and an unabashedly confrontational tone; and Lawler transfigured existing images to subvert conventional meanings.
In 1979, Lawler presented "A Movie Will Be Shown Without the Picture" at the Aero Theater in Santa Monica. As the full-length soundtrack of "The Misfits" played, the silver screen remained unremittingly blank. In Marilyn Monroe's last performance, her final line wavered in the auditorium. "How do you find your way back in the dark?" she asked, a tentative voice without an image.
"Of course, one of the inspirations for the show's title was ," says Fontana, a native of Milan and a former interviewer for cultural programs on the state broadcasting network in Italy. "I interviewed him and went to the set of 'City of Women.' " In Fellini's 1980 film, Marcello Mastroianni, the director's alter ego, encounters feminism in a Freudian phantasmagoria about male anxiety and fantasy.
"When I watched it again recently," Fontana recalled, "I noticed that all the women in the movie have cameras. They are the ones taking the pictures." SUSAN MORGAN
The claim has the ring of a myth. But environmental scientists say it is real.
The reason is that hot water dissolves contaminants more quickly than cold water, and many pipes in homes contain lead that can leach into water. And lead can damage the brain and nervous system, especially in young children.
Lead is rarely found in source water, but can enter it through corroded plumbing. The Environmental Protection Agency says that older homes are more likely to have lead pipes and fixtures, but that even newer plumbing advertised as “lead-free” can still contain as much as 8 percent lead. A study published in The Journal of Environmental Health in 2002 found that tap water represented 14 to 20 percent of total lead exposure.
Scientists emphasize that the risk is small. But to minimize it, the E.P.A. says cold tap water should always be used for preparing baby formula, cooking and drinking. It also warns that boiling water does not remove lead but can actually increase its concentration. More information is at www.epa.gov/lead or (800) 424-5323 (LEAD).
THE BOTTOM LINE
Hot water from the tap should never be used for cooking or drinking.
Britney Spears, left, and her mother Lynne Spears pose at the 2000 MTV Video Music Awards in New York.
..>
Mom: Britney Spears resting at L.A. hospital
Story Highlights
Troubled pop star resting, mom says, after large police escort
L.A. Times: Britney Spears placed on "mental health evaluation hold"
Hold prompted by call police got from Spears' psychiatrist, Times reports
Incident is second time in weeks the singer has been taken to a hospital
LOS ANGELES, California (CNN) -- Pop star Britney Spears was resting at UCLA Medical Center on Thursday, her mother said, hours after police escorted her to the hospital from her Hollywood home.
A long convoy of police and a Los Angeles Fire Department ambulance transported the 26-year-old singer to the hospital after midnight, acting on what the Los Angeles Times reported was a "mental evaluation hold."
It was the second hospitalization for Spears this month. The police operation was planned far in advance and, according to the L.A. Times, followed a phone call to police from Spears' psychiatrist.
Asked if her daughter was resting, mother Lynne Spears said "Yes" to a throng of reporters as she departed the medical center. Watch scene at Spears' home »
The pop star's father Jamie Spears and her manager Sam Lufti also appeared at the hospital, neither choosing to speak to reporters.
The latest incident in the troubled performer's saga began about 12:55 a.m. on Thursday when the North Hollywood Police Department sent about eight officers to Spears' hilltop house in Studio City, California, according to a law enforcement official, who asked not to be identified because he's not authorized to comment publicly. See Spears timeline »
The group at Spears' house included plainclothes officers, motorcycle police, ambulance crews and some police "brass," the official said.
It took the better part of the day to arrange the transport plan, the officer said.
On January 3, Spears was taken to Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, where she reportedly underwent a psychological evaluation. Watch how mental evaluations work »
Andrew Blankstein, a Los Angeles Times reporter who was at the scene of Thursday's incident, told CNN that a police convoy, stretching the length of a football field, accompanied the ambulance as it drove down Coldwater Canyon Boulevard -- in part to keep the paparazzi from getting too close. Watch police motorcade at Spears' home »
Spears was whisked out a side entrance to her house.
"You couldn't really see what was going on [when officers first swept into the residence] but on the police radio, there was some reference to 'The package is on the way out,' 'We're leaving now. Go, go, go,'" Blankstein said.
A few hours earlier, two officers were sent to investigate a report of a large group gathered outside the singer's home, said David Grimes, watch commander for the west division of the Los Angeles Police Department.
The two officers found 20 to 25 people near the house around 11 p.m. Wednesday and they asked them to leave, he said.
ABC-TV host Barbara Walters reported on Monday's "The View" that she had been contacted by Spears' manager and "good friend," Lufti, who told her the pop star has seen a psychiatrist and "is suffering from what he describes as mental issues which are treatable," according to The Associated Press. Watch experts discuss Spears' behavioral issues »
During Spears' earlier hospitalization, in addition to the psychological evaluation, she was examined for possible influence of alcohol or drugs. Police had been called to her home that night to mediate a custody dispute.
A day later, a California court refused to grant Spears visitation rights with her two children -- Sean Preston, 2, and Jayden James, 1 -- at least until mid-February.
Spears has been in a heated dispute with ex-husband Kevin Federline over custody of their sons. Federline, Spears' former backup dancer, holds primary custody of the children.
Spears has been in trouble with the court earlier concerning her compliance with court orders in the custody case.
After filing for divorce in November 2006, Spears was frequently seen enjoying Hollywood nightlife. Her behavior became increasingly erratic; in February 2007, she shaved her head as paparazzi looked on, then spent a month in rehab.
CNN's Saeed Ahmed and Ninette Sosa contributed to this report.
Copyright 2008 CNN. All rights reserved.This material may not be published, broadcast, rewritten, or redistributed. Associated Press contributed to this report.
ACT NATURALLY Spencer Pratt and Heidi Montag at a tame photo session at the Jet nightclub.
February 3, 2008
Playing It Safe in Las Vegas
By STEVE FRIESS
LAS VEGAS
FOR some time now, Michael Jackson and his children have lived at the Palms resort here while he records a new album in its studio.
This might not be so surprising, considering Mr. Jackson's nomadic ways as well as the affinity that celebrities have for this city.
What is stunning, however, is that the star managed to live at the Palms for at least two months before a local gossip columnist wrote about it on Jan. 16.
How is it that the whereabouts of a tabloid target like Mr. Jackson could stay concealed for so long? Well, one might have noticed what did not happen after Norm Clarke's article appeared in The Las Vegas Review-Journal.
No swarm of paparazzi descended upon the Palms. No enterprising photographer sneaked inside to snap Mr. Jackson heading to an elevator. No hotel guest made a cellphone video to sell to TMZ.com or to post on YouTube.
"Does that surprise me? Not really," said Larry Fink, public relations director for the Palms. Citing the privacy of guests, Mr. Fink would neither confirm nor deny Mr. Jackson's presence. "The celebrity media here is — I don't want to say they're well behaved — but there's a certain level of respect between us and them," he said.
It's true. Despite the constant star visits and red carpet events in Las Vegas, few if any images of pantyless pop stars, married actors getting lap dances or even paparazzi mobs chasing celebutantes into limousines have appeared online or in publications.
The most notorious illicit video out of Las Vegas in recent years was last summer's footage of an intoxicated David Hasselhoff crawling on the floor of his hotel room while trying to eat a hamburger. It was shot by his daughter and leaked by a member of his family.
Las Vegas is a city where stars can avoid the aggressive breed of stalker photographers who shadow their public events in Los Angeles and New York. At the very least, stars exert more control over their exposure. Ensconced in the protective resorts, and guarded by private security teams, the stars find the celebrity news media in Las Vegas far less invasive.
"In Vegas, I don't have to worry about photographers waiting outside my house every day because they can't wait outside my hotel room," Spencer Pratt, a star of the MTV reality series "The Hills," said in early January as he and Heidi Montag, his co-star and girlfriend, posed for photos on a red carpet on the way to an event that they were paid to attend at the Jet nightclub at the Mirage.
"When we travel here we have bodyguards, there are people with earpieces making sure there aren't any photos we don't want, making sure there's no problems," Mr. Pratt said. "I'm sure a lot of celebrities come out to Vegas because it's like a hide-out, it's a getaway."
Indeed, as the city rolled into the year's biggest betting weekend, the Super Bowl, stars aplenty were expected to be in the nightclubs and sports books. But they were not expecting to be trailed by what Robin Leach, the former host of "Lifestyles of the Rich and Famous" and the unofficial dean of the Las Vegas celebrity news media, refers to as "wild roaming packs of paparazzi."
"All of our photographers are known to the casinos almost as if they're registered," said Mr. Leach, who writes the Vegas Luxe Life blog for Las Vegas Magazine. "If a photographer breaks the spirit of the unidentified terms of his access, that's the last time he gets red carpet or nightclub privileges."
That powerful, lingering threat is the difference between Las Vegas and other cities. The casino mega-resorts are private property. Many have private elevators, tunnels and garages for those not wishing to be seen.
The celebrity photos that do emerge from Las Vegas are generally less compelling because stars rarely go about their everyday business here, said Harvey Levin, managing editor of TMZ.com, which specializes in candid videos of stars driving recklessly or teetering out of nightclubs. "I don't think Julia Roberts walks down corridors at Caesars Palace without her makeup on," he said. "When a star goes to Caesars Palace, they tend not to go out or shop in malls. They'll make appearances at clubs or events, but it's much more event-driven."
Even when celebrities do embarrass themselves here, their actions rarely receive widespread coverage. Last February, the hotel magnate Steve Wynn fell to the floor after bumping his head on a boom mike while walking a red carpet for Elizabeth Taylor's 75th birthday party. Mr. Clarke reported the incident in his column, but no images of the fall emerged, even though many photographers were present.
"There's more to shooting than getting someone falling down a staircase," Robin Roth, a photographer and writer for the Web site Entnews.com, said in late December as she waited for Beyoncé and Jay-Z to arrive at the opening of the rap star's new sports bar, the 40/40 Club, at the Palazzo resort. "They're here to promote this event and that's what we're here to shoot. So we're trying to get the best of them. I'm going to try to get the nicest shot of them."
The level of control by resorts — and the acquiescence by the celebrity news media — is extensive.
One Friday in early January, a dozen photographers were ushered into the Bank nightclub at the Bellagio shortly past 11 p.m. by special elevator, ordered to stand by in a small, dark corridor and then given about five minutes to take pictures of the singer and songwriter John Legend posing before a backdrop with the Bank's name on it.
ONCE Mr. Legend had had enough, the photographers were whisked away. The star's entourage was seated in a V.I.P. area of the club, while a single photographer — on the club's payroll — was allowed to shoot his birthday party for the celebrity news service WireImage.
"A publicist at one of the properties once told me he's surprised with all the members of an entourage traveling with these stars and all the people having sex in rooms, that somebody doesn't take a picture of an A-lister laying next to a stripper," Mr. Clarke said. "I'm amazed I don't get more of that, too."
The handful of folks who actually do shrug off the yoke of the staged photo opportunities wonder where everybody else is. Preston Warner, a photographer who has sold images of Paris Hilton dancing provocatively on nightclub tabletops for five-figure sums, called the red carpet scene "mind-numbingly boring."
"They're standing out there for six to eight hours waiting for a celebrity to show up so 20 of them can get the same shots for their photo services," Mr. Warner said. "I guess they do it because they're star-struck or it's a hobby for them."
Even if the paparazzi aren't out in force, what about the thousands of visitors with camera phones? Gary Morgan, chief executive of the celebrity photo service Splash News, doubts Las Vegas visitors understand the value of what they may have. "In L.A., people snap a picture and go, 'Oh, oh, oh, I'll give it to someone,' " Mr. Morgan said. "A lot of people are in Vegas to have fun, gambling and drinking, and they're not in the mind-set."
All this may soon change. The syndicated entertainment-news show "Extra" has opened a bureau in Las Vegas (and was the first to broadcast the video of Mr. Hasselhoff with the hamburger). In 2006 People magazine placed a full-time employee here for the first time. And RawVegas.tv, a Web-based video site devoted to celebrity news with 14 reporters and producers, made its debut last year.
"Extra" opened its bureau here, said Lisa Gregorisch-Dempsey, senior executive producer of the show, because she "got tired of having to have crews and reporters get on planes" to cover the many celebrities visiting the city. "There was this giant curtain over Vegas and nobody knew what the secret code was to get inside, but now we feel we own Las Vegas because we're here all the time," Ms. Gregorisch-Dempsey said.
"Extra" has a deal with the Planet Hollywood resort to run an Extra lounge in the casino, where stars can regularly stop for interviews. Although celebrities may not see this as an encroachment on their privacy, the notion of Las Vegas as a safe area may be fading slowly. In October, Ms. Hilton attended a costume party in army fatigues and flippantly said she wore the outfit to support American troops in Iraq. RawVegas.tv reported the remark, which caused a small stir.
"The celebrities are probably wandering the streets of Vegas going, 'Man I can't believe this is the last place on Earth where I'm not being photographed by telescopic lenses,' " said Peter Castro, deputy managing editor of People. "They're probably thinking, 'What's the catch here?' "
But he predicted that this would soon be brought to a close by the public appetite for celebrity scandal. "There's too much money in it for that to last," he said.
Microsoft's interest in buying Yahoo had been rumored for so long that when the bid -- $44.6 billion -- was finally made last week, it managed to surprise just about everyone in the high-tech world. With merger rumors fading and Yahoo slumping, it was generally assumed that cofounder and CEO Jerry Yang and his team were hunkering down to cut their losses with layoffs and then embark on a major re-organization.
Microsoft's offer has changed everything. Within minutes after the news broke, the mainstream media and the blogosphere were on fire with speculation on what it all meant. Here in Silicon Valley, and other high-tech enclaves around the world, the debate was a welcome respite from the increasingly depressing news that always accompanies the industry's quadrennial slide into recession.
The announcement also brought to the surface a lot of old emotions, including Silicon Valley versus Seattle, corporate capitalism versus entrepreneurship -- but most of all, the fear of Microsoft as an unstoppable force crushing all competitors before it. Pundits instantly started asking if the feds would even allow such a merger. Meanwhile, at Yahoo's photo-sharing subsidiary Flickr, members are throwing a collective (and characteristically clever) tantrum about being handed over to their new overlords.
The low point came on Sunday when David Drummond, Google's senior vice president and chief legal officer, darkly summoned the ghost of Microsoft past. "Could Microsoft," he asked ominously on the company's Web site, "now attempt to exert the same sort of inappropriate and illegal influence over the Internet that it did with the PC?" He was dangling the bait in front of the Federal Trade Commission to see if it would nibble -- all while conveniently ignoring the fact that if there is any monopoly at work in the digital world these days, it is Google's absolute dominance of Internet searches. Its market share surely equals IBM in computers, Intel in microprocessors and, yes, Microsoft in PC operating systems at their peaks.
Still, you can understand Google's paranoia. Company CEO Eric Schmidt has twice fought Microsoft in the past -- at Sun and Novell -- and been crushed both times. At Google he has triumphed at last by forcing Microsoft to play to his strategy, only now to see Microsoft try to change the rules. That's got to make you sleepless and edgy.
The rest of us don't have the same excuse. Years ago on a Sunday morning news show, Bill Gates made perhaps his most prescient comment ever. If you look at the history of technology companies, he said, none have ever been able to stay at the top for long. This is Microsoft's moment, he continued, but it won't last forever.
He was right. If you look at Microsoft with an objective eye, it becomes apparent that it is a giant company past its prime. It is big and rich, but increasingly toothless. It is able to use its money to put on a great show at the Consumer Electronics Show, underwrite an interesting market initiative -- or buy another big company -- but it no longer has the fire of ambition or the addiction to risk to ruthlessly execute on those desires any more. As has been noted before, once you look past all of the high profile moves (such as MSN, MSNBC, Zune and XBox), Microsoft has only really been as successful as it reputation would suggest in just two businesses: Windows and Office. Most everything else is flash.
Even Microsoft's full-out assault on Netscape (which, ironically, will officially die on March 1) for control of the Internet browser industry -- justly earning it the sobriquet "Evil Empire" -- in retrospect was less a brilliant maneuver by Gates & Co. to capture a hot new industry and more a desperate (and questionable) scramble by a market leader caught napping.
That corporate somnolence, rather than its more-remembered ruthlessness, has far better characterized Microsoft over the past decade. Even the Vista operating system, the most recent upgrade of Microsoft's core product line, managed to be so late that it almost crippled the personal computer industry. It finally arrived to a chorus of boos, most of them undeserved (it's a pretty good operating system), but some dead-on (it's a technological hop when it should have been a leap). Microsoft lost its killer instinct a long time ago. On the rare occasions when the mood resurfaces, the company doesn't have the chops anymore to execute on its desires.
And that brings us to the Microsoft-Yahoo deal. For all of the excitement, this is just big, rich, but slow-moving giant looking to buy another slow-moving giant, the latter having stuck to an obsolete business plan too long and lost its way. The scheme is less predation than it is desperation: In the world of search, Google owns these two lumbering monsters.
Microsoft understandably covets the sheer size of Yahoo's subscriber rolls, believing it can accomplish what Yahoo has failed to do: convert more of those 130 million monthly visitors into real, paying customers. But Microsoft has hardly shown it can do that at MSN. So, can it really find a solution to Yahoo's structural problems?
That remains to be seen -- and Microsoft's one genius is as a late adopter. The real problem Yahoo -- and perhaps soon Microsoft -- faces is that those legions of Yahoo users don't want to be stuck inside a small corner of the Web, not getting all of the experiences and services (like live TV and first-run movies) they were promised. Especially not when they can run around and find all of those things, in abundance, elsewhere on the Web. Microsoft is even less prepared to solve that problem than Yahoo.
That leaves search, which is probably the real reason Microsoft wants Yahoo. Combining the two search engines would, in terms of sheer numbers, represent the biggest challenge to Google to date. But the sum of two also-rans is almost never a winner -- unless the newly merged is very, very lucky in its competitors. That's what happened with HP and Compaq: Who'd have guessed that Dell would suddenly fall on its face?
Incredibly, the same may happen with a Microsoft-Yahoo deal if it happens. If you look at the stock market, peruse the industry gossip blogs, follow the departure of key employees, or read about the various new initiatives (energy?) the company is pursuing, it becomes increasingly apparent that Google is a company about to have an early midlife crisis. Microsoft-Yahoo may turn out to be a pedestrian idea with absolutely brilliant timing.
If that is the case, and the merger proves successful, it will have more to do with Google than Microsoft and Yahoo. Which is why the feds should stay out of it.
So, Yahoo: Take the deal (unless a better one comes along). Microsoft: Let this be the first of many high-risk moves. Treat Yahoo as a heart transplant, not a skin graft. And Google: This new competition should be a warning to stop fooling around and get back to business.
Mr. Malone is the Silicon Insider columnist for ABCNews.com.
On the ninth floor of 100 Broadway, across from Trinity Church, office workers looked out their windows as the Giants parade passed by. (Photo: Fred R. Conrad/The New York Times)
Updated, 3:55 p.m. | The weather forecast said showers in New York on Tuesday, but the Giants got deluged in paper, cheers and virtual hugs instead.
Tons of confetti and toilet paper rained down on the team as it rode north on Broadway through the Canyon of Heroes with the Super Bowl trophy it claimed by upsetting the New England Patriots on Sunday in Super Bowl XLII.
For a few hours, the corner of Broadway and Wall Street, the symbolic center of the financial world, turned into party central for legions of football fans celebrating the city's first sports championship since 2000.
"I've been to Mardi Gras, New Year's Eve in Times Square and Carnivale in Rio, and this beats them all," said Lori Pletenik, who flew back on Monday night from Arizona, where she had gone to see the game.
The crowd was good-natured and was filled with teenagers, many of whom were in diapers when Giants last won the Super Bowl, in 1991, although the police did report some arrests for disorderly conduct. The fans were in such a good mood that they even cheered the sanitation trucks that drove up Broadway (with their snow plows down), chanting, "clean those streets" as they passed.
At 11 a.m., when the parade was set to begin, a man in a white robe and yellow cape emerged from Trinity Church, climbed a ladder and hoisted a Giants poster. The bells of the church rang out. The crowd bounced in anticipation, waiting for Eli Manning, Antonio Pierce and the rest of the team to glide by.
The first to arrive were the police motorcycles, then Gov. Eliot Spitzer in a red convertible (with a New Jersey license plate), then a bagpipe and drum corps. Drivers in the parade honked their horns. The fans responded with horns of their own.
Fans on both sides of Broadway tossed rolls of toilet paper back and forth, mixed in with "Let's go, Giants!" cheers and chants of "18 and 1," an allusion to the Patriots and their near-perfect season.
Finally, the players arrived, a few to a float. Brandon Jacobs. Plaxico Burress. Amani Toomer. Then the fourth float: Eli Manning, Michael Strahan, Coach Tom Coughlin, Mayor Michael Bloomberg and team owner John Mara, all of whom took turns hoisting the Super Bowl trophy.
The crowd hit full roar near 120 Broadway, roughly midway through the route, which started at Bowling Green and ended at Chambers Street. Office workers in newer buildings pressed against windows that did not open. Others tossed bales of confetti out of those that did. Strahan, who many thought would retire before the season began, jumped up and down on the truck in glee.
The rousing City Hall celebration for the victorious Giants ended around 1:50 p.m. after the team's quarterback and the Super Bowl's most valuable player, Eli Manning, gave a rousing address to the assembled fans, steps away from Mayor Michael R. Bloomberg, who presided over the city's first ticker-tape parade since 2000 — and the first such parade of the Bloomberg administration.
"On behalf of the team, I just want to tell you all how proud we are to be able to bring a championship back to New York City," Mr. Manning told the cheering fans. "I believe that we play football for the greatest city in the world, and all of you all deserve to have the greatest football team in the world. It's been an honor to play with this group of guys, who have such character, such closeness amongst us, coaches who prepare us for every game. We've had our ups, we've had our downs, but everything we've gone through this season has made it so special."
The City Hall ceremony — at which members of the Giants were each presented with the key to the city — ended a three-hour celebration of New York's first Super Bowl championship since 1991.
Throughout the morning, thousands of excited fans crowded the sidewalks along Broadway. The ticker-tape parade made its way up Broadway from Battery Park toward Chambers Street, starting at 11 a.m.
George Wendt (not the actor) and his two sons — Brandon, 12, and Tyler, 11 — came to Lower Manhattan from Jersey City this morning to watch New York City's first ticker-tape parade since 2000: a celebration of the Giants' upset of the New England Patriots in Super Bowl XLII. The Wendt family members were all decked out in Giants' T-shirts bearing the numbers "18-1" — an allusion to the Patriots, who were on their way to a perfect season before encountering the Giants at the Super Bowl.
Mr. Wendt is a lifelong Giants fan. His son Tyler is a Patriots fan, but he wore an Eli Manning jersey for the occasion. (Perhaps his father had expressed concern for his younger son's personal safety.) The two boys took the day off from school. After the parade, the Wendt familiy planned to take the PATH commuter train back to Exchange Place in Jersey City — where Mr. Wendt's wife will pick up her husband and sons and drive them out to East Rutherford, N.J., for an afternoon celebration of the Giants at the Meadowlands.
Asked if it was hard to keep his boys home from school, Mr. Wendt replied, "School's open, but how often is this going to happen?"
The crowd was pretty good-natured and was filled with teenagers, many of whom were in diapers when Giants last won the Super Bowl, in 1991. For example, Michael Miele, 19, left her home in Washington, N.J., at 4:30 a.m.
Buses traveled down Broadway in front of Trinity Church, at Wall Street, as crowds gathered in advance of the ticker-tape parade for the Giants. (Photo: Fred R. Conrad/The New York Times)
Fans on both sides of Broadway tossed rolls of toilet paper back and forth, mixed in with "Let's go, Giants!" cheers and also cheers of "18 and 1." Vendors sold Giants T-shirts for $10.
The fans were in such a good mood that they were even cheering the sanitation trucks that drove down Broadway in preparation for the parade.
Earlier in the morning, on a No. 1 subway headed south toward Rector Street at 7:30 a.m., the atmosphere was half fraternity house and half train load of weary commuters. As workers headed for Wall Street, dozed, or read newspapers, teenagers wearing Giants jackets and plastic helmets listened to hip-hop music and screamed "18 and 1."
The teenagers screamed support when other teenagers in Giants paraphernalia boarded the train, a middle-aged man pointed at a compact-disc player belonging to one of the teenagers and looked as if he was going to say something disapproving. Instead, he asked, "Can it play 'New York, New York?' You know, Sinatra?" Everyone in the train laughed.
The facade of City Hall, a neoclassical edifice built in 1811, was draped with blue bunting and banners emblazoned with the Giants' logo. Workers raised tall lights that were pointed at a stage with a lectern set up on the steps of City Hall. A raucous, jubilant crowd thronged Broadway, just west of City Hall, holding up signs. Passing trucks and buses sounded their horns and the crowd roared in response. Shortly before 9 a.m., some fans were permitted to enter through the tall iron fence that rings City Hall, many wearing Giants jerseys or T-shirts commemorating the Super Bowl triumph.
Among them was Justin O'Donovan, 25, a landscaper who lives Suffolk County. He said he had been standing on Broadway when he was handed a pass and beckoned through a gate by a city official. Mr. O'Donovan said he was thrilled to get a chance to attend such a celebration, with Mayor Michael R. Bloomberg as the host of the event. "This is the best sporting event of my life so far," Mr. O'Donovan said. "The Giants are a New York team. I don't care if they play 10 miles into Jersey."
Colin Moynihan and Anthony Ramirez contributed reporting.
Google Works to Torpedo Microsoft Bid for Yahoo
Brian McGuiness/Agence France-Presse — Getty Images
Microsoft made a $44.6 billion bid on Friday for Yahoo, the popular search engine based in Sunnyvale, Calif. Yahoo's rival, Google, has been working behind the scenes to stop the deal.
Standing between a marriage of Microsoft and Yahoo may be the technology behemoth that has continually outsmarted them: Google.
In an unusually aggressive effort to prevent Microsoft from moving forward with its $44.6 billion hostile bid for Yahoo, Google emerged over the weekend with plans to play the role of spoiler.
Publicly, Google came out against the deal, contending in a statement that the pairing, proposed by Microsoft on Friday in the form of a hostile offer, would pose threats to competition that need to be examined by policy makers around the world.
Privately, Google, seeing the potential deal as a direct attack, went much further. Its chief executive, Eric E. Schmidt, placed a call to Yahoo's chief, Jerry Yang, offering the company's help in fending off Microsoft, possibly in the form of a partnership between the companies, people briefed on the call said.
Google's lobbyists in Washington have also begun plotting how it might present a case against the transaction to lawmakers, people briefed on the company's plans said. Google could benefit by simply prolonging a regulatory review until after the next president takes office.
In addition, several Google executives made "back-channel" calls over the weekend to allies at companies like Time Warner, which owns AOL, to inquire whether they planned to pursue a rival offer and how they could assist, these people said. Google owns 5 percent of AOL.
Despite Google's efforts and the work of Yahoo's own bankers over the weekend to garner interest in a bid to rival Microsoft's, one did not seem likely, at least at this early stage.
For example, a spokesman for the News Corporation said Sunday night that it was not preparing a bid, and other frequently named prospective suitors like Time Warner, AT&T and Comcast have not begun work on offers, people close to them said. They suggested that they did not want to enter a bidding war with Microsoft, which could easily top their offers.
A spokesman for Time Warner declined to comment, as did a spokesman for Comcast. A representative for AT&T could not be reached.
In the meantime, people close to Yahoo said that the company received a flurry of inquires over the weekend from potential suitors. Some people inside Yahoo have even speculated about the prospect of breaking up the company. That could mean selling or outsourcing its search-related business to Google and spinning off or selling its operations that produce original content, these people said.
"Everyone is considering all kinds of options and a deal on search is one of them," a person familiar with the situation said.
One person involved in Yahoo's deliberations suggested that "the sum of the parts are worth more than the whole," arguing that its various pieces like Yahoo Finance, for example, could be sold to a company like the News Corporation for a huge premium while Yahoo Sports could be sold to a company like ESPN, a unit of the Walt Disney Company.
Executives at rival companies were less optimistic about such a breakup strategy. "No one can get to a $44 billion price," one executive at a major media company said, "even if you split it into a dozen pieces."
In making its bid for Yahoo, Microsoft is betting that past antitrust rulings against it for abusing its monopoly power in personal computer software will not restrain its hand in an Internet deal.
In the United States, a federal district court in Washington ruled in 2001 that Microsoft had repeatedly violated the law by stifling the threat to its monopoly position posed by Netscape, which popularized the Web browser. The suit, brought during the Clinton administration, was settled by the Bush administration. But as a result of a consent decree extending through 2009, a federal court and a three-member team of technical experts monitors Microsoft's behavior.
In 2006, for example, after Google complained to the Justice Department and the European Commission that Microsoft was making its MSN search engine the default in the most recent version of its Web browser, Microsoft modified the software so that consumers could easily change to Google or Yahoo.
In Google's statement on Sunday, it said that the potential purchase of Yahoo by Microsoft could pose threats to competition that needed to be examined by policy makers.
Google's broadly worded concerns lacked detailed claims about any anticompetitive effects of the deal, and the company did not publicly ask regulators to take specific actions at this time.
"Could Microsoft now attempt to exert the same sort of inappropriate and illegal influence over the Internet that it did with the PC?" asked David Drummond, Google's senior vice president and chief legal officer, writing on the company's blog.
Yahoo and Microsoft declined to comment Sunday on Google's actions. Earlier on Sunday, Microsoft's general counsel, Bradford L. Smith, said in a statement: "The combination of Microsoft and Yahoo will create a more competitive marketplace by establishing a compelling No. 2 competitor for Internet search and online advertising."
Google's effort to derail or delay the deal on antitrust grounds mirrors Microsoft's own actions with respect to Google's bid for the online advertising specialist DoubleClick for $3.1 billion, announced in April.
The strategy is not surprising, considering that any delays would work to Google's benefit. "Google can tap into all of the ill will that Microsoft has created in the last couple of decades on the antitrust front," said Eric Goldman, director the High-Tech Law Institute at the Santa Clara University School of Law.
The outcome of any antitrust inquiry will hinge, in part, on how regulators define various markets. Microsoft-Yahoo, for instance, would have a large share of the Web-based e-mail market, but a smaller share of the overall e-mail market.
"The potential concern would be that Microsoft, if it acquires Yahoo, could do on the Internet what it did in the personal computer world — make technical standards more Microsoft-centric and steer consumers to its products," said Stephen D. Houck, a lawyer representing the states involved in the consent decree against Microsoft.
Yahoo has not made a public statement about the proposed deal since Friday, when it said it was weighing Microsoft's offer as well as alternatives and would "pursue the best course of action to maximize long-term value for shareholders."
Carl W. Tobias, a law professor at the University of Richmond in Virginia, said an antitrust review of the Microsoft-Yahoo deal could take a long time and "may well bleed into a new administration with an entire new view on antitrust than the Bush administration."
For years, Julian Schnabel had "The Diving Bell and the Butterfly," by Jean-Dominique Bauby, on his bookshelf. The autobiography of a man with "locked-in syndrome," a rare form of stroke that paralyzes the body while the mind remains intact and vital, Bauby's memoir, which was published in 1997, having been painstakingly dictated by a blink of his left eye when the correct letter of the alphabet was read aloud, is a glimpse into the other side of consciousness. It is a surprisingly ebullient, liberated view of a man approaching what would seem to be a terrible fate. When Schnabel eventually read the book — it was pushed on him by the performance artist Laurie Anderson when she was staying at his house in Montauk and she grabbed it from the stacks — he began to see the cinematic possibilities, the ways in which reality could be blurred with memories and dreams. Schnabel's two other films, "Basquiat" and "Before Night Falls," were both about artists and the ambitions that can thwart the creative process. "Diving Bell" could be, among other things, a further, more intense examination of how the creative mind can take flight, even in the face of a grim reality.
And yet, Schnabel still put the book aside. In 2003, his elderly father, Jack, became gravely ill with cancer. Like his son, Schnabel's father had never been sick, and he was terrified of death. In his last year he came to live with Julian and his family and, at that time, Schnabel was sent the script for "The Diving Bell and the Butterfly," by Ronald Harwood. The material suddenly seemed entirely relevant. "I wanted to help my father not to be scared of death," Schnabel told me recently. "It was the only way I failed my father. And I didn't want to be scared of death, either. I wanted to make the movie to overcome that fear."
Max von Sydow, who plays the pivotal role of Bauby's aged father in the movie, didn't know about Julian's father and his importance until the actual day of shooting. Although Bauby is surrounded by a group of caretaking, devoted and beautiful women in the film, it is his singular relationship with his father that cements the audience's understanding of him. In their first scene together, an able-bodied Bauby shaves his 92-year-old father's face; it is the only time in the film when Bauby is not the center of attention.
"After Julian sent me the script," von Sydow remembered over lunch this winter, "we didn't discuss it very much. He didn't tell me that, in some ways, I would be playing his father. But movies are like that — I had never met Mathieu Amalric (who plays Bauby) until the day of our first scene, and he had to shave me. It was rather intimate, and he did cut me. But it's always that way: you're supposed to be involved with someone in the film and you've just met them for the first time and then, 10 minutes later, you say, 'I love you,' and you are in bed."
Von Sydow, who is 77, is tall and imposing. On this chilly day in Manhattan, he was dressed in black pants and a sweater and all that darkness accentuated his large, noble head, close-cropped gray hair and rumbling voice. Von Sydow was accompanied by his wife, Catherine, who is French and lively. "When I was making the film, it was impossible not to think about my father," von Sydow said as he ate his salad, the first course of a three-course lunch. "I was born in Sweden, and my father, who was a professor of Scandinavian folklore, was 50 when I was born. When I was 20, he was 70, and on the day of his 70th birthday, he had a little stroke. Small strokes followed for the next four years. That changed him. And I regret that I was not more curious about him at that time. All the questions I would like to ask today, I haven't asked."
Although von Sydow's father saw his son perform in municipal-theater productions in Stockholm, it was another father figure, Ingmar Bergman, who recognized his acting potential. From "The Virgin Spring" in 1960, his fifth movie with Bergman, von Sydow became an international star. "I actually know the moment I became known," von Sydow said. "It was at the Cannes Film Festival, when they showed 'The Virgin Spring.' I walked into that theater as one person and I walked out as another."
Almost immediately, he was offered roles in Hollywood movies. "They sent me 'Dr. No,' " von Sydow recalled. "They wanted me to play the villain. I said no. And then they offered me the part of Jesus in 'The Greatest Story Ever Told.' I said yes to that. For years, Hollywood only asked me to play a villain or a biblical figure." Von Sydow, who has long lived in Paris, always returned to Bergman, who made a film nearly every year in Sweden. "It was not exactly a tonic," von Sydow explained, as he ate some grilled fish. "But working with Bergman was always worthwhile. He was critical, but he had a wonderful way with his actors. He had extraordinary discipline about the work." Von Sydow paused. Bergman's death in 2007 affected him deeply. "He had been ill for almost a year, but we had been in close contact over the phone. . . . " Von Sydow's wife interrupted him. "Tell about the last time he spoke about you," she said. Von Sydow paused again. "He said, 'Max you have been the first and the best Stradivarius that I have ever had in my hands,' " von Sydow recalled. "We loved each other, and I know when he stopped working, when he became ill, he missed it. He missed his actors."
As much as anything, "Diving Bell" is about that kind of longing. In his final scene, Bauby's father phones his son in his hospital room. The sorrow and the compassion in von Sydow's voice is overwhelming. "I understood then that this relationship was very personal to Julian, that the text as written contained many things that his own father had told him," explained von Sydow as a slice of chocolate cake arrived at the table. "The words were very simple, very direct, but the connection between parent and child was unmistakable. Usually, I find playing a part can be cathartic. But this film was different. I had great difficulty getting rid of my emotion after making this movie."
More Fun Than Root Canals? It’s the Dental Vacation
Courtesy of the Gates family
VIVA MEXICO Tyler Gates at a dental clinic in Mexico.
Courtesy of the Gates family
Scott, Tyler and Jennifer taking advantage of the vacation portion of the trip to sample some of Mexico's other amenities.
February 7, 2008
Skin Deep
More Fun Than Root Canals? It's the Dental Vacation
By CAMILLE SWEENEY
JENNIFER GATES, 40, a hairstylist and makeup artist from Northern California, hadn't seen a dentist in a decade when she got the call last spring. Her father, Jerry Halley, 64, phoned to say he desperately needed crowns for a few back teeth and other work. Without insurance, Mr. Halley, who owns a landscaping business in Oregon, would have to pay the estimated $8,000 bill.
"We all needed quality dental care, fast," said Ms. Gates, whose own dental-work estimate was $20,000 and whose immediate family was also uninsured. "So, I started planning."
Ms. Gates found a reputable dentist through friends of her parents who had traveled to Mexico for care. Six weeks later, Ms. Gates flew to join her parents for a week of massages and tanning in San José del Cabo, Mexico, punctuated, in her case, by daily visits to Dr. Rosa Peña for five procedures including a root canal.
In the last year, Ms. Gates, who had a tooth so deteriorated she could touch its nerve with her tongue, has returned with her parents, husband and 14-year-old son to scuba dive and to open wide for Dr. Peña. Her 20-year-old daughter and son-in-law also have made a trip. All told Ms. Gates's extended clan has had 12 crowns, 6 dental veneers, 4 root canals, over half a dozen fillings, 6 whitening treatments and 2 broken teeth fixed at a savings, they say, of tens of thousands of dollars. "Dr. Rosy is now our family dentist," Ms. Gates said.
Perhaps this is not everyone's idea of a worry-free family getaway.
Nevertheless, for at least two decades, medical tourism has been an increasingly popular alternative for the uninsured desperate for care, and for middle-class Americans willing to travel to secure affordable health care.
Roughly half a million Americans sought medical care abroad in 2006, of which 40 percent were dental tourists, according to the National Coalition on Health Care, an alliance of more than 70 organizations. That's up from an estimated 150,000 in 2004, said Renee-Marie Stephano, the chief operating officer for the Medical Tourism Association, a nonprofit organization that researches global health care.
Dental bridges and bonding ranked No. 1 and 2 on a list of most sought-after procedures for Americans traveling abroad for medical care, according to a report just published by HealthCare Tourism International, a nonprofit group that tracks health care.
In the latest twist on this trend, families are traveling abroad together, turning an annual vacation into a cost-effective checkup for the brood. Two reasons are at play, according to industry experts: a higher demand for elective dental care like bonding and veneers, and second, the growing number of medical travel agents who vouch for the foreign doctors they recommend. Agents help patients choose between sightseeing-cum-dental packages from Hungary to Mexico and can even arrange a foreign baby sitter for parents in need of fillings.
"You can see where this could be a perfect opportunity to incorporate dental care — not typically treatment that will leave you bed-bound — and a family tour of a new country," Ms. Stephano said.
There are 75 medical travel agents based in the United States, she estimated, a number she suggested will double by the end of this year.
To allay new customers' fears, many dentists abroad, some of whom have trained in the United States and use the same equipment as American dentists, rely heavily on word of mouth from satisfied customers. Their Web sites include testimonials, and stateside references are provided.
Although the American Dental Association has no official warning against foreign travel for dental care, a spokesman, Dr. Edmond Hewlett, said, "Dentists abroad are not held to the same standards as in the U.S."
"Teeth are not just appliances," added Dr. Hewlett, a professor at the University of California, Los Angeles School of Dentistry. "They're not like a car you take in for an annual tune-up. Your oral health affects your general health and vice versa."
There are two main groups of family-oriented dental travelers, said Neil Patel, the founder of HealthCare Tourism International. Immigrants have long returned to their countries of origin for dental and medical care and to spend time with relatives. But now there's a more recent wave of patients, interested in taking their families to a far-flung location to make the best out of what is essentially a rather unpleasant chore.
"Call it multitasking, if you will," said Mr. Patel, who added that he was also seeing improvements in risk management, the transfer of medical records and translator services.
Sometimes patients take relatives along to nurse them (if they need it) and to city-hop with them (if they don't). That was the case when Robert Mucci, 55, a utilities manager from Valley Stream, N.Y., contacted Dental-Offer, a dental tourism agency, to book a trip to Mosonmagyarovar, Hungary, a hot spot for tooth travel.
"I had no idea how I was going to feel, and I wanted to have my family with me as a support system," said Mr. Mucci, who had several teeth extracted, bone grafting and implants. "It turned out the pain was totally manageable," said Mr. Mucci, who went with his wife, 24-year-old daughter and 8-year-old son. He still paid a third of what he was told he would have to pay at home, and that included flights. And, since the work was done in less time than he was told it would take at home, he had plenty of time to sight-see in Vienna, Bratislava and Prague.
Most medical tourism agencies do not specialize in tooth travel for families, but it is fast becoming a staple of their business. Just a year ago, Steve Gallegos, a retired Army lieutenant colonel who used to coordinate health care for military families abroad, opened Medcentrek, a medical tourism agency in San Antonio. He has already had dozens of requests for family dental travel.
"We make recommendations not only on the health care end, but also where to stay, what to do, parasailing, deep-sea fishing, you name it," Mr. Gallegos said. "As people get comfortable with the idea, this kind of family dental vacation could become an annual thing."
In years past, the farthest that Leona Denison, 30, a cosmetologist from Albuquerque, usually went for a getaway was Arizona. This year, her family of four went to Costa Rica, where she got nine dental implants and three crowns.
"It took a lot of coaxing on my part to get my husband to agree, but Medcentrek helped with all the arrangements," Ms. Denison said. "We saw waterfalls and volcanoes. My husband went rafting. Being from New Mexico, my girls really loved the ocean."
Even with travel expenses, she paid $6,000 less than the $21,000 price a local dentist had quoted for the work.
Remarkably, some patients argue that a flight and a few hours in the dental chair is less hassle than having to rush back to the office half-sedated. For others, turning a trip to the dentist into a family vacation takes their mind off pending procedures. Lori Sullivan, 43, an administrative assistant in a home health care agency in Port Angeles, Wash., admits that she fears dentists.
Last spring, when she found out she would need an expensive root canal, she decided to book a diverting trip with her 8-year-old daughter to Tijuana, Mexico, through PlanetHospital, a medical tourism agency based in Los Angeles.
"I had heard of this, but had never considered it an option," Ms. Sullivan said. "Then, I did my research. The procedure went fine and the price was right."
Her agency hired a baby sitter for her daughter during her root canal, and, she said, they "even arranged to have us driven down to Baja one day where we had lobster and walked along the beach. It was a long weekend we'll never forget." She added: "Now, I'm saving up to go back for veneers. My daughter can't wait."
I RECENTLY went into Manhattan with a friend to visit her younger brother's new apartment on 52nd Street and the East River. The brother, Ariel, had just graduated from college and had been hired by a prestigious financial firm in Midtown. His two roommates had followed the same path, and so, apparently, had everyone else who lived on their long, fluorescent-lit hallway on the 32nd floor.
There was a good reason for this. As Ariel explained to me, his firm had negotiated a deal with the building's real estate agents, and every employee who rented an apartment got a 6 percent discount on the brokerage fee. Each weekend, and especially over the summer, the young bankers moved in, while families and elderly people moved out.
The apartment building next door, meanwhile, was filling up with lawyers. Doctors lived in a third building, the one closest to the river. "It's like special-interest housing, but for professionals," Ariel said.
It was Friday night and Ariel's hallway was busy with pre-party chatter. One guy no one had ever seen before knocked on the door, inviting us to a party on the next floor. An hour later, two women showed up asking whether we ourselves were having a party.
Ariel and his roommates were elated. They finally had their own place, and one within walking distance of work. Everyone else on their hall was young, friendly and new to the city. It was like freshman year again.
The neighborhood's transformation seemed stark and total. It was as if a new city had erupted overnight, devouring the old one in a panic of hunger. The suddenness of the change came as a surprise to me, because I thought I knew this particular corner of the city pretty well. After all, I grew up there — on East 51st Street, one block from Ariel's apartment.
Later, walking west on 52nd Street, I recognized a grim sushi restaurant on First Avenue. I had never seen anyone eat there, but that night a line of recent college graduates extended out the front door and down the block. The people standing in line probably weren't aware that just a decade ago, the luxury high-rise behind them, on the corner of 51st and First, had been a shelter for homeless and mentally ill women.
Nor is it likely that the throngs on Second Avenue realized that the glossy nightclubs had just a few years ago replaced a row of moribund pizza and taco joints; or that, in the 1970s and '80s, this was one of the city's most widely known gay hustling districts, the inspiration for the Ramones' "53rd and 3rd." ("53rd and 3rd/ Standing on the street/ 53rd and 3rd/ I'm trying to turn a trick.")
I was born in 1980, so my view of the changes that have come to Manhattan is relatively limited. I can't credibly mourn the transformation of the Lower East Side from a wanton, crack-depleted borderland filled with burning trash cans and random knifings into a slick paradise of Avenue C wine bars and Ludlow Street fashion boutiques. I have vivid memories of 1980s Times Square (my parents worked in offices there), but I never got to experience the distinct pleasures of all-night grind-house double features or live sex shows.
I certainly don't remember the Greenwich Village of the 1950s, or the Bowery of the punk era, or Jean-Michel Basquiat's SoHo, though I'd like to imagine that I passed through the latter, at least in a stroller.
I do remember going to the 24-hour French diner Florent in the meatpacking district in the late '80s, when its pink neon marquee was the only commercial storefront visible in any direction. It was after a dinner there, as my parents searched for a cab, that I saw my first real-life prostitute (also my first real-life transvestite).
Florent is still holding on, but these days it's hard to spot. As the Web site of the new Hotel Gansevoort describes the neighborhood, it is now an "eclectic mix of meat warehouses and retrofit storefronts."
On Gansevoort Street, as well as on West 42nd Street, and to an ever greater extent in Chelsea and Hell's Kitchen and around Columbus Circle, it's impossible for someone like me, born and raised in Manhattan, not to feel like a tourist. Not because these parts of the city feel like a foreign country; just the opposite. From the billboard advertisements to the neon marquees to the new streamlined architecture, Manhattan has embraced the dominant gestures and exclamations of American mall culture.
WHEN tourists gaze up at the lights on 42nd Street, they see themselves, and their own towns and cities, but as if through the wrong end of a telescope, the images having suffered some kind of grotesque magnification. I'm not any less in awe myself; I look up, too, mesmerized by the lights.
This used to disturb me, so I understand why there's been a lot of hand-wringing in the past few years about the transformation of Manhattan, particularly over the loss of what some call the city's bohemian spirit.
In an essay in The New Yorker last year called "Gothamitis," Adam Gopnik wrote, "New York is safer and richer but less like itself, an old lover who has gone for a face-lift and come out looking like no one in particular." Inigo Thomas, writing in Slate in 2005, began a week of columns about the history of the city's bohemian past by declaring, "There is no bohemia in today's New York."
New York magazine and Time Out New York regularly run articles about new neighborhoods that promise to be the next frontier of New York cool, now that Manhattan has priced out all artists, youth, ethnic communities and nonbankers ("If You Lived Here, You'd Be Cool by Now" was the title of an article in New York extolling the hipster virtues of Jersey City).
Most of the points made in these reports are valid. Yet the articles often seem plagued by an easily discernible peevishness, irritation and even depression over the way Manhattan has changed. There is also, on the part of those displaced to the poor boroughs, an element of competitive bristling. It's as if Manhattan has to be disgraced and humiliated for any other borough to gain ascendancy.
I OFTEN wonder whether the worst of this griping comes not from native New Yorkers but from people who didn't grow up here, the same people who, when they arrived, made immense financial, psychological and physical sacrifices to land a bunk bed in an apartment in Hell's Kitchen. They did it because in their minds, Manhattan was synonymous with the big city.
This is the class of people who moved to New York believing that if they didn't live on the main island, they might as well have stayed in Pasadena, or Raleigh, or even Jersey City. These are the same people who, after enduring a year of Manhattan poverty, decide to move to Brooklyn, or even Queens, and then extravagantly praise the virtues of their new, down-market neighborhood while castigating their old, expensive one. In other words, they secretly wish they could still afford to live in Manhattan.
I don't share that desire, but for the first 21 years of my life I was no less of a Manhattan snob. My own internal map of the city was informed entirely by the subway map. I didn't realize until an alarmingly late age that the map was not to scale but schematic (and highly Manhattan-centric). In other words, I didn't know that Queens continued for another five miles after the end of the F line, or that the little green hexagon of Prospect Park was actually more than two-thirds the size of Central Park, or that Staten Island was almost three times as big as Manhattan (and was part of New York).
In my teens, my own Saul Steinberg view of the city began at the southern end with the World Trade Center (where I used to go on tedious class trips in grade school) and jumped north to St. Marks Place (where I shopped for used records), then to a friend's apartment in Stuyvesant Town, and finally, taking up the bulk of the frame, the swath that ran from Times Square up to 96th Street. (At the private high school I attended on the Upper East Side, my friends considered my apartment on 51st Street "downtown.")
In the outlying portions of my mental map of the city drifted the continents of Shea Stadium, Randalls Island and the Meadowlands. There was also a small island at East 116th Street where, when my family was stuck in bumper-to-bumper traffic one summer night on the F.D.R. Drive, returning from a visit to some friends in the suburbs, a man threw a large rock through the window on the passenger side and stole my mother's wallet. I was 9 at the time, sitting in the back seat with my younger brother. Glass flew all over the car, and my mother's thigh was bleeding. I remember thinking that it was my first brush with the real New York.
Ever since I moved to Brooklyn five years ago, first to Greenpoint and then to a 300-square-foot garret just south of Atlantic Avenue, I've had a new map of the city. (It's a good thing, too; even metropolises can become claustrophobic.)
Uptown has crept from the Upper East Side down to Union Square; the Upper West Side has moved to Brooklyn Heights (with Zabar's morphing into Sahadi's, the emporium of Middle Eastern food on Atlantic Avenue, and Citarella into Fish Tales on Court Street); the old Lower East Side to Red Hook, or perhaps Sunset Park; Battery Park to Brighton Beach; Midtown to Metrotech.
And Central Park to Prospect Park. My brother, who has just moved to Brooklyn, went into Manhattan with some friends one recent weekend, to play touch football on the field behind the Metropolitan Museum's Temple of Dendur, near 84th Street. It was a 40-minute commute, but they had always played football there as kids.
Yet as soon as they took to the field a park security guard came by and asked them to leave. The park, it turns out, was trying to grow its grass, so park officials didn't want anyone to step on it. After being kicked off four different fields, my brother and his friends headed back to the subway in a state of bewilderment.
"The whole borough of Manhattan is a museum now," he told me that night. "I like that there are fewer murders, but sometimes you want to play catch."
Brooklyn, of course, is changing, too, to no small degree driven by Manhattan. A luxury high-rise goes up on the Bowery, and a Richard Meier luxury apartment goes up in Prospect Heights. Rents skyrocket in Battery Park and then on Myrtle Avenue in Fort Greene.
Fairway has opened in Red Hook; Trader Joe's is coming to Cobble Hill. The construction of the Atlantic Yards development (and the destruction of the prewar residential buildings that now stand on its site) is under way. Neighborhoods like Brooklyn Heights, Park Slope and Fort Greene are nearly as expensive as several areas in lower Manhattan.
Yet the essential warp of Brooklyn has remained intact. The village-scale neighborhoods bear no resemblance to the canyons of Manhattan. There are still a couple of slaughterhouses within walking distance of my apartment, where I can order the execution of a chicken (or a rabbit), and there is a seaman's bar whose décor (and to only a slightly lesser extent its prices) seems frozen in 1955. What I've lost in Manhattan I've found in Brooklyn, so it seems mawkish to mourn.
MOST of the concerts and almost all the parties I attend are in Brooklyn. I often run into friends on the street, which makes sense, because I have only about five friends my age left in Manhattan. If I didn't have to commute to an office downtown, I'd rarely cross the river.
There are still, of course, reasons to do so. Recently I went to Midtown for an event at the New York Public Library. As soon as I came out of the subway, I regretted my decision. The Rockefeller Center Christmas tree had just been unveiled, and a crowd of overjoyed people, perhaps emboldened by the padding of their winter coats, immediately began to coalesce around me.
Barricades had been set up not only along Fifth Avenue, but also along many of the side streets. Police officers ordered the heavy pedestrian traffic to advance through Saks — literally through the department store, passing between the makeup counters and scarf racks — to get from 50th Street to 49th. "Blame the tree," one of the officers shouted, "not me!"
Yet for the most part, the people seemed happy to be there: They had come from all over the world to experience Holiday Season New York.
I was running late, however, and as I tried to make my way through the scrum, I found myself throwing elbows and cursing at the city. Only later that night, when I looked up at Times Square, did I stop to admire the museum that Manhattan has become. The hysterical wattage of the billboards had turned the night sky over Broadway a pale blue — a kind of artificial, perpetual dusk into which the New York I once knew has floated, never to return. I watch that New York float farther away all the time, marveling at the sparkle, but relieved to live in a different city.
Nathaniel Rich, an editor at The Paris Review, is the author of "The Mayor's Tongue," a novel to be published by Riverhead Books in April.
SOME customers waiting patiently for a new BMW have received unhappy news: 122 were totaled during a rough North Atlantic crossing that damaged 430 of the vehicles.
The Courage, a car carrier headed to New Jersey from a North Sea port in Germany, rolled in heavy winter seas on Jan. 2, breaking BMWs from their lashings and sending them pinballing around a cargo hold. The ship docked in Newark on Jan. 11.
"Once one car broke loose, it all started going downhill," said Tom Plucinsky, a BMW spokesman. "They just beat each other to death."
The smashed cars included 30 examples of one of the year's most anticipated models: the high-performance M3 coupe and sedan. Mr. Plucinsky said the M3s were not customer models, but were designated for dealer introduction events.
The 732 BMWs aboard also included 3-, 5-, and 7-Series models, X3 sport utilities and the first 1 Series coupes for the United States. The 1 Series, a new model, goes on sale in March.
Mr. Plucinsky said BMW had contacted the customers affected. For models whose damage is less than 3 percent of its value, buyers can choose to accept a repaired car or a similar model, or have a new car built to order.
Repairable cars with more than 3 percent damage will be driven by company employees. They will eventually be resold as certified used cars, with full disclosure of their history.
BMW estimated that the retail value of the totaled cars was more than $6 million.
AT an upscale pub in our small Northwestern town, one of the mothers seated around our table made an indissoluble confession: she told us she had been having a very serious crush on a man who was not her husband. She said the crush bothered her. Besides making her feel guilty, it also made her unsure of the status of her marriage. As she spoke, red blotches formed around her neck.
Being new in town and newer still to this tradition of a ladies' night out, I had little at stake in the relationship and felt free to question her about her potential indiscretion. I was also halfway through my second glass of pinot noir on an almost empty stomach.
"It doesn't seem very realistic to be attracted to only one person for the rest of your life, does it?" I said, hoping to put her at ease.
"It doesn't," she said. "But the fact that I keep making excuses to go see this man makes me question my motives."
"What are your motives?" I asked.
My question was met by silence. She either didn't know or couldn't form a response. So the rest of us quickly filled the void by musing about the different people we've had crushes on: the guy who makes our soy latte every morning, the local celebrity politician, the obviously gay tailor, the friend of a college-bound nephew.
Nearly all of us agreed it was O.K. to "crush out" on someone, and even to tell our partner or husband (or our couples therapist) about it in an effort to be honest, and thus mature, in our relationships. The unspoken assumption was that it was not O.K. to act on it.
Despite my general attitude of acceptance when it comes to people questioning their most troubling emotions, I've learned to tread carefully on the conjoined subjects of fidelity and monogamy. My experience tells me that it's a minefield and that no one except Dr. Phil-inspired talk-show exhibitionists and the admittedly polyamorous are ready to talk openly about it.
I don't belong to either of those groups. But, to be fair, I've given polyamory my best shot.
In graduate school, when my boyfriend then — a touchy-feely, anarchist performance artist type — announced he wanted to see other people because monogamy was "a bourgeois construct," I reluctantly went along with him for about a year, thinking that dismantling the dominant paradigm was the right, countercultural thing to do.
Mostly what it did, however, was make me paranoid about getting a sexually transmitted disease, despite our practice of safe sex. I began to imagine every woman I encountered in his circle of friends as the one who might have had sex with him just hours before.
My respect for him dwindled as I viewed his need to see other women less as a political stance than simply his sexual overdrive combined with a lack of impulse control. We eventually split up, and I looked for someone who wanted to have an old-fashioned relationship. The emotional trafficking that being "poly" required was just too exhausting, using up energy I needed for school and two jobs. I saw no benefit, anyway: the men I broached the idea with were just freaked out by it.
Later, when I found the man I wanted to spend my life with, and he and I started talking about marriage, we discussed our worries of signing on to something that had an almost 50 percent failure rate. We wanted to believe in marriage as a viable option without being duped by the fairy tale expectations of it. I know people who have been married three and four times, and it always makes me wonder: Why keep marching down the aisle and making the same promises?
Historically, of course, marriage was a business arrangement, with infidelity (at least for men) being the acceptable loophole. It wasn't until the 18th century that love gained credibility as a reason for marriage. And now, in the 21st century, marriage is supposed to do it all for both husband and wife — love, companionship, family and work — a supposedly one-size-fits-all answer to a couple's every emotional and sexual need for 40, 50, even 60 years.
Skeptical of buying into such grandiose promises, we approached marriage with an open mind, knowing that we loved and trusted each other and that we were determined to be honest no matter what, even if that meant admitting that we might occasionally be attracted to other people.
Sublimating our inner desires seemed like a recipe for obsession and deceit. We were just trying to be realistic about an institution we had always viewed as being a little sanctimonious, one that made more sense when human life expectancy was about 43, and when, financially speaking, women needed to be taken care of.
So, several years into our marriage, when a good friend of mine told me that she had a crush on my husband (and I'd sort of figured that his interest in her photography career had developed into more of an interest in seeing all of her tattoos), I knew that all of our theorizing about what makes a successful life partnership was about to face its first real-life application.
I didn't feel particularly threatened by this friend. I trusted her, and I never imagined her to be a woman for whom my husband would leave me. In fact, I never thought he would leave, period. I reasoned that since he and I could be so open with each other, our marriage must really be invincible. And if I were to give the two of them permission to "explore their feelings," it would also give me a chance to dawdle in the feelings I'd developed for a colleague at work. We'd all take baby steps — nothing dramatic — and see how it went.
But we immediately faced logistical concerns. If my husband was out with her, what should I be doing? Did I need to plan my time with my colleague to coincide with the time he spent with her? Did my husband and I need to tell each other whenever we planned to spend time with the other person?
A FEW solid rules would have been helpful, but without knowing how either relationship might progress, we didn't know how to set them. It seemed odd and presumptuous to be negotiating rules for relationships and situations that were themselves unknown and unpredictable. So what would the boundaries be? Was kissing allowed? More?
We knew lying was not an option. We had agreed that lying is what made it "cheating," leading to hurt and distrust and causing the real damage to the relationship. But how much truth could we realistically handle? I wasn't sure how much I really wanted to know about what they were doing.
As it turned out, he had nothing to worry about with me. My flirtation quickly died under the weight of my friend's moral discomfort. After a few lunches he grew uneasy about the gray zone we had entered. There was one late evening of sushi and cocktails, but it was I who felt guilty and decided to go home so my husband wouldn't be waiting and wondering. The next day my colleague called and told me he couldn't do it anymore. His friends had advised him against the situation; he didn't want to get hurt.
Meanwhile, my good friend and my husband were continuing to have good times taking pictures and going back to her apartment to develop them and continue their mild flirtation. Then one night, when it had gotten too late for my comfort zone, he called to say our Volvo wagon wouldn't start. I knew the car to be unreliable, but I couldn't deny a nagging doubt: Could he be lying about the car just to spend the night with her?
That, for me, was the breaking point. It didn't matter if he was telling the truth. I doubted him anyway, so the result was the same. I further realized that I couldn't handle the thought of them spending the night together, sleeping in the same bed, even in a Bert and Ernie arrangement. My imagination ran wild. I felt as if I were imploding.
What had I expected? That spending the night with her would send him running back to me? That honesty would override any feelings of possessiveness or hurt?
Several arguments and 10 therapy sessions later, we thanked each other for allowing that kind of creative romantic safari into our lives but vowed never to do it again. We weren't bored with each other. And despite our ostensibly progressive notions about marriage, we were not impervious to the full range of human emotions — rage, jealousy, fear of abandonment — that tend to surface when we cross the boundaries of love.
As one might imagine, the good friend and I did not remain good friends. That bond was the weaker one, it turned out. She and I tried several times to talk it through in the hope of preserving our friendship, but we finally agreed that once the door had been left open, too many flies had come in and spoiled the ambience.
I've known many people who have had successful open marriages, and I admire their intentions — some of them, anyway. You have to want to go the distance on that emotional seesaw, and it takes great courage. You have to commit to spelling out every rule and consideration clearly and with great enunciation. You can't just glide over the syllables.
Back at the pub, our ladies' night out was breaking up, and I offered to walk the confessor home. I didn't tell her about my experiences. Instead I asked what marriage meant to her. Could she let go of the "rules" and her expectations enough to at least be O.K. with everything she was feeling?
She didn't know, but we both agreed that having a crush gives you a much-needed adrenaline rush. Somebody is treating you the way your spouse did oh-so-many years ago, looking into your eyes without wondering if you cleaned his favorite shirt, or paid the mortgage on time, or will turn out to be his mother. Looking at you with nothing but passion and a sense of possibility.
Tonight I'm going to try to look at my husband the same way. He'll probably be watching one of our favorite shows, "Big Love," in which case I'll watch with him and we'll laugh at the same lines. We love to laugh together. It keeps us sane.
By Daniel Politi Posted Thursday, Feb. 7, 2008, at 6:23 A.M. E.T.
The New York Times, Washington Post, and the Wall Street Journal's world-wide newsboxlead with the latest from the Democratic presidential race. There was little time to rest after the biggest primary day in history as Sen. Hillary Clinton's campaign claimed she came out on top becaues of her victories in big states, while Sen. Barack Obama's aides pointed to his wins in more states as proof that he was the one who came out ahead. Clinton revealed that she had lent her campaign $5 million in late January and she asked supporters to give $3 million to her campaign over three days. Obama's campaign gave word that he raised more than $3 million yesterday, on top of the $32 million he had raised in January. The Los Angeles Timesgoes with a two-story lead looking at the reasons behind Clinton's victory in California and Sen. John McCain's continuing problems with trying to get the conservative Republican base on his side. Some say the only way McCain can get their support is to pick a very conservative running mate.
USA Todayleads with a dispatch from Mosul, where U.S. troops will probably have more trouble rooting out al-Qaida in Iraq because the militants have apparently learned from their mistakes and are cultivating better relationships with regular citizens. In Mosul, al-Qaida militants warn civilians before bomb attacks and are not enforcing strict Islamic laws, which is a marked contrast with how they acted in other parts of the country. This makes it less likely that the residents of Iraq's third-largest city would want to join the U.S. military to fight the insurgents.
As Clinton and Obama get ready for the next phase of what will undoubtedly be a long contest for delegates, both campaigns are trying to describe themselves as the underdogs in the battle. But it's clear that Clinton is losing ground in the battle for dollars, and the papersreport that several members of her campaign staff have agreed to work without pay this month. The NYT points out that Clinton is in a tighter spot financially largely because of "fatigue" among her donors, who have been hit up for money since her Senate re-election campaign in 2006. Still, Obama said yesterday that Clinton had the clear advantage because of her well-known name and a slight edge in superdelegates.
There was probably no sweeter win for Clinton than California. There were predictions that the race would be close but she easily won the state thanks largely to the support of Latinos, who accounted for 30 percent of voters, and women. Obama tried to reach out to Latino voters by emphasizing his support for issuing driver's licenses to illegal immigrants. But some now think Obama's assumption that Latinos would care deeply about licenses was mistaken and he could have received more traction by talking about education and the economy.
So, who won Tuesday? Depends on who you ask. As USAT notes, there were several different delegate counts going around yesterday because of the complicated formulas used by the Democrats that "could give a certified public accountant a migraine." The WP cites the Associated Press numbers and says Clinton won 737 delegates yesterday and Obama got 699, with almost 300 still to be awarded. The NYT says Clinton has a slight edge with 892 delegates to Obama's 716. The WSJ prefers to go with 1,000 delegates for Clinton and 902 for Obama. (Slate's Christopher Beam takes a look at the different numbers.)
Every day that passes seems to bring more questions about whether the Democratic contest will go on until the convention in August. The NYT reports that the party's chairman, Howard Dean, came out yesterday to say that the candidates should do everything possible to prevent that scenario from materializing. Dean estimated there will be a nominee "in the middle of March or April" and emphasized that if one hasn't been selected, "then we're going to have to get the candidates together and make some kind of an arrangement." What kind of arrangement Dean has in mind that would make either candidate want to drop out of such a long (and expensive) race isn't clear. Everyone points to the likelihood that the candidates will continue trading victories in the upcoming states as Obama has an edge in the next few contests this month, but Clinton is favored to win more states in March.
Amazingly, the LAT is alone in fronting news that the White House said water-boarding is a legal interrogation tactic and President Bush could authorize its use in the future. The LAT says the statement came as a surprise, particularly since many don't understand why the adminisration seems eager to open a debate about such a controversial issue it had previously refused to talk about and that many considered closed.
All the papers front a story or picture about the dozens of tornadoes that hit five Southern states and killed at least 55 people. Many expect the death toll to climb in what is being described as the deadliest tornado disaster in nearly a decade.
The WP fronts news that Senate Democrats failed to make progress on their stimulus package that is broader and more expensive than the one that was already approved by the House. After much back-and-forth, Democrats fell one vote short of the 60 needed to advance the bill as most Republicans stood together in opposing the measure. This makes it virtually certain that the House bill will pass Congress, although the Senate might still try to change some provisions in the package.
The NYT goes inside with a look at court documents made public yesterday that make clear the CIA destroyed the interrogation videotapes at a time when a federal judge was still actively seeking information about the interrogation of one of the al-Qaida operatives.
The New York City medical examiner announced yesterday that actor Heath Ledger died of an accidental "abuse of prescription medications." The combination of six drugs, including painkillers, anti-anxiety medication, a sleeping pill, and an antihistamine, led to "acute intoxication." Some speculated that perhaps Ledger had become addicted, and the LAT points out the actor had frequently talked about how he used prescription drugs. But, as the WSJ points out, doctors warn that "patients are often woefully unaware of the potential serious consequences of the additive effects of prescription medications."
The NYT notes that, based on 2007 fund-raising figures, no one got a bigger bang for his buck than Mike Huckabee. The former Arkansas governor won 156 delegates at a cost of approximately $45,000 each. Mitt Romney, on the other hand, spent $654,000 per delegate. But that's chump change compared with Rep. Ron Paul, who has lined up five delegates at a cost of about $4 million each.
Daniel Politi writes "Today's Papers" for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com
Putting Trend Spotters on the Spot MAISON ET OBJET Paris
Richard Harbus for The New York Times (lights and Mr. Harbus); Nigel Dickinson for The New York Times (bowl)
Left: Vanessa Mitrani's pierced vase; Center top: Bocci lights; Center bottom: a Friedemann Bühler bowl; Right: Jean-Philippe Prugnaud, a Parisian trend spotter
Nigel Dickinson for The New York Times
COLOR AND FANTASY For Lladró, the British design team Committee created figurines of a couple covered with pastel flowers
February 7, 2008
Putting Trend Spotters on the Spot
By SABINE ROTHMAN
MAISON ET OBJET, the semiannual home furnishings trade fair, which took place outside Paris last week, is one of the largest events of its kind in Europe and one of the most influential in terms of what new designs will make it to market.
So it is not surprising that editors of design magazines and others whose work involves understanding the vagaries of the home furnishings market flock to the show. Or that, once there, moving among more than 3,000 vendors spread out across 1.3 million square feet of exhibition space, many of them turn for guidance to the so-called Maison et Objet Observatory, a panel of architects, designers, stylists and trend forecasters who regularly produce a book and three product-focused installations for the fair to identify emerging trends.
But this year the theme for the installations was "dreamy," and two of the three were as abstract as the quasi-poetic language that the observatory's members generally use in their written trend assessments.
François Bernard, a Parisian home furnishings forecaster, presented a series of entirely white rooms with very few products from the show; the rooms were described on the show's Web site as a place to "lose yourself and lose your bearings in the radical maximalism of a whiteness that resists overflow." In one room, a white resin sculpture depicted a suite of Louis XV furniture being absorbed by a wall; in another, a ceiling-mounted video screen over a big white bed showed a slowly undulating red whale.
Elizabeth Leriche, a Paris style consultant and designer, tried to "promote new thinking about ways of consumption," she said, with her observatory exhibit of one-off pieces and limited editions by artist-designers, including a park bench sprouting sinuous wood tendrils and tufted leather blobs that looked like melted furniture.
The one installation that showed a wide variety of products from the fair, by Vincent Grégoire of the Nelly Rodi trend forecasting agency in Paris, was something of a grab bag. It did not go far toward identifying any trend beyond "random combinations," with its mix of glass vases constrained by metal cages, printed packing tape, large-scale fashion photographs and a pillow showing Margaret Thatcher.
"Faced with an unappealing daily existence and uncertain future," text on the wall explained helpfully, "it's time to strike a new attitude!"
In the absence of much practical direction from the official sources, and given the disparate merchandise visitors had to sort through in a few days (Jan. 25 to 29), the Maison et Objet seemed like a good opportunity to put the discipline of trend forecasting to the test.
Would journalists and forecasters at the show reach a consensus, independent of outside influences, about where things are headed, or would they pick out patterns that suited their own tastes, looking for "the trends you want to see," as Michelle Ogundehin, the editor in chief of British Elle Decoration, put it?
Ms. Ogundehin and four others whose business it is to spot what's coming next were asked to accompany a reporter on separate rounds of the show and to describe trends they were seeing.
Results of this exercise may surprise skeptics. Choosing different examples and using different words, the five broadly agreed on a few distinct currents in furnishings design and on some reasons behind them.
There were conflicting readings, too, of course, particularly in the realm of color . And there was quasi-poetic, abstract language worthy of the observatory.
But five hours with five forecasters was enough to persuade one skeptic that forecasting trends in the design world — finding order and meaning in the mishmash of consumer culture — is as much legitimate discipline as bogus science.
Honesty
"With what appears to be a recession, people are not moving, so they are not buying lots of furniture," Ms. Ogundehin said early in her tour of the fair. "But they are making smaller purchases to update their houses" — purchases, she believes, that have to do with "value, care, and having things that mean something."
In design, as in politics, we are apparently ready for things that embody what Ms. Ogundehin calls the new honesty. The term seems to refer to visible wood grain, for one thing, and evidence (or at least the suggestion) of the maker's hand, for another.
As an example, she offered the Orizuru, or paper crane, a sculptural plywood chair from the Japanese Yamagata Koubou workshop folded like a half-finished piece of origami.
Michelle Lamb, the chairman of Marketing Directions, a forecasting company in Eden Prairie, Minn., that focuses on the home furnishings sector, was drawn to the same features on a smaller scale, in wood bowls by Friedemann Bühler of Germany.
Mr. Bühler's surprisingly thin bowls, which Ms. Lamb described as "the eco trend being expressed freely in found wood," are an earthy blend of raw material and refined craftsmanship, with vivid, fingerprintlike grain. Occasional star-shaped cutouts come as a result of removing knots or branches; there are no gratuitous decorative gestures.
Silk panels hand-painted in traditional wallpaper patterns from de Gournay, a British company, also charmed Ms. Ogundehin with their artisanal authenticity, as did tiny handmade porcelain bowls from Studio Potomak, a ceramics studio outside Venice.
Each sample featured a different colored glaze that had been swirled in the bottom of the bowl, leaving a pool of color at the bottom and a trail to the rim: honest evidence of their process.
The "look of the hand" is nowhere more in demand than in the luxury market, said Jean-Philippe Prugnaud, the president of the Mint Group, a buying consultancy with offices in Paris and Milan and retail clients like Saks Fifth Avenue.
"Right now, it's hard to pinpoint one dominant design direction," he said. "But things that are obviously well crafted with unusual combinations of materials are extremely desirable, since so much is mass-produced."
He cited a group of little boxes made of metal, bronze, shell and stingray by the Paris designers Ria and Yiouri Augousti, and their new tables with semiprecious stones set into bronze.
At the hipper end of the style spectrum, Mr. Prugnaud was drawn to a line of suspension lights made of amorphous porcelain elements hand-molded by the Canadian firm Bocci, which, he said, expressed the same idea.
Libby Sellers, who runs a traveling London design gallery and is a former curator at that city's Design Museum, also talked about honesty, pointing to the products and packaging of a year-old Danish company called Mater, which proclaims a philosophy of social responsibility based on the 10 principles of the United Nations' Global Compact.
As much as she liked Mater's brass bowls and trays and wood-and-marble candelabra, the sustainably produced boxes they came in, printed with simple symbols announcing what was inside, where it was made and what it was made from, interested her most. "We don't have such faith in the structures that run the world," Ms. Sellers said. "So it's nice to have some sense that someone is not trying to pull the wool over our eyes."
Not that all examples of the honesty trend were so aboveboard. Ms. Sellers also liked a line of outdoor furniture in lacy, powder-coated metal by Patricia Urquiola for Emu, an Italian manufacturer, based on a 1950s design from the company's archives. She was particularly taken with the way Emu used advanced technology to build in a certain measure of variation from piece to piece, an approach she credits the Dutch designer Hella Jongerius with pioneering.
"It's mass-produced," Ms. Sellers said, "but they can add in quirk."
Ms. Lamb, of Marketing Directions, noted another aspect of the cult of authenticity in new countercultural design, like the pierced glassware of a French designer named Vanessa Mitrani — glasses and carafes studded with rings like a young Goth's tongue — or the NEO collection of knitted rubber bowls and pillows by Rosanna Contadini. In an era of homogeneous design and manipulative marketing, Ms. Lamb said, "they have resonance for young adults, especially when the pieces are so well designed and executed."
Fantasy
It is not only through the rigors (or veneer) of honesty, though, that designers are rebelling against sameness and corporate culture; some are resorting to surrealism, Ms. Sellers observed.
Zaha Hadid's hugely overscaled planters for Serralunga, for instance, were nearly as dreamlike as the observatory's morphing art-furniture. Ms. Sellers also offered the example of Lladró, the Spanish ceramics company known for kitschy figurines, which has drawn attention in recent seasons by asking young designers to reinterpret the pieces in its archives.
At Maison et Objet, the Lladró stand displayed a fanciful and somewhat uncanny series of figurines by the British design team Committee, in which a couple is slowly overtaken from head to toe with tiny pastel flowers.
There were also tiny boxes in pale blue that bore the impressions of Lladró figurine faces (taken from the molds used to make the figurines) on their tops.
Mr. Prugnaud, too, was interested in fantastical design, which he saw in the work of Jean Boggio, a French jewelry and furniture designer, for Franz, a Taiwanese manufacturer.
Mr. Boggio, who styles himself a créateur de rêves, or dream weaver, on his Web site, showed whimsical metal consoles and enormous ceramic vases bearing motifs of wildly stylized jungle leaves. "It's Alice in Wonderland going through the looking glass," Mr. Prugnaud said. "It's Jean Cocteau's surreal Art Deco Orpheus. It's objects that teach you without telling you."
Color
"The metallic trend is so prevalent it has almost peaked, but not quite," Ms. Lamb said, pointing out a sofa (unmissable, really) by Aimé-Cécil Noury and Pierre Dubois of the French design team Les Héritiers, which was covered in a brushed polyester-vinyl fabric embossed with a damask pattern and printed with silver ink.
Ms. Ogundehin agreed: "Last year we wrote about using metallic accents as a way to inject a jolt of gorgeousness into our homes. Now we're seeing them everywhere, even in upholstery."
And Mr. Prugnaud seemed almost to despair. "Things are so shiny they can't get any shinier," he said. "We're in an age of narcissism. People want to see themselves literally as well as metaphorically in the things they own."
Despite such definitive statements, metallic turns out not to be the only color idea in the air. Ms. Lamb spoke of her attraction to periwinkle-hued glass vessels by Anna Torfs, a Czech designer.
"The combination of purple and gray is an established trend, but we're nowhere near finished exploring purples," she said. "I'm looking at red-cast blues, blue reaching out to purple."
Meanwhile, Caroline Till, a trends analyst with the Future Laboratory, an agency based in London, discerned "a decline in patterning, with large blocks of color and bright primary accents instead." She said, "I'm seeing a lot of green, almost acidic, primary brights and fluorescents as accent colors."
In fact, she added: "I've been seeing fuchsia and lime green for a while now. They started last year as accents. Now we're seeing them used over entire pieces, and often together. It's fresh and contemporary."
It is the color discussion that could lead the skeptic back to questioning trend spotting as a science. Or at least into re-examining the arty work of the observatory, and of Mr. Bernard in particular, whose white rooms seem so easy for the practical-minded trend hunter to dismiss.
Their descriptions on the fair's Web site — "a moment of domestic re-enchantment" and "another way of dreaming one's inner life" — sound like trade-show hokum with a French accent.
But Mr. Bernard, who has interviewed many consumers about what they want in life, is quite serious. Behind the ethereal language is an earnest trend forecast, and what may be one of the more compelling responses to a globalized, oversaturated market offered at the fair.
"I'm trying to think what will happen next year, or the next next," he said. "There are a lot of sunny colors now, which you'll see if you walk these halls. But in the near future, we'll have white at home, a blank canvas on which you could write something new for the future."
Mitt Romney, the former Massachusetts governor who sought to position himself as the true conservative choice for the Republican presidential nomination, announced Thursday afternoon that he had ended his campaign.
His chief rival, Senator John McCain of Arizona, congratulated Mr. Romney on his efforts and reached out to conservative voters who had thrown their support to the former governor and whose support, Mr. McCain said, was "indispensable to the success of our party."
Mr. Romney, who had vowed to press on despite disappointing results in the Super Tuesday primary contests, announced his decision to drop out at the annual Conservative Political Action Conference in Washington.
In a speech that touched on the messages of his campaign, Mr. Romney said he had come to his decision to help unify the Republican Party, and he charged that Democratic candidates, Senators Hillary Rodham Clinton of New York and Barack Obama of Illinois, would not pursue the war in Iraq.
"Because I love America, in this time of war, I feel I have to stand aside for our party and our country," he said.
Mr. Romney had hoped to use Tuesday's results to narrow Mr. McCain's lead. Instead, he saw Mr. McCain widen the lead at the same time that Mr. Romney's campaign lost ground to Mike Huckabee, the former Arkansas governor, who racked up solid gains.
Mr. Huckabee, on his way to an appearance on "The Tyra Banks Show" in Manhattan, said Thursday afternoon that he hoped that Mr. Romney's conservative supporters would back his campaign.
"I know that a lot of the establishment, Washington-type folks are going to be going with Senator McCain," he said. "I understand that. but the people of this country need a choice. And right now, I am going to be their choice."
Mr. Romney said he would have preferred to continue his campaign until the Republican convention.
"You are with me all the way to the convention," he said before an enthusiastic crowd at the conference, hosted by the American Conservative Union. "Fight on, just like Ronald Reagan did in 1976."
But by fighting to the convention, he said, "I'd forestall the launch of a national campaign and, frankly, I'd make it easier for Senator Clinton or Obama to win."
Mr. Romney faced a series of enormous challenges in the campaign, not the least of which was trying to reconcile the moderate political views he espoused as the governor of Massachusetts, a liberal state, with the more conservative views he championed on the campaign. That tension — and his decision to change positions on a number of emotionally charged issues, including renouncing his past support for abortion rights — led his rivals to continually lambaste him as a flip-flopper.
Then there was the question of his Mormon religion. After the candidacy of Mr. Huckabee, a former Baptist preacher, took off in Iowa, where it was fueled by evangelical voters, Mr. Romney was moved to give a major speech in Texas defending his faith and denouncing the rise of secularism.
And although Mr. Romney, a former management consultant, ran what many described as a textbook campaign, he never really recovered after failing to execute the original strategy of winning the first two contests in Iowa and New Hampshire, and using those wins to build momentum. Iowa went to Mr. Huckabee, and New Hampshire to Mr. McCain, who tried to paint himself as a straight talker to contrast with Mr. Romney's flexibility.
As the campaign progressed, Mr. Romney and Mr. McCain exchanged increasingly bitter attacks. Mr. Romney charged that Mr. McCain was "outside the mainstream of conservative political thought." Mr. McCain pointedly noted that Mr. Romney had changed his position on important issues for many conservative Republicans, including as abortion rights and gun control.
Appearing at the Conservative Political Action Conference several hours after Mr. Romney, Mr. McCain sought to heal some of the wounds inflicted in the primary battle. Acknowledging the differences he had with many conservatives on such issues as immigration, Mr. McCain repeatedly said his overall political record was conservative. Before a crowd whose enthusiasm seemed to increase as his speech continued, Mr. McCain listed those of his positions — including those on abortion, gun control, tax cuts and the Iraq war — that he said were in line with conservative values.
"I am proud, very proud, to have come to public office as a foot soldier in the Reagan revolution," he said.
Noting that the differences within the Republican Party were far smaller than those the party had with the Democratic front-runners, he called on conservative Republicans to unite in support of his campaign.
"This election is going to be about big things, not small things" he said.
Mr. Romney, in his speech, emphasized his agreement with Mr. McCain's position that the United States needed to continue to pursue the war in Iraq. Arguing that the war is a critical part of the country's battle against terrorism, Mr. Romney said the Democratic candidates "would retreat, declare defeat, and the consequences of that would be devastating."
If there is such a person as a "baby whisperer," it is the pediatrician Dr. Harvey Karp, whose uncanny ability to quiet crying babies became the best-selling book "The Happiest Baby on the Block."
Dr. Karp's method, endorsed by child advocates and demonstrated in television appearances and a DVD version of his book, shows fussy babies who are quickly, almost eerily soothed by a combination of tight swaddling, loud shushing and swinging, which he says mimics the sensations of the womb.
Now Dr. Karp, assistant professor of pediatrics at the University of California, Los Angeles, has turned his attention to the toddler years, that explosive period of development when children learn language, motor skills and problem solving, among other things. The rapid pace at which all these changes occur is nothing short of astonishing, but it can also be overwhelming to little brains. A wailing baby is nothing compared with the defiant behavior and tantrums common among toddlers.
In his latest book, "The Happiest Toddler on the Block," Dr. Karp tries to teach parents the skills to communicate with and soothe tantrum-prone children. In doing so, however, he redefines what being a toddler means. In his view, toddlers are not just small people. In fact, for all practical purposes, they're not even small Homo sapiens.
Dr. Karp notes that in terms of brain development, a toddler is primitive, an emotion-driven, instinctive creature that has yet to develop the thinking skills that define modern humans. Logic and persuasion, common tools of modern parenting, "are meaningless to a Neanderthal," Dr. Karp says.
The challenge for parents is learning how to communicate with the caveman in the crib. "All of us get more primitive when we get upset, that's why they call it 'going ape,' " Dr. Karp says. "But toddlers start out primitive, so when they get upset, they go Jurassic on you."
Improving the ways parents cope with crying and tantrums isn't just a matter of convenience. "The No. 1 precipitant to child abuse is the kid who cries and gets upset and doesn't settle down and whines and whines," says Robert Fox, professor of psychology at Marquette University and director of the behavior clinic at Penfield Children's Center in Milwaukee. "It's a real vulnerable situation for abuse."
Dr. Karp's baby program has been endorsed by several government health agencies, leaders of Prevent Child Abuse America and others. Dr. Karp will discuss his toddler program in an address to the Early Head Start program, which provides early childhood services to low-income families.
But Dr. Karp's method of toddler communication is not for the self-conscious. It involves bringing yourself, both mentally and physically, down to a child's level when he or she is upset. The goal is not to give in to a child's demands, but to communicate in a child's own language of "toddler-ese."
This means using short phrases with lots of repetition, and reflecting the child's emotions in your tone and facial expressions. And, most awkward, it means repeating the very words the child is using, over and over again.
For instance, a toddler throwing a tantrum over a cookie might wail, "I want it. I want it. I want cookie now."
Often, a parent will adopt a soothing tone saying, "No, honey, you have to wait until after dinner for a cookie."
Such a response will, almost certainly, make matters worse. "It's loving, logical and reasonable," notes Dr. Karp. "And it's infuriating to a toddler. Now they have to say it over harder and louder to get you to understand."
Dr. Karp adopts a soothing, childlike voice to demonstrate how to respond to the toddler's cookie demands.
"You want. You want. You want cookie. You say, 'Cookie, now. Cookie now.' "
It's hard to imagine an adult talking like this in a public place. But Dr. Karp notes that this same form of "active listening" is a method adults use all the time. The goal is not simply to repeat words but to make it clear that you hear someone's complaint. "If you were upset and fuming mad, I might say, 'I know. I know. I know. I get it. I'm really really sorry. I'm sorry.' That sounds like gibberish out of context," he says.
On his DVD, Dr. Karp demonstrates the method. Within seconds, teary-eyed toddlers calm and look at him quizzically as he repeats their concerns back at them. Once the child has calmed, a parent can explain the reason for saying no, offer the child comfort and a happy alternative to the original demand.
Dr. Karp also offers methods for teaching children patience, and he suggests regularly giving children small victories — like winning at a game of wrestling. "If you give them these little victories all day long, when you want them to do something for you, they're much more likely to do it."
Sometimes, excessive tantrums can signal an underlying health problem, so parents with a difficult child should consult with a pediatrician.
"The thing about toddlers is that they are uncivilized," Dr. Karp says. "Our job is to civilize them, to teach them to say please and thank you, don't spit and scratch and don't pee anywhere you want. These are the jobs you have with a toddler."
CREDIT Hedi Slimane or blame him. The type of men Mr. Slimane promoted when he first came aboard at Dior Homme some years back (he has since left) were thin to the point of resembling stick figures; the clothes he designed were correspondingly lean. The effects of his designs on the men's wear industry were radical and surprisingly persuasive. Within a couple of seasons, the sleekness of Dior Homme suits made everyone else's designs look boxy and passé, and so designers everywhere started reducing their silhouettes.
Then a funny thing happened. The models were also downsized. Where the masculine ideal of as recently as 2000 was a buff 6-footer with six-pack abs, the man of the moment is an urchin, a wraith or an underfed runt.
Nowhere was this more clear than at the recent men's wear shows in Milan and Paris, where even those inured to the new look were flabbergasted at the sheer quantity of guys who looked chicken-chested, hollow-cheeked and undernourished. Not altogether surprisingly, the trend has followed the fashion pack back to New York
Wasn't it just a short time ago that the industry was up in arms about skinny models? Little over a year ago, in Spain, designers were commanded to choose models based on a healthy body mass index; physicians were installed at Italian casting calls; Diane von Furstenberg, the president of the Council of Fashion Designers of America, and Anna Wintour, the editor of Vogue, called a conference to ventilate the issue of unhealthy body imagery and eating disorders among models.
The models in question were women, and it's safe to say that they remain as waiflike as ever. But something occurred while no one was looking. Somebody shrunk the men.
"Skinny, skinny, skinny," said Dave Fothergill, a director of the agency of the moment, Red Model Management. "Everybody's shrinking themselves."
This was abundantly clear in the castings of models for New York shows by Duckie Brown, Thom Browne, Patrik Ervell, Robert Geller and Marc by Marc Jacobs, where models like Stas Svetlichnyy of Russia typified the new norm. Mr. Svetlichnyy's top weight, he said last week, is about 145 pounds. He is 6 feet tall with a 28-inch waist.
"Designers like the skinny guy," he said backstage last Friday at the Duckie Brown show. "It looks good in the clothes and that's the main thing. That's just the way it is now."
Even in Milan last month at shows like Dolce & Gabbana and Dsquared, where the castings traditionally ran to beefcake types, the models were leaner and less muscled, more light-bodied. Just as tellingly, Dolce & Gabbana's look-book for spring 2008 (a catalog of the complete collection) featured not the male models the label has traditionally favored — industry stars like Chad White and Tyson Ballou, who have movie star looks and porn star physiques — but men who look as if they have never seen the inside of a gym.
"The look is different from when I started in the business eight years ago," Mr. Ballou said last week during a photo shoot at the Milk Studios in lower Manhattan. In many of the model castings, which tend to be dominated by a handful of people, the body style that now dominates is the one Charles Atlas made a career out of trying to improve.
"The first thing I did when I moved to New York was immediately start going to the gym," the designer John Bartlett said. That was in the long-ago 1980s. But the idea of bulking up now seems retro when musicians and taste arbiters like Devendra Banhart boast of having starved themselves in order to look good in clothes.
"The eye has changed," Mr. Bartlett said. "Clothes now are tighter and tighter. Guys are younger and younger. Everyone is influenced by what Europe shows."
"There are designers that lead the way," said James Scully, a seasoned casting agent best known for the numerous modeling discoveries he made when he worked at Gucci under Tom Ford. "Everyone looks to Miuccia Prada for the standard the way they used to look at Hedi Slimane. Once the Hedi Slimanization got started, all anyone wanted to cast was the scrawny kid who looked like he got sand kicked in his face. The big, great looking models just stopped going to Europe. They knew they'd never get cast."
For starters, they knew that they would never fit into designers' samples. "When I started out in the magazine business in 1994, the sample size was an Italian 50," said Long Nguyen of Flaunt magazine, referring to a size equivalent to a snug 40-regular.
"That was an appropriate size for a normal 6-foot male," Mr. Nguyen said. Yet just six years later — coincidentally at about the time Mr. Slimane left his job as the men's wear designer at YSL for Dior Homme — the typical sample size had dwindled to 48. Now it is 46.
"At that point you might as well save money and just go over to the boy's department," Mr. Nguyen said from his seat in the front row of the Benjamin Cho show, which was jammed as usual with a selection of reedy boys in Buffalo plaid jackets and stovepipe jeans, the same types that fill Brooklyn clubs like Sugarland. "I'm not really sure if designers are making clothes smaller or if people are smaller now," Mr Nguyen said.
According to a study by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Americans are taller and much heavier today than 40 years ago. The report, released in 2002, showed that the average height of adult American men has increased to 5-9 ½ in 2002 from just over 5-8 in 1960. The average weight of the same adult man had risen dramatically, to 191 pounds from 166.3.
Nowadays a model that weighed in at 191 pounds, no matter how handsome, would be turned away from most agencies or else sent to a fat farm.
Far from inspiring a spate of industry breast-beating, as occurred after the international news media got hold of the deaths of two young female models who died from eating disorders, the trend favoring very skinny male models has been accepted as a matter or course.
"I personally think that it's the consumer that's doing this, and fashion is just responding," said Kelly Cutrone, the founder of People's Revolution, a fashion branding and production company. "No one wants a beautiful women or a beautiful man anymore."
In terms of image, the current preference is for beauty that is not fully evolved. "People are afraid to look over 21 or make any statement of what it means to be adult," Ms. Cutrone said.
George Brown, a booking agent at Red Model Management, said: "When I get that random phone call from a boy who says, 'I'm 6-foot-1 and I'm calling from Kansas,' I immediately ask, 'What do you weigh?' If they say 188 or 190, I know we can't use him. Our guys are 155 pounds at that height."
Their waists, like that of Mr. Svetlichnyy, measure 28 or 30 inches. They have, ideally, long necks, pencil thighs, narrow shoulders and chests no more than 35.5 inches in circumference, Mr. Brown said. "It's client driven," he added. "That's just the size that blue-chip designers and high-end editorials want."
For Patrik Ervell's show on Saturday, the casting brief called for new faces and men whose bodies were suited to a scarecrow silhouette. "We had to measure their thighs," Mr. Brown said.
For models like Demián Tkach, a 26-year-old Argentine who was recently discovered by the photographer Bruce Weber, the tightening tape measure may cut off a career.
Mr. Tkach said that when he came here from Mexico, where he had been working: "My agency asked me to lose some muscle. I lost a little bit to help them, because I understand the designers are not looking for a male image anymore. They're looking for some kind of androgyne."
Hillary Clinton denounced Dick Cheney as Darth Vader, but she did not absorb the ultimate lesson of the destructive vice president:
Don't become so paranoid that you let yourself be overwhelmed by a dark vision.
I think Hillary truly believes that she and Bill are the only ones tough enough to get to the White House. Jack Nicholson endorsed her as "the best man for the job," and she told David Letterman that "in my White House, we'll know who wears the pantsuits." But her pitch is the color of pitch: Because she has absorbed all the hate and body blows from nasty Republicans over the years, she is the best person to absorb more hate and body blows from nasty Republicans.
Darkness seeking darkness. It's an exhausting specter, and the reason that Tom Daschle, Ted Kennedy, Claire McCaskill and so many other Democrats are dashing for daylight and trying to break away from the pathological Clinton path.
"I think we should never be derisive about somebody who has the ability to inspire," Senator McCaskill told David Gregory on MSNBC on Tuesday. "You know, we've had some dark days in this democracy over the last seven years, and today the sun is out. It is shining brightly. I watch these kids, these old and young, these black and white, 20,000 of them, pour into our dome in St. Louis Saturday night, and they feel good about being an American right now. And I think that's something that we have to capture."
Tuesday's voting showed only that the voters, like moviegoers, don't want a pat ending. Even though Hillary reasserted her strength, corraling New York, California and Kennedy country Massachusetts, she and Obama will battle on in chiaroscuro. Her argument to the Democratic base has gone from a subtext of "You owe me," or more precisely, "Bill owes me and you owe him," to a subtext of "Obambi will fold at the first punch from the right."
Hillary's strategist Mark Penn argued last week that because the voters have "very limited information" about Obama, the Republican attack machine would tear him down and he would lose the support of independents. Then Penn tried to point the way to negative information on Obama, just to show that Obama wouldn't be able to survive Republicans pointing the way to negative information.
As she talked Sunday to George Stephanopoulos, a former director of the formidable Clinton war room, Hillary's case boiled down to the fact that she can be Trouble, as they say about hard-boiled dames in film noir, when Republicans make trouble.
"I have been through these Republican attacks over and over and over again, and I believe that I've demonstrated that much to the dismay of the Republicans, I not only can survive, but thrive," she said.
And on Tuesday night she told supporters, "Let me be clear: I won't let anyone Swift-boat this country's future."
Better the devil you know than the diffident debutante you don't. Better to go with the Clintons, with all their dysfunction and chaos — the same kind that fueled the Republican hate machine — than to risk the chance that Obama would be mauled like a chew toy in the general election. Better to blow off all the inspiration and the young voters, the independents and the Republicans that Obama is attracting than to take a chance on something as ephemeral as hope. Now that's Cheney-level paranoia.
Bill is propelled by Cheneyesque paranoia, as well. His visceral reaction to Obama — from the "fairy tale" line to the inappropriate Jesse Jackson comparison — is rooted less in his need to see his wife elected than in his need to see Obama lose, so that Bill's legacy is protected. If Obama wins, he'll be seen as the closest thing to J. F. K. since J. F. K. And J. F. K. is Bill's hero.
For much of the campaign, when matched against Hillary in debates, the Illinois senator seemed out of his weight class. But he has moved up to heavyweight, even while losing five pounds as he has raced around the country. The big question is: Can he go from laconic to iconic to bionic? Will he have the muscle to take on the opposition, from Billary to the Republican hate machine to the terrorists overseas?
"I try to explain to people, I may be skinny but I'm tough," he told a crowd of more than 15,000 in Hartford the other night, with the Kennedys looking on. "I'm from Chicago."
The relentless Hillary has been the reticent Obama's tutor in the Political School for Scandal. He is learning how to take a punch and give one back. When she presents her mythic narrative, the dragon she has slain is the Republican attack machine. Obama told me he doesn't think about mythic narratives, and Tuesday night in Chicago he was reaching up for "a hymn that will heal this nation and repair the world."
But, if he wants to be president, he will still have to slay the dragon. And his dragon is the Clinton attack machine, which emerged Tuesday night, not invincible but breathing fire.
This may seem like an odd way to characterize a company that just announced its willingness to plunk down $44.6 billion to make its first hostile takeover ever. A company that will probably generate somewhere around $60 billion in revenue when its fiscal year ends in June. A company whose market share in its two core products is still so high — despite recent inroads by a certain flashy competitor — that it qualifies as a monopoly.
But this is Microsoft we're talking about, and if its proposed acquisition of Yahoo signals anything, it serves as a confirmation that Microsoft's glory days are in the past. Having failed to challenge Google where it matters most — in online advertising — it has been reduced to bulking up by buying Google's nearest but still distant competitor. In many ways, the company has become exactly what Bill Gates used to fear the most — sluggish, bureaucratic, slow to respond to new forms of competition — just as I.B.M. was when Microsoft convinced that era's tech behemoth to use Microsoft's operating system in its new personal computer.
The I.B.M. PC was introduced in the summer of 1981. Here we are nearly 27 years later, and Microsoft's core product is still its operating system, now called Windows — that and its suite of applications, called Office, that run on Windows. They generate billions of dollars annually for the company. The most recent version of Windows, released almost exactly a year ago, has already been installed in 100 million computers. Yet in technology, 27 years is a lifetime, and there is a powerful sense that while it has spent enormous effort over the years protecting its monopoly, the world has passed it by. In particular, the technology world now centers on the Internet, where Google reigns supreme, and Microsoft has never succeeded in making serious inroads. Years ago, it started its own online service, MSN. It has made efforts to develop a search engine that could compete with Google's. It has developed an advertising infrastructure to both place ads on other Web sites —another Google specialty—and to generate its own ad revenues. In every case, it has come up a day late and a dollar short. For instance, only 4 percent of Internet searches worldwide are done with Microsoft's engine, compared with over 65 percent done with Google's.
"Of its five major divisions," said Brent Thill, the software analyst for Citigroup, "the online division is the only one that loses money. They are software engineers at Microsoft," he continued, "and their DNA is very different from the DNA of someone who builds online assets. It's just a different mind-set."
Besides, the old strategies that once worked so well for Microsoft — strategies that worked when the world still revolved around Windows — have no place in this new world. In the mid-1990s, when Netscape posed a threat to Microsoft's hegemony, Microsoft created its own competing browser, Internet Explorer, made it an integral part of Windows, and used its desktop monopoly to fight back. Eventually, Netscape was reduced to also-ran status — and the Justice Department took Microsoft to court on antitrust violations.
Today, Microsoft lacks both the weaponry and the nimbleness to compete with Google. Its operating system monopoly gives it no advantages in this battle. People can use Microsoft's operating system and browser to get to the Internet — and to Google — or they can use Apple's. It truly doesn't matter. Meanwhile, with every new Internet fad, like the current frenzy over social networking, Microsoft is invariably caught flat-footed and has to race to just get a foot in the game. But that's always the way it is when companies get big — and it is why real innovation always comes from small companies that don't have a predetermined mind-set, or monopoly profits to protect.
Will the purchase of Yahoo — assuming it goes through, which is far from a foregone conclusion — be a game-changer for Microsoft? Anything is possible, I suppose. I spoke to a number of technology experts Friday who were convinced that it made some sense. Andy Kessler, the technology investor and writer, called it "a smart offensive move." Mark Anderson, the president of Strategic News Service, said, "They are getting the No. 2 online guy in the ad business at a good time and a good price." Rob Enderle of the Enderle Group told me that it was only a matter of time before somebody made a bid for Yahoo — "and it makes sense that it's Microsoft."
But let's be honest here. Microsoft isn't exactly buying a high-flier. Even after a Microsoft-Yahoo merger, Google would still have twice the search market of its competitor. Its ad placement service is superior to either Microsoft's or Yahoo's. And Yahoo has struggled enormously in the last few years. It, too, could have been early in social networking; its chat rooms could have lent themselves easily to something that might have rivaled Facebook. Just like Microsoft, it missed the opportunity. It is quite clearly a company that has lost its way, and the question of whether Microsoft can refocus into a viable Google competitor, well, let's just say I'm dubious.
I also have to wonder about what Yahoo gets out of the deal — other than a premium for its depressed stock. "Does it help their brand?" asked Mark Mahaney, who covers Yahoo for Citigroup. "No. Does it give them better search technology? No. Does it give them a better ad sales force? No. I suspect this is the question being asked in Yahoo's boardroom right now," he added.
What was most striking to me Friday was Microsoft's own expectations for the deal. To put it bluntly, they are awfully low. When I spoke to Yusuf Mehdi, Microsoft's senior vice president for strategic partnership — and the man who had been driving much of its online efforts in recent years — he never once talked about crushing the competition, or even catching up.
A Yahoo deal, he told me, "will be good for consumers who want another search engine, Web publishers who want another ad placement service, and syndicated advertisers" — who also want a choice other than Google. He continued: "Because of Google's heavy volume and its algorithms, they are a very efficient buy. But people are rooting for a credible No. 2. We got lots of calls today from Web sites and others saying, 'We're with you.' "
Was he really saying that Microsoft would be content as a "credible No. 2?" I had a hard time believing it. But when I pushed him on this point, he reiterated it. "Online advertising revenues are going to be $80 billion within a couple of years," he said. (They're about $50 billion now.) "That is going to mean a tremendous opportunity to all players. There has to be a place for another credible player."
I think back to the fall of 2005, when Bill Gates visited The New York Times, and an editor asked him if Microsoft "would do to Google what you did to Netscape?"
"Nah," laughed Mr. Gates, "we'll do something different." This ain't it.
Six bodies were recovered in the ruins of a sugar refinery near Savannah, Ga., that was rocked by an explosion Thursday evening and burned all night.
John Oxendine, the state's fire and insurance commissioner confirmed in a broadcast interview that search crews had found the remains of six workers in the lower levels of the Imperial Sugar plant where they had evidently sought shelter.
Earlier in the day police and fire officials made it clear they did not expect to find any survivors when they said the actions at the plant had been converted from a rescue effort to one of recovery. In addition to the dead, who had earlier been listed as missing, dozens of others remained hospitalized, many of them in critical condition with extensive burns.
Michael Berkow, the chief of the Savannah Metropolitan Police Department, said that authorities planned to meet with the families of the six workers.
Officials said efforts at the plant on the Savannah River in Port Wentworth said recovery efforts were impeded by the unstable condition of the plant, parts of which were still burning.
Lt. Cmdr. Kevin Lynn of the Coast Guard said the river was closed to ship traffic from the Port of Savannah, about six miles downstream, while the river was searched for possible victims. None had been found. Charles Middleton, the Savannah fire chief, said the "instability of the building may hamper recovery operations, but they are anxious to get the process moving." He said he did not want to expose rescue crews to any "more danger than absolutely necessary."
Eighteen of the more than 40 plant workers injured in the blast and fire were airlifted to the Joseph H. Still Burn Center in Augusta, Ga., for treatment, said Beth Frits, a spokeswoman for the hospital. As of Friday morning, 15 were listed in critical condition and three were listed as serious, Ms. Frits said.
Some 30 to 35 additional patients were being treated locally, and burn specialists from medical centers outside the city were being sent to help. Dr. Jay Goldstein, an emergency room doctor at Memorial University Medical Center said in a televised interview that most of the plant workers had "significant burns."
Officials had not determined what caused the explosion, which happened shortly after 7 p.m. Thursday night, but said they were suspicious of sugar dust, which like grain dust, can be volatile.
"There was fire all over the building," said Nakishya Hill, a machine operator who said she escaped from the third floor of the refinery, according to The Associated Press.
"All I know is, I heard a loud boom and everything came down," said Ms. Hill, who was uninjured except for blisters on her elbow. "All I could do when I got down was take off running."
Kelly Fields, 40, who worked the night shift at Imperial Sugar for five months, handling 10-pound bags of sugar, was among the victims with burns over 70 percent of his body.
Just two months ago, Mr. Fields was married at a church in northern Georgia by Glenn Burnsed, 36, a former pastor. Mr. Fields, was airlifted from Memorial University Medical Center in Savannah last night to the Joseph M. Still Burn Center at Doctors Hospital in Augusta, where Mr. Burnsed told reporters that his brother-in-law lies bandaged, unconscious, and in between surgeries.
Mr. Burnsed said he and Mr. Fields's boss, have taken to teasing the victim, in the hope of encouraging him.
"Me and Jimmy are here, and we got a lot of stuff for you to do," he described them as saying. "He's got to hurry" back to work. "If any of that's getting through, I hope that helps," Mr. Burnsed said.
"It's just difficult to see them bound up and laying there with a lot of stuff in and out of them," he said, noting that not all the victims' family members here wanted to see their loved ones.
But for Mr. Burnsed, who struck an optimistic chord in relaying his relative's state, his faith and the nascent community of survivors' relatives are a lifeline.
"I think for us and a lot of the families involved, we're leaning on our faith," Mr. Burnsed said. "We're Christians, and we're calling on our Christian faith to say a lot of prayers, asking God to give the doctors wisdom. I think you see kind of a community forming in the waiting room. I don't know if camaraderie is the right word, but a lot of helping each other out and sharing each other's stories about how their loved one is doing."
Mr. Burnsed said he and his wife had signed a three-month lease on an apartment near the hospital today because they were told to expect that Mr. Fields might be here that long.
Dr. Fred Mullins, the medical director at the burn center, said 17 others from the sugar plant were patients at his center, 15 of them in critical condition.
Dr. Mullins said most patients with such severe burns usually require a year to several years of outpatient rehabilitation to strengthen muscles and optimize their range of motion. .
He went on to say that when someone's body is 70 percent burned, that means nearly everything but their feet and ankles are involved. It means the person uses up their "protein stores" to fight the burns and becomes very weak. Someone very muscular will leave the hospital very thin, Dr. Mullins said.
Emile Delegram, 58, a board member of the Southeastern Firefighters' Burn Foundation, was at the hospital looking for family members of burn victims and giving them his business card. He talked to Mr. Burnsed, about supporting his rental costs for his stay in Augusta.
The foundation has set up a center near the hospital with food, computers and a rest area for the victims' families, he said, adding that it is working with more than 60 churches that to bring meals to the families. Mr. Delegram estimated that four to six people were at the hospital to accompany each patient.
The plant is owned by Imperial Sugar and is known in Savannah as the Dixie Crystals plant. Imperial markets some of the country's leading consumer brands, Imperial, Dixie Crystals and Holly, as well as supplying sugar and sweetener products to industrial food manufacturers.
Brenda Goodman contributed reporting from Atlanta. Rachel Pomerance contributed from Augusta, Ga., and John Hulusha from New York.
Among the lost souls drifting through Charles Bock's avidly seedy Las Vegas novel, "Beautiful Children," there is a loner named Kenny. There are three things about Kenny that the reader needs to know.
First of all, he has an inner life that is embodied by the detritus in his car. "He saw segments of tangled ribbons from cassette tapes," Mr. Bock writes, as Kenny gazes around. "He saw loose magazine subscription cards and the hardened remains of deformed french fries." There are diner place mats, burger wrappers and the detached metal spine of a spiral notebook. Ominously, there are also a couple of shotgun casings buried in this mess.
Second: Kenny earns the playful nickname "Chester the Molester" from the 12-year-old Newell Ewing, a bratty, disaffected kid who devastates his parents when he chooses Kenny's company over theirs — and then fails to come home. "He's gonna take me out tonight and abuse me," Newell jokingly tells his mother just before he vanishes. "He told me so."
Third: Kenny has hidden talents. Along with the book's other principals he shares a love for all that is lurid, cartoonish and profane about popular culture, with comic books and pornography at the red-hot center of his enthusiasm. So Kenny has taken an image from one of his father's stash of hard-core magazines. He has focused on a woman's face. And he has carefully, fastidiously reproduced it as a pencil drawing.
Kenny has done this with such disproportionate skill and tenderness that the image, while impressive, is way out of whack with its squalid subject matter. Mr. Bock has written his ambitious debut novel in much the same way.
"Beautiful Children" purports to see something new in the woozy, wasted lives of its principals, most of whom are rootless young drifters on a fast track to nowhere. It eagerly amplifies even the most negligible things they do. Using sleaze as his trustiest resource Mr. Bock establishes a workaday honky-tonk world that is only marginally different from the stereotypical Las Vegas fantasyland.
With a slight shift of emphasis, for instance, he can describe Newell's mother, Lorraine, and stress something other than her gaudy days as a showgirl. Instead, in what passes for authenticity and grit (Mr. Bock grew up in the city's equivalent of a real world), he can explain what happened after Lorraine quit dancing, dropped into domesticity, lost her son and began compulsively taking in stray cats.
"Revealed in her eyes," the book says, with one of its not infrequent, not subversive dashes of soap opera, "a pain that would not end."
Mr. Bock puts most of his emphasis where the smart money goes: on tattoos, piercings, comics, stripping, drugs, nonconsensual sex and various shocking states of delirium. ("She was pretty baked, her thoughts vomiting forth, shooting straight from her brain into her mouth.") He appears to have done considerable research in order to get these details right.
So his book's most compelling characters include Cheri Blossom, a stripper whose stage act is admiringly described. ("Remaining perfectly still while completely naked and surrounded by a roomful of horny guys, this took a certain amount of poise.") This book is intrigued, in seemingly equal measure, that Cheri peels off a girl's Catholic school uniform for the delectation of her customers — and that she imagines she is being guided toward moral redemption by a nun.
Cheri's boyfriend, who goes by the name of Ponyboy and has so many studs in his face that they resemble pimples (though what he'd really like for personal decoration is a triple-A battery stuck through his nose), is another strongly envisioned figure — with another kind of conventional characterization hidden beneath his hipster trappings. Ponyboy is devoted to Cheri, but he can't resist the opportunity to exploit her. When he winds up behaving badly even by the decadent standards that prevail here, Ponyboy seems guided more by the book's desperate need for dramatic momentum than by any human failing.
And "Beautiful Children" has no real built-in trajectory. Beyond knowing that his characters are en route to trouble, Mr. Bock has few clear destinations in mind for any of them. This book's structure is so slack that it seems like a string of overlapping individual sketches, some much better than others. At his most revealing Mr. Bock creates a bravura riff for a drifter named Lestat, after Anne Rice's vampire. (One place he has drifted haplessly is to New Orleans, in vain search of his favorite author.)
Late in the book Lestat gets lost in the midst of a desert concert, an evocatively described panorama with "fans bouncing up and down like human bingo balls in a popper" and mass anxiety in the air. After he wanders through both this literal landscape and his own interior, he becomes Mr. Bock's most eloquent stand-in.
"Lestat wanted to be someplace safe and warm where he could write down everything he had ever seen," the book says. "He wanted to write a book that would change the world."
With "Beautiful Children" Mr. Bock expresses that same desire. He even makes fun of it: one character here is a famous, jaded comic-book illustrator, Bing Beiderbixxe, whose cheesy ideas include a variation on the "Beautiful Children" plot.
But in the end Mr. Bock knows more about easy anomie than hard-won resolution. "Each and every one of us moves toward fates we cannot possibly know," he writes in conclusion. "Each of us struggles against the pain of the world, even as we are doomed to join it." And each character in this covertly mundane novel winds up asking some version of Kenny's ultimate and pointless question: "Just what am I supposed to do now?"
Chatting with Brooke Shields about growing up famous.
By Andrew McCarthy Updated Thursday, Feb. 7, 2008, at 7:32 A.M. E.T.
From: Andrew McCarthy Subject: It's a Miracle This Show Got Off the Ground Posted Monday, Feb. 4, 2008, at 5:34 P.M. E.T.
Nov. 8, 2007—I am sitting at a table in Greenpoint, Brooklyn, about to do a table read of the first two episodes of Lipstick Jungle, a new television show for NBC based on Candace Bushnell's novel of the same name. At any given point in the last six months, I would have told you that the odds of my sitting here were 50-50—at best. Candace is the person responsible for creating Sex and the City, and because of that, there has been a lot of time and attention focused on Lipstick Jungle in the hope that lightning might strike twice. But the history of this project has been fraught—even by television's fickle standards.
We shot the pilot in March, were picked up in May, and were scheduled to begin shooting in late July. Then, just over a week before our start date, I got off a plane and checked my messages; there were calls from my agent, my manager, and Tim Busfield, the man responsible for the show's day-to-day operation. I knew I hadn't been fired; if that were the case, I would have received only one sheepish call from whomever had drawn the short straw. But something was no doubt up.
As it turned out, a few weeks earlier, NBC had changed leadership, and the new regime decided to replace the writer/producer on the show. The upshot: We were "shutting down" while a new team could be put in place. For the next few weeks, phone calls and rumors flew as everyone speculated on what had happened and what it meant for the future of the show. Eventually a new writer/producer was hired, and we were told that the show would go forward.
No one I spoke with actually believed that.
There are a lot of ways to bury a show, and having been disappointed more times than I care to admit over the last 25 years, it was easy to see what was happening—or so I concluded with defensive pessimism. Then, one of the lead actresses announced she was pregnant, and the show was officially pushed to late November.
I looked for other work.
But as the weeks turned to months, word occasionally filtered out that scripts were being written, and by the time the writers went on strike, just a few days before the table read, we were sitting on six production-draft scripts, enough to take us to early February before we ran out of material. Earlier this week, I had the obligatory medical exam—a ritual of insurance protocol. Next came a wardrobe fitting and camera test—during which Candace announced, "I wouldn't fuck you in those shoes," and then walked out for a cigarette—and now here we are, in early November, sitting around three tables pushed together. And there is no one here more delighted about it than me. As an actor, you know when a character suits you well, and the truth is, no part has fit me this well since I did St. Elmo's Fire 20 years ago. The ideal meeting of actor and role does not come along that often, and so when it does, you want to grab at it.
Traditionally, table reads are notoriously dull affairs in which the director, writers, actors, and producers, along with various crew members, hear the script aloud for the first time. It can be a stressful moment—up to this point, the show has just been words on a page, and it can be nerve-wracking when it suddenly begins to take on three-dimensional life. Typically, actors react in one of two fashions: They either mumble their lines into their laps, or, worse, "perform" them with a gusto that I always find embarrassing. For years I had been a mumbler (most young actors are), until somewhere along the line I realized that I was going to be judged by everyone anyway, so I might as well speak like a normal human and be heard by the 20 or so assembled in the chairs lining the walls around us. After a brief introduction by Tim, the large cast, crammed close at tables cluttered with scripts and coffee, launches in. Perhaps it's the relief of finally beginning after such a long and uncertain path, but there is a gathering momentum in the room as the pages turn. The scripts read very well—they're funny, and sharp, and poignant—afterward, the room is filled with excited chatter.
The only thing left to do now is shoot.
From: Andrew McCarthy Subject: Things You Never Want To Hear From Your Director Posted Tuesday, Feb. 5, 2008, at 7:41 AM ET Nov. 16, 2007—I've always said that on a shoot, there is the first day, and then there is every other day, and it's best to just get the first one out of the way. But maybe because I already played the part of Joe Bennett—the billionaire who has the world by the tail—when we shot the pilot eight months ago, there are none of the usual first-day nerves this time. Like many actors I know, my mundane, doomsday anxieties about work (will this be the time I can't pull it off? Will I be fired?) can manifest as anxieties about physical appearance, which means the first morning in any hair and makeup trailer can get complicated. But today I glide through the rituals with surprising ease.
The vanities of film and television acting—and more specifically, my inability to let them go, to get past them—I continue to find very disquieting. But there is not an actor I know, male or female, who is not at the mirror's mercy. As men, we have it relatively easy: Just don't get too fat, and if you can keep your hair, even better. Women are subject to much more scrutiny. It's no wonder so few ladies in Hollywood are able to move their foreheads.
The scene to be shot is a fairly straightforward one in which I drop off lunch at my girlfriend Victory's apartment. Victory, as embodied by Lindsay Price, is a fashion designer and one of the three powerful women around whom the show centers. Wendy, a movie studio head, and Nico, a magazine editor, played by Brooke Shields and Kim Raver, respectively, round out the trio. When we shot the pilot, Lindsay and I discovered that we had an easy, workable chemistry, which is something you have no idea of until you're on the spot. Acting with a new partner is a lot like a blind date. You either click or you don't. When you do, it can carry you a long way, and when you don't, no matter how hard you work, the struggle always shows. Talent is great, but chemistry just works.
After a few technical rehearsals, the director, Tim Busfield, calls, "Action" from the far side of the sound stage. The days of the director sitting under the camera and watching an actor's performance with the naked eye are long over. Usually he can be found at the distant end of a thin, winding cable that leads to a remote corner, where he watches the performance on a small, often grainy, monitor while wearing headphones to hear the dialogue. I have become so accustomed to this setup (which I initially found unnerving in its remoteness) that on the rare occasion when a director does sit and watch my work up close and in person, I feel scrutinized and self-conscious. "Go back behind your box and leave me alone!" I want to shout.
The thing that most directors fail to realize is that during the time between "action" and "cut," the actor is in a vulnerable state (hopefully), and the first words spoken after the take is over fall on very sensitive ears. I have seen offhanded feedback—"Cut. Again. Right away!"—affect an actor like a cold slap of water, whereas a few words of simple encouragement—"Cut. Okay, good. Let's do just one more."—will wash over and ease him into a more relaxed state, helping him to feel like he is a part of a whole, instead of an isolated fool in front of the camera with everyone waiting for him to get it right so they can go to lunch. It's just simple psychology, but you'd be surprised how few directors put themselves in the actor's shoes enough to realize it.
(Nearly as bad as negative feedback is false praise. Nothing makes me feel more unsafe in the hands of a director than when he goes up to an actor and overenthuses, "Great, great!" for what anyone can see is just plain bad acting. In a case like this, when he approaches with his next suggestion, you simply say, "OK, good idea"—and then ignore him and protect yourself. It's not a very satisfying way to work, and it happens more often than you might think.)
Perhaps directors are just too busy. It was only after I had directed a film myself that I realized the director is rarely, if ever, entirely focused on what the actor is doing. He is worried about myriad other things: After all, he has a movie—or in this case, 42 minutes of television—to get in the can. And the motivating force behind many of his decisions is the need to expedite things so he can make his day. But a good director, like an overextended but attentive parent, will catch the important moments.
So naturally, when Tim calls out, "Cut. Great! Print. Moving on" after just the first take, I proclaim him one of the good ones, and after a few more shots from different angles, I'm back in the van on my way home after a few less-than-grueling hours.
From: Andrew McCarthy Subject: The Acting Skills of New York City Posted Wednesday, Feb. 6, 2008, at 8:48 AM ET Nov. 20, 2007—One of the unique things about being an actor based in New York for so long is my relationship with the city: Certain locations are forever set in my mind as touchstones. I can never walk past the boat pond in Central Park without thinking of the day when I pushed a young kid into the water for a scene during the shooting of Weekend at Bernie's, and it's impossible for me to go to Coney Island and not remember kissing Mary Stuart Masterson under the boardwalk in a scene from Heaven Help Us, and I always think of that weird indie film I shot in a warehouse way over in the far western reaches of 42nd Street whenever I'm in that neighborhood. The town is peppered with these memories, and whenever I pass one such spot, I feel a small, private flash of pride and twinge of gratitude.
Today we are on a very congested Upper East Side. And something you need to always keep in mind when shooting in the city is, if you fight it—the noise, the traffic, the chaos—you can't win. But when you give in, it's your best friend. It's the extra character, often the most important (and interesting) one in the scene. And it can reveal things that the text alone cannot. Today, for example, we're shooting my side of a phone conversation. (We shot Lindsay's half the other day in the studio, and I'm chatting now on the phone with the script supervisor who is reading Lindsay's lines to me from over by the monitor.) There is nothing particularly memorable about the scene—I'm just inviting her to dinner—and after a rehearsal in which I simply walk down the sidewalk talking into my cell, I wonder aloud if it might not be more interesting for me to cross the street during the conversation. We try it, and as I cross, I stop in the middle of the road to chat. Cars pile up behind me and drivers honk and shout. Not only is New York—in all its glory—brought into the scene, but the moment reveals a lot about what kind of a guy my character is. (As in, it's Joe's world.) And a scene that was simply functional becomes playful, funny, and revealing.
There are certain types of scenes that remind me of, and reignite, the infatuation with filmmaking I felt when I starting making my living as an actor, nearly 100 jobs ago. One that has always thrilled me is the night shoot on the streets of Manhattan, and next up we shoot Lindsay and me taking an evening stroll under the old-fashioned street globes of Central Park. It is a scene that is at once romantic and sophisticated and simple—the kind of thing that Hollywood has done so well since the movies began nearly 100 years ago. It's the kind of scenario that people can identify with—and yet it all somehow seems so much better on-screen.
Our crew has lit up the facades of the brownstones along East 79th Street, and since cinematographers love their light shimmering, the pavement glistens with the fresh sparkle of a wet-down. New York has its best face on, and the city feels much like it does when one is first falling in love—there's a sense in the air that "It's all for us." Once again, Manhattan has done most of the work, and the only way to fuck it up would be to try too hard. So after a few takes in which Lindsay and I meander arm in arm, chatting freely, everything falls into place, Tim calls out "Cut. Print. Wrap," and Fifth Avenue and 79th Street is added to my list of private landmarks.
From: Andrew McCarthy Subject: Chatting With Brooke Shields About Growing Up Famous Posted Thursday, Feb. 7, 2008, at 7:32 AM ET
Nov. 30, 2007—New director today. It's a phenomenon unique to episodic television; every episode has a new man or woman behind the camera. It's an odd thing, really—the one variable is the person at the center of the wheel—but it works because, in television at least, once the machine is up and running, the director doesn't have as strong a voice in the outcome as you might think. Once actors have done a particular show for a while, they tend to become "director-proof." After all, they live with the characters week in and week out, sometimes for years, and the director is often just passing through. But he still needs to come in and take charge without stepping on toes, not always the easiest thing in the world.
I remember being a guest star on a show and watching as a prima donna lead actor poisoned the atmosphere on an entire set. The director could do very little. But none of that ego/fear exists on Lipstick Jungle, at least not yet. Everyone is getting on well, and the work is flowing fairly easily and quickly. The other night, "the girls," as Brooke, Kim, and Lindsay are called around the set, lit the Christmas tree at Rockefeller Center and announced that the show will begin airing on Feb. 7 at 10 p.m., in the E.R. time slot. The best way to know how much the network believes in a show is to look at the time slot it assigns. This news is better than anyone had hoped, and there is a quiet excitement that feels in keeping with what is happening day in and day out.
After the scene I shoot today—Lindsay and I chattering away in the back of a limo—I run into Brooke in the makeup room. I mention to her that I was in the Guggenheim the other day and saw a famous photograph of her that was taken when she was a young child. In it, she is standing in a tub of water, naked. Her body is that of a prepubescent girl, but her face and hair are made up to appear much older. It is a provocative, unsettling image that was made famous when Richard Prince photographed the original photograph, making a piece of appropriated art out of it—that is what now hangs in the museum. "I remember that day," she tells me. "It didn't seem like anything, taking that picture. Weird." We launch into a discussion of fame and how it affects and alters people, especially the young, before they are even aware of it.
I mention to her that only in hindsight was I really conscious of the degree to which I had become popular figure for a certain generation. And we both acknowledge there was no great plan at work in our careers. "I just took what came next," she tells me, and I nod my head in agreement. But despite the accidental nature of this kind of success, mutations and repercussions inevitably follow. Early in her career, Brooke became a unique figure of youthful sexuality and exploitation, from Pretty Baby and the Calvin Klein ads onward, something she simply shrugs off: "It's just the way my life was," she says. "I never thought about it."
As we talk, I become conscious that the usual chatter that fills the makeup room has fallen silent as people bend an ear. And I'm made aware that this is a conversation that can only be had by people who, however different the details of their specific lives, share an innate understanding and a mutuality of experience that is fairly unusual.
During our conversation, Brooke has been going through a pile of faded clippings—comic strips and articles and photos from her youth—in which she was featured, both flatteringly and otherwise. It seems she was clearing out a drawer at home and is deciding what to throw out and what she wants to keep, in case her children might someday be interested in what kind of an existence their mother had way back when. It's a different life, and one she seems at home in—I like her a lot.
Andrew McCarthy plays Joe Bennett on Lipstick Jungle.
O Wise Bank, What Do We Do? (No Fibbing Now) Federal Reserve
THE Federal Reserve's surprise early-morning interest-rate cut last Tuesday has calmed, at least for now, a stock market storm that began in the Pacific Rim and roared around the world a day earlier. It was the Fed doing what it does best — simultaneously reducing the cost of money for the nation's financial institutions and signaling to investors that it would act quickly to counter fears of a consumer-led recession.
But for all its power, the Fed cannot change this troubling fact: trust in much of the financial system — banks, brokerage houses, ratings agencies, bond insurers, regulators — has been severely damaged by the subprime mortgage crisis. And that damage cannot be reversed with a quick cut in interest rates.
It is not just a matter of attracting fresh capital from overseas to replace some of the $100 billion lost or written off so far — a figure that is sure to grow. The underlying problem for some of the world's largest financial firms is restoring confidence, among big institutional investors and 401(k) nest-egg holders alike. That's what has to happen if the capital markets are to run smoothly over the long term.
It is easy to see why the executives and directors of blue-chip firms like Merrill Lynch and Citigroup lost sight of the importance of risk management and vigilant oversight. Their companies have been prodigious profit machines for so long that complacency had set in.
For generations, while other industries experienced booms and busts, financial services pretty much kept chugging along, making money off the swings and shifts in the economy. Standard & Poor's index analysts said 2001 was the only down year for financial sector earnings since they began collecting data in the late 1980s. Even the recession of 1990 did not interrupt the industry's rising profits.
But analysts estimate that financial company profits fell 25 percent in 2007 (the year's actual numbers aren't yet in), and financial stocks experienced a significant decline, losing 21 percent of their value, the biggest drop since 1990.
Richard E. Sylla, professor of market history at New York University's Stern School of Business, said one had to go back to the Great Depression, a period of regular bank failures and relentlessly falling stock prices, to find a time when losses at a broad swath of financial firms were as profound as they were last year.
"I don't think it will be as bad this time because we have better management by the Fed," he said. "But people are much more skeptical of the wisdom of these banks now. There will be less trust."
The Federal Reserve that investors have learned to rely on so heavily was created after the Panic of 1907, a classic bank run that began when the Knickerbocker Trust Company in New York could not satisfy its depositors' calls for their money. Like many panics, this one began with the ruin of a single speculator, F. Augustus Heinze, who had tried to corner the market in United Copper Company shares.
His failure might have gone unnoticed but for the fact that Mr. Heinze was president of a bank and deeply involved in the world of New York finance. One of his business associates was the president of Knickerbocker Trust and when that relationship emerged, the bank's depositors clamored for their money. One day in October, Knickerbocker tellers paid out more than $8 million in three hours, then had to close its doors.
The financier J. P. Morgan stepped in, asking a committee of bankers to examine the trust's books. He decided not to bail it out, choosing instead to help another institution, Trust Company of America, that was less troubled. Later, Mr. Morgan persuaded bankers to put up $25 million to rescue problem banks and trust companies. The crisis abated.
With the exception of the Depression, which saw the failure of thousands of small banks unable to withstand demands from depositors, panics have been rare since the Fed's creation in 1913 set up a national system of banks serving as fiscal agents of the United States Treasury. One of the Fed's marching orders is to protect the nation against such liquidity crises. Lowering interest rates and injecting money into the system are powerful tools because they help skittish banks get back to the business of lending.
Warding off a credit crisis like the one created by the lax lending of recent years is quite a different matter. The Fed cannot turn a bad mortgage loan into a good one. And it may not be able to convince investors that their money is safe in institutions whose risk management was so lax that their shareholders have absorbed billions in losses.
Indeed, while the Fed's rate cut soothed investors, it treated only a symptom of the ailing markets, not the ailment itself. That illness is the loose lending that produced complicated securities whose risks were vastly underestimated by the institutions that bought them.
One of the more disturbing aspects of the current woes, and a reason that this crisis is unfolding in slow motion, is the inability of these sophisticated institutions to assign accurate values to their holdings. Morgan Stanley shocked investors last month when, just a few weeks after estimating its mortgage-related write-downs at $3.7 billion, it added another $5.7 billion to the figure.
Firms have had difficulty computing their losses because the securities central to this mess are complex, even incomprehensible. A share of stock is a stake in a business. But a mortgage security includes thousands of loans, some more risky than others.
Investors who bought these securities clearly did not know what they were buying; they relied on credit rating agencies like Moody's Investors Service, Standard & Poor's and Fitch Ratings to tell them whether their stakes were risky or not. But the rating agencies were disastrously wrong in their risk assessments and spent late 2007 downgrading securities they had recently rated as solidly AAA. Their reputations have been tarnished.
"In the latter part of the 1970s and early 80s we had the problems of Brazil, Argentina, Mexico not paying their debts," said the economist Henry Kaufman. "Those were kind of nice, isolated items and could be clearly defined. They weren't as opaque and they weren't as heterogeneous as the problems in the credit market now."
Even though the credit crisis has been unfolding for almost a year, the complexity of the securities and the fact that their ownership is not easily tracked means new losses are still being tallied. Just last week, Credit Suisse analysts said Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, two government-sponsored buyers of home mortgages, may face losses of $16 billion because of declines in values of subprime mortgages on their books.
Last November, Mike Mayo, an analyst at Deutsche Bank Securities, estimated that losses from falling values of subprime mortgages could reach $400 billion. But that figure does not include losses in other areas of the credit market, like those that may crop up in prime mortgage loans or corporate debt.
In other words, it is likely to take many more months to plumb this well of losses. And it will far exceed the $150 billion federal stimulus plan being hashed out in Washington.
"The financial markets have become more and more opaque and so we don't know enough about where the weaknesses are and what the magnitude of those weaknesses may be," Mr. Kaufman said. "So far the Federal Reserve and other supervisory authorities have done little about removing the opaqueness and setting new ground rules for financial disclosure. And I have not heard a call from Congress for an investigation where it will ask the Federal Reserve, the Securities and Exchange Commission and federal and state banking regulators, 'What did you miss and why did you miss it?' "
Certainly, greater disclosure of the risks in these complex securities and the institutions that hold them is in order. And investors must be confident that the values assigned to these holdings reflect market reality. So far, no one has come up with a plan to correct these market shortcomings.
"You only find out who is swimming naked when the tide goes out," Warren Buffett wrote in a letter to Berkshire Hathaway shareholders six years ago. Unfortunately, this crisis's outgoing tide has exposed some of the nation's most esteemed institutions. Naked truths like these are never a pretty sight. And even after the tide comes back in, they are not likely to be soon forgotten.
Charles Bock, the son of Las Vegas pawnbrokers, spent much of his childhood behind the counter of his parents' shop, staring out at desperate adults as they hocked their most precious possessions in hopes of restoring their luck. "From the back of the store," he recalls on his Web site, "I'd watch as the customers exploded and called my parents dirty Jews and cursed at them and threatened them at the top of their lungs. It's impossible in situations like that not to feel for everybody involved — to be horrified, sure, but more than that, to be saddened by the spectacle, to want so much more than that out of life for everyone."
After he left town, ending up on the East Coast for an M.F.A., Bock retained his searing memories. Now in his late 30s, he has spent a decade transforming them into his first novel, "Beautiful Children." In it, he brings together the intersecting lives and innermost thoughts of parents and adolescents, strippers and pornographers, runaways and addicts, gamblers and comic-book illustrators, setting them against the neon-lit, heat-parched backdrop of Nevada, where "high walls and gated communities" join together in the night, "shimmering as if they were the surface of a translucent ocean," and the colored towers of the Vegas Strip resemble a "distant row of glowing toys." What should be said of the results of his labors? One word: bravo.
Like a whirling roulette wheel, "Beautiful Children" presents a mesmerizing blur. Imagine each vivid slash of color as a character, with his or her own impetus toward loss and stubborn striving. Bock slows or stops the wheel at will, bringing each slot into saturated individual focus: "The lens zooms in, then draws back." There are far too many to describe in detail — a grieving salesman, cold-shouldered by his wife, consoling himself with porn at the office; a slender nameless teenager known only as "the girl with the shaved head," who has a near-terminal case of attitude and seeks perilous thrills at a desert rock concert; a balding, pear-shaped cartoonist, burdened with the name Bing Beiderbixxe, playing Doom-like video games into his 20s and nurturing sociopathic fantasies; a midget convenience-store clerk; a stripper who attaches sparklers to her pneumatic bosom to score extra tips. So let's fix on just one: Ponyboy, a buff, tattooed, opportunistic wastrel, salivated over by drugged teenage girls as "Ponyboy of the Gibraltar biceps. Ponyboy the beautiful," and leered at by an obese porn distributor nicknamed Jabba the Hutt.
At the age of 20, Ponyboy pictures himself as a "pimped out Jedi" knight with a "kung fu grip" as he delivers X-rated videos to porn shops by mountain bike. He revels in the whine of the tattooer's drill each time he gets new ink: "Electricity lit up Ponyboy's skeletal structure as if it were a pinball machine on a multi-ball extravangza, and the mingling odors of brimstone and sulfur and sweat and burning skin filled Ponyboy's nostrils."
Bock's evocation of experiences most people will (mercifully) never share, and his depiction of each man, woman and child's personal mythology is ravishing and raw. Each time he sets the wheel spinning, the mind races, tracking memories of distinct images amid the whir. As in a casino, all sense of time — and of day or night — disappears, as we wait to see where the ball will land.
The story revolves around the disappearance of a surly 12-year-old on a hot Nevada night. The boy, Newell, is the son of Lorraine Ewing, a prudish former showgirl, and her husband, Lincoln, a casino sales rep who gave up his dream of playing with the Dodgers when the "halfhearted low fives" of his teammates showed him he would never cut it: "Lincoln had the curse of being good enough to see just how much better he needed to be." Trapped in his "own personal cage," he lacks the will to rein in his son's rebellion.
"You hit a certain point in your life, fact is, you clemently rejoice in your son's truancy, you actually want your child out on the town, disobeying orders, breaking his curfew," Lincoln tells himself. "Tasting his first beer. Chasing a good time. Trying to eat the world." Sometimes, Lincoln rationalizes, in order to bond with a child, you have to let him go. But what if your child goes and, like thousands of American kids each year, doesn't come back? What if, many months later, the last proof you have of his existence is a washed-out image of a "slouching, unexpressive child," Photoshopped and "circulated in e-mail attachments, faxes and flyers," tacked up in "arcades and student unions and youth hostels; in post offices and convenience stores and drop-in centers for the homeless and indigent," his age eventually replaced by his date of birth because "nobody can say how long a child will be missing."
Newell's mother torments herself, endlessly revisiting her son's room, wondering what clues she missed: "How were you supposed to know? A 12-year-old boy is attracted to darkness. To special effects and sarcasm. Saying no when any idiot could see the answer was yes. If every boy with a short attention span and a propensity for smart remarks abandoned his life, who would be left?"
Newell vanishes on a Saturday night during a sullen joyride with his greasy-haired teenage outcast friend, Kenny, whom he bullies and patronizes. As Kenny drives, Newell cracks open the window, looking for passersby to blast with a stolen fire extinguisher and thinking of all the things he wants to be when he grows up: "jet-setting billionaire secret agent with a heart of stone; superhero who sneaks around in darkness and comes up behind terrorists and slits their throats; international jewel thief on a Harley with mounted laser guns."
Children don't understand the reality of the future. "Adulthood," Bock writes, "with all its responsibilities and implications, is as impenetrable to a child as Martian trigonometry. That is one of the beauties of youth. And it is why someone has to be there, vigilant." The fact that adults can't always be vigilant — can't anticipate the moment when the kid they're trying not to alienate will make the awful, wrong decision — is the uncomfortable truth at the center of this splendid, disturbing novel. As Bock also shows, adults can't even protect themselves from awful, wrong decisions.
Early in the novel, Newell, Kenny and Beiderbixxe, the cartoonist, meet at a Saturday talk in a comics store called Amazin' Stories, where Beiderbixxe has come to discuss his illustrated series, "Wendy Whitebread, Undercover Slut." Newell isn't impressed. Too young and undereducated to pick up on Beiderbixxe's ironies, he's bored. "Honestly, it wasn't exactly easy to get jazzed about Bing Beiderbixxe," he thinks, puffed up with preteen scorn. "From the looks of things, Newell wasn't alone in this opinion. The store was largely empty, just a few underclassman types solemnly wandering the new arrivals racks, and three or four guys standing a respectful distance from the autograph table, nodding and listening, but seeming unconvinced."
Reading that scene, I remembered the time, last fall, when I unwittingly stumbled on Charles Bock, reading from this book at a now-defunct club called Mo Pitkin's House of Satisfaction. Bock had chosen a selection about the girl with the shaved head and the attitude, and as he spoke, transmitting her self-consciousness, slick with the clichés that are as much a part of a teenage girl's wardrobe as lip gloss, I couldn't anticipate the art that lay behind the larger work. I pouted like Newell, didn't get it. Coming across the scene again in the novel, I sheepishly saw that its "limitations" were only the natural ones of a girl who could be no wiser, at 15 or 16, than she was.
In "Beautiful Children," Bock's vision and voice create a fictional landscape as corruptly compelling as Vegas, and as beautiful as the illusions its characters cling to for survival — illustrating what he calls "the nobility inherent in struggles that cannot be won."
Liesl Schillinger is a regular contributor to the Book Review.
Israel and the U.S. have avoided comment on press reports about a nuclear facility.
Sometime after midnight on September 6, 2007, at least four low-flying Israeli Air Force fighters crossed into Syrian airspace and carried out a secret bombing mission on the banks of the Euphrates River, about ninety miles north of the Iraq border. The seemingly unprovoked bombing, which came after months of heightened tension between Israel and Syria over military exercises and troop buildups by both sides along the Golan Heights, was, by almost any definition, an act of war. But in the immediate aftermath nothing was heard from the government of Israel. In contrast, in 1981, when the Israeli Air Force destroyed Iraq's Osirak nuclear reactor, near Baghdad, the Israeli government was triumphant, releasing reconnaissance photographs of the strike and permitting the pilots to be widely interviewed.
Within hours of the attack, Syria denounced Israel for invading its airspace, but its public statements were incomplete and contradictory—thus adding to the mystery. A Syrian military spokesman said only that Israeli planes had dropped some munitions in an unpopulated area after being challenged by Syrian air defenses, "which forced them to flee." Four days later, Walid Moallem, the Syrian foreign minister, said during a state visit to Turkey that the Israeli aircraft had used live ammunition in the attack, but insisted that there were no casualties or property damage. It was not until October 1st that Syrian President Bashar Assad, in an interview with the BBC, acknowledged that the Israeli warplanes had hit their target, which he described as an "unused military building." Assad added that Syria reserved the right to retaliate, but his comments were muted.
Despite official silence in Tel Aviv (and in Washington), in the days after the bombing the American and European media were flooded with reports, primarily based on information from anonymous government sources, claiming that Israel had destroyed a nascent nuclear reactor that was secretly being assembled in Syria, with the help of North Korea. Beginning construction of a nuclear reactor in secret would be a violation of Syria's obligations under the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, and could potentially yield material for a nuclear weapon.
The evidence was circumstantial but seemingly damning. The first reports of Syrian and North Korean nuclear coöperation came on September 12th in the Times and elsewhere. By the end of October, the various media accounts generally agreed on four points: the Israeli intelligence community had learned of a North Korean connection to a construction site in an agricultural area in eastern Syria; three days before the bombing, a "North Korean ship," identified as the Al Hamed, had arrived at the Syrian port of Tartus, on the Mediterranean; satellite imagery strongly suggested that the building under construction was designed to hold a nuclear reactor when completed; as such, Syria had crossed what the Israelis regarded as the "red line" on the path to building a bomb, and had to be stopped. There were also reports—by ABC News and others—that some of the Israeli intelligence had been shared in advance with the United States, which had raised no objection to the bombing.
The Israeli government still declined to make any statement about the incident. Military censorship on dispatches about the raid was imposed for several weeks, and the Israeli press resorted to recycling the disclosures in the foreign press. In the first days after the attack, there had been many critical stories in the Israeli press speculating about the bombing, and the possibility that it could lead to a conflict with Syria. Larry Derfner, a columnist writing in the Jerusalem Post, described the raid as "the sort of thing that starts wars." But, once reports about the nuclear issue and other details circulated, the domestic criticism subsided.
At a news conference on September 20th, President George W. Bush was asked about the incident four times but said, "I'm not going to comment on the matter." The lack of official statements became part of the story. "The silence from all parties has been deafening," David Ignatius wrote in the Washington Post, "but the message to Iran"—which the Administration had long suspected of pursuing a nuclear weapon—"is clear: America and Israel can identify nuclear targets and penetrate air defenses to destroy them."
It was evident that officials in Israel and the United States, although unwilling to be quoted, were eager for the news media to write about the bombing. Early on, a former officer in the Israel Defense Forces with close contacts in Israeli intelligence approached me, with a version of the standard story, including colorful but, as it turned out, unconfirmable details: Israeli intelligence tracking the ship from the moment it left a North Korean port; Syrian soldiers wearing protective gear as they off-loaded the cargo; Israeli intelligence monitoring trucks from the docks to the target site. On October 3rd, the London Spectator, citing much of the same information, published an overheated account of the September 6th raid, claiming that it "may have saved the world from a devastating threat," and that "a very senior British ministerial source" had warned, "If people had known how close we came to World War Three that day there'd have been mass panic."
However, in three months of reporting for this article, I was repeatedly told by current and former intelligence, diplomatic, and congressional officials that they were not aware of any solid evidence of ongoing nuclear-weapons programs in Syria. It is possible that Israel conveyed intelligence directly to senior members of the Bush Administration, without it being vetted by intelligence agencies. (This process, known as "stovepiping," overwhelmed U.S. intelligence before the war in Iraq.) But Mohamed ElBaradei, the director-general of the International Atomic Energy Agency, the United Nations group responsible for monitoring compliance with the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, said, "Our experts who have carefully analyzed the satellite imagery say it is unlikely that this building was a nuclear facility."
Joseph Cirincione, the director for nuclear policy at the Center for American Progress, a Washington, D.C., think tank, told me, "Syria does not have the technical, industrial, or financial ability to support a nuclear-weapons program. I've been following this issue for fifteen years, and every once in a while a suspicion arises and we investigate and there's nothing. There was and is no nuclear-weapons threat from Syria. This is all political." Cirincione castigated the press corps for its handling of the story. "I think some of our best journalists were used," he said.
A similar message emerged at briefings given to select members of Congress within weeks of the attack. The briefings, conducted by intelligence agencies, focussed on what Washington knew about the September 6th raid. One concern was whether North Korea had done anything that might cause the U.S. to back away from ongoing six-nation talks about its nuclear program. A legislator who took part in one such briefing said afterward, according to a member of his staff, that he had heard nothing that caused him "to have any doubts" about the North Korean negotiations—"nothing that should cause a pause." The legislator's conclusion, the staff member said, was "There's nothing that proves any perfidy involving the North Koreans."
Morton Abramowitz, a former Assistant Secretary of State for intelligence and research, told me that he was astonished by the lack of response. "Anytime you bomb another state, that's a big deal," he said. "But where's the outcry, particularly from the concerned states and the U.N.? Something's amiss."
Israel could, of course, have damning evidence that it refuses to disclose. But there are serious and unexamined contradictions in the various published accounts of the September 6th bombing.
The main piece of evidence to emerge publicly that Syria was building a reactor arrived on October 23rd, when David Albright, of the Institute for Science and International Security, a highly respected nonprofit research group, released a satellite image of the target. The photograph had been taken by a commercial satellite company, DigitalGlobe, of Longmont, Colorado, on August 10th, four weeks before the bombing, and showed a square building and a nearby water-pumping station. In an analysis released at the same time, Albright, a physicist who served as a weapons inspector in Iraq, concluded that the building, as viewed from space, had roughly the same length and width as a reactor building at Yongbyon, North Korea's main nuclear facility. "The tall building in the image may house a reactor under construction and the pump station along the river may have been intended to supply cooling water to the reactor," Albright said. He concluded his analysis by posing a series of rhetorical questions that assumed that the target was a nuclear facility:
How far along was the reactor construction project when it was bombed? What was the extent of nuclear assistance from North Korea? Which reactor components did Syria obtain from North Korea or elsewhere, and where are they now?
He was later quoted in the Washington Post saying, "I'm pretty convinced that Syria was trying to build a nuclear reactor."
When I asked Albright how he had pinpointed the target, he told me that he and a colleague, Paul Brannan, "did a lot of hard work"—culling press reports and poring over DigitalGlobe imagery—"before coming up with the site." Albright then shared his findings with Robin Wright and other journalists at the Post, who, after checking with Administration officials, told him that the building was, indeed, the one targeted by the Israelis. "We did not release the information until we got direct confirmation from the Washington Post," he told me. The Post's sources in the Administration, he understood, had access to far more detailed images obtained by U.S. intelligence satellites. The Post ran a story, without printing the imagery, on October 19th, reporting that "U.S. and foreign officials familiar with the aftermath of the attack" had concluded that the site had the "signature," or characteristics, of a reactor "similar in structure to North Korea's facilities"—a conclusion with which Albright then agreed. In other words, the Albright and the Post reports, which appeared to independently reinforce each other, stemmed in part from the same sources.
Albright told me that before going public he had met privately with Israeli officials. "I wanted to be sure in my own mind that the Israelis thought it was a reactor, and I was," he said. "They never explicitly said it was nuclear, but they ruled out the possibility that it was a missile, chemical-warfare, or radar site. By a process of elimination, I was left with nuclear."
Two days after his first report, Albright released a satellite image of the bombed site, taken by DigitalGlobe on October 24th, seven weeks after the bombing. The new image showed that the target area had been levelled and the ground scraped. Albright said that it hinted of a coverup—cleansing the bombing site could make it difficult for weapons inspectors to determine its precise nature. "It looks like Syria is trying to hide something and destroy the evidence of some activity," he told the Times. "But it won't work. Syria has got to answer questions about what it was doing." This assessment was widely shared in the press. (In mid-January, the Times reported that recent imagery from DigitalGlobe showed that a storage facility, or something similar, had been constructed, in an obvious rush, at the bombing site.)
Proliferation experts at the International Atomic Energy Agency and others in the arms-control community disputed Albright's interpretation of the images. "People here were baffled by this, and thought that Albright had stuck his neck out," a diplomat in Vienna, where the I.A.E.A. is headquartered, told me. "The I.A.E.A. has been consistently telling journalists that it is skeptical about the Syrian nuclear story, but the reporters are so convinced."
A second diplomat in Vienna acidly commented on the images: "A square building is a square building." The diplomat, who is familiar with the use of satellite imagery for nuclear verification, added that the I.A.E.A. "does not have enough information to conclude anything about the exact nature of the facility. They see a building with some geometry near a river that could be identified as nuclear-related. But they cannot credibly conclude that is so. As far as information coming from open sources beyond imagery, it's a struggle to extract information from all of the noise that comes from political agendas."
Much of what one would expect to see around a secret nuclear site was lacking at the target, a former State Department intelligence expert who now deals with proliferation issues for the Congress said. "There is no security around the building," he said. "No barracks for the Army or the workers. No associated complex." Jeffrey Lewis, who heads the non-proliferation program at the New America Foundation, a think tank in Washington, told me that, even if the width and the length of the building were similar to the Korean site, its height was simply not sufficient to contain a Yongbyon-size reactor and also have enough room to extract the control rods, an essential step in the operation of the reactor; nor was there evidence in the published imagery of major underground construction. "All you could see was a box," Lewis said. "You couldn't see enough to know how big it will be or what it will do. It's just a box."
A former senior U.S. intelligence official, who has access to current intelligence, said, "We don't have any proof of a reactor—no signals intelligence, no human intelligence, no satellite intelligence." Some well-informed defense consultants and former intelligence officials asked why, if there was compelling evidence of nuclear cheating involving North Korea, a member of the President's axis of evil, and Syria, which the U.S. considers a state sponsor of terrorism, the Bush Administration would not insist on making it public.
When I went to Israel in late December, the government was still maintaining secrecy about the raid, but some current and former officials and military officers were willing to speak without attribution. Most were adamant that Israel's intelligence had been accurate. "Don't you write that there was nothing there!" a senior Israeli official, who is in a position to know the details of the raid on Syria, said, shaking a finger at me. "The thing in Syria was real."
Retired Brigadier General Shlomo Brom, who served as deputy national-security adviser under Prime Minister Ehud Barak, told me that Israel wouldn't have acted if it hadn't been convinced that there was a threat. "It may have been a perception of a conviction, but there was something there," Brom said. "It was the beginning of a nuclear project." However, by the date of our talk, Brom told me, "The question of whether it was there or not is not that relevant anymore."
Albright, when I spoke to him in December, was far more circumspect than he had been in October. "We never said 'we know' it was a reactor, based on the image," Albright said. "We wanted to make sure that the image was consistent with a reactor, and, from my point of view, it was. But that doesn't confirm it's a reactor."
The journey of the Al Hamed, a small coastal trader, became a centerpiece in accounts of the September 6th bombing. On September 15th, the Washington Post reported that "a prominent U.S. expert on the Middle East" said that the attack "appears to have been linked to the arrival . . . of a ship carrying material from North Korea labeled as cement." The article went on to cite the expert's belief that "the emerging consensus in Israel was that it delivered nuclear equipment." Other press reports identified the Al Hamed as a "suspicious North Korean" ship.
But there is evidence that the Al Hamed could not have been carrying sensitive cargo—or any cargo—from North Korea. International shipping is carefully monitored by Lloyd's Marine Intelligence Unit, which relies on a network of agents as well as on port logs and other records. In addition, most merchant ships are now required to operate a transponder device called an A.I.S., for automatic identification system. This device, which was on board the Al Hamed, works in a manner similar to a transponder on a commercial aircraft—beaming a constant, very high-frequency position report. (The U.S. Navy monitors international sea traffic with the aid of dedicated satellites, at a secret facility in suburban Washington.)
According to Marine Intelligence Unit records, the Al Hamed, which was built in 1965, had been operating for years in the eastern Mediterranean and the Black Sea, with no indication of any recent visits to North Korea. The records show that the Al Hamed arrived at Tartus on September 3rd—the ship's fifth visit to Syria in five months. (It was one of eight ships that arrived that day; although it is possible that one of the others was carrying illicit materials, only the Al Hamed has been named in the media.) The ship's registry was constantly changing. The Al Hamed flew the South Korean flag before switching to North Korea in November of 2005, and then to Comoros. (Ships often fly flags of convenience, registering with different countries, in many cases to avoid taxes or onerous regulations.) At the time of the bombing, according to Lloyd's, it was flying a Comoran flag and was owned by four Syrian nationals. In earlier years, under other owners, the ship seems to have operated under Russian, Estonian, Turkish, and Honduran flags. Lloyd's records show that the ship had apparently not passed through the Suez Canal—the main route from the Mediterranean to the Far East—since at least 1998.
Among the groups that keep track of international shipping is Greenpeace. Martini Gotjé, who monitors illegal fishing for the organization and was among the first to raise questions about the Al Hamed, told me, "I've been at sea for forty-one years, and I can tell you, as a captain, that the Al Hamed was nothing—in rotten shape. You wouldn't be able to load heavy cargo on it, as the floorboards wouldn't be that strong."
If the Israelis' target in Syria was not a nuclear site, why didn't the Syrians respond more forcefully? Syria complained at the United Nations but did little to press the issue. And, if the site wasn't a partially built reactor, what was it?
During two trips to Damascus after the Israeli raid, I interviewed many senior government and intelligence officials. None of President Assad's close advisers told me the same story, though some of the stories were more revealing—and more plausible—than others. In general, Syrian officials seemed more eager to analyze Israel's motives than to discuss what had been attacked. "I hesitate to answer any journalist's questions about it," Faruq al-Shara, the Syrian Vice-President, told me. "Israel bombed to restore its credibility, and their objective is for us to keep talking about it. And by answering your questions I serve their objective. Why should I volunteer to do that?" Shara denied that his nation has a nuclear-weapons program. "The volume of articles about the bombing is incredible, and it's not important that it's a lie," he said.
One top foreign-ministry official in Damascus told me that the target "was an old military building that had been abandoned by the Syrian military" years ago. But a senior Syrian intelligence general gave me a different account. "What they targeted was a building used for fertilizer and water pumps," he said—part of a government effort to revitalize farming. "There is a large city"— Dayr az Zawr—"fifty kilometres away. Why would Syria put nuclear material near a city?" I interviewed the intelligence general again on my second visit to Damascus, and he reiterated that the targeted building was "at no time a military facility." As to why Syria had not had a more aggressive response, if the target was so benign, the general said, "It was not fear—that's all I'll say." As I left, I asked the general why Syria had not invited representatives of the International Atomic Energy Agency to visit the bombing site and declare that no nuclear activity was taking place there. "They did not ask to come," he said, and "Syria had no reason to ask them to come."
An I.A.E.A. official dismissed that assertion when we spoke in Vienna a few days later. "The I.A.E.A. asked the Syrians to allow the agency to visit the site to verify its nature," the I.A.E.A. official said. "Syria's reply was that it was a military, not a nuclear, installation, and there would be no reason for the I.A.E.A. to go there. It would be in their and everyone's interest to have the I.A.E.A. visit the site. If it was nuclear, it would leave fingerprints."
In a subsequent interview, Imad Moustapha, the Syrian Ambassador to Washington, defended Syria's decision not to invite the I.A.E.A. inspectors. "We will not get into the game of inviting foreign experts to visit every site that Israel claims is a nuclear facility," Moustapha told me. "If we bring them in and they say there is nothing there, then Israel will say it made a mistake and bomb another site two weeks later. And if we then don't let the I.A.E.A. in, Israel will say, 'You see?' This is nonsense. Why should we have to do this?"
Even if the site was not a nuclear installation, it is possible that the Syrians feared that an I.A.E.A. inquiry would uncover the presence of North Koreans there. In Syria, I was able to get some confirmation that North Koreans were at the target. A senior officer in Damascus with firsthand knowledge of the incident agreed to see me alone, at his home; my other interviews in Damascus took place in government offices. According to his account, North Koreans were present at the site, but only as paid construction workers. The senior officer said that the targeted building, when completed, would most likely have been used as a chemical-warfare facility. (Syria is not a signatory to the Chemical Weapons Convention and has been believed, for decades, to have a substantial chemical-weapons arsenal.)
The building contract with North Korea was a routine business deal, the senior officer said—from design to construction. (North Korea may, of course, have sent skilled technicians capable of doing less routine work.) Syria and North Korea have a long-standing partnership on military matters. "The contract between Syria and North Korea was old, from 2002, and it was running late," the senior officer told me. "It was initially to be finished in 2005, and the Israelis might have expected it was further along."
The North Korean laborers had been coming and going for "maybe six months" before the September bombing, the senior officer said, and his government concluded that the Israelis had picked up North Korean telephone chatter at the site. (This fit the timeline that Israeli officials had given me.) "The Israelis may have their own spies and watched the laborers being driven to the area," the senior officer said. "The Koreans were not there at night, but slept in their quarters and were driven to the site in the morning. The building was in an isolated area, and the Israelis may have concluded that even if there was a slight chance"—of it being a nuclear facility—"we'll take that risk."
On the days before the bombing, the Koreans had been working on the second floor, and were using a tarp on top of the building to shield the site from rain and sun. "It was just the North Korean way of working," the Syrian senior officer said, adding that the possibility that the Israelis could not see what was underneath the tarp might have added to their determination.
The attack was especially dramatic, the Syrian senior officer said, because the Israelis used bright magnesium illumination flares to light up the target before the bombing. Night suddenly turned into day, he told me. "When the people in the area saw the lights and the bombing, they thought there would be a commando raid," the senior officer said. The building was destroyed, and his government eventually concluded that there were no Israeli ground forces in the area. But if Israelis had been on the ground seeking contaminated soil samples, the senior officer said, "they found only cement."
A senior Syrian official confirmed that a group of North Koreans had been at work at the site, but he denied that the structure was related to chemical warfare. Syria had concluded, he said, that chemical warfare had little deterrent value against Israel, given its nuclear capability. The facility that was attacked, the official said, was to be one of a string of missile-manufacturing plants scattered throughout Syria—"all low tech. Not strategic." (North Korea has been a major exporter of missile technology and expertise to Syria for decades.) He added, "We've gone asymmetrical, and have been improving our capability to build low-tech missiles that will enable us to inflict as much damage as possible without confronting the Israeli Army. We now can hit all of Israel, and not just the north."
Whatever was under construction, with North Korean help, it apparently had little to do with agriculture—or with nuclear reactors—but much to do with Syria's defense posture, and its military relationship with North Korea. And that, perhaps, was enough to silence the Syrian government after the September 6th bombing.
It is unclear to what extent the Bush Administration was involved in the Israeli attack. The most detailed report of coöperation was made in mid-October by ABC News. Citing a senior U.S. official, the network reported that Israel had shared intelligence with the United States and received satellite help and targeting information in response. At one point, it was reported, the Bush Administration considered attacking Syria itself, but rejected that option. The implication was that the Israeli intelligence about the nuclear threat had been vetted by the U.S., and had been found to be convincing.
Yet officials I spoke to in Israel heatedly denied the notion that they had extensive help from Washington in planning the attack. When I told the senior Israeli official that I found little support in Washington for Israel's claim that it had bombed a nuclear facility in Syria, he responded with an expletive, and then said, angrily, "Nobody helped us. We did it on our own." He added, "What I'm saying is that nobody discovered it for us." (The White House declined to comment on this story.)
There is evidence to support this view. The satellite operated by DigitalGlobe, the Colorado firm that supplied Albright's images, is for hire; anyone can order the satellite to photograph specific coördinates, a process that can cost anywhere from several hundred to hundreds of thousands of dollars. The company displays the results of these requests on its Web page, but not the identity of the customer. On five occasions between August 5th and August 27th of last year—before the Israeli bombing—DigitalGlobe was paid to take a tight image of the targeted building in Syria.
Clearly, whoever ordered the images likely had some involvement in plans for the attack. DigitalGlobe does about sixty per cent of its business with the U.S. government, but those contracts are for unclassified work, such as mapping. The government's own military and intelligence satellite system, with an unmatched ability to achieve what analysts call "highly granular images," could have supplied superior versions of the target sites. Israel has at least two military satellite systems, but, according to Allen Thomson, a former C.I.A. analyst, DigitalGlobe's satellite has advantages for reconnaissance, making Israel a logical customer. ("Customer anonymity is crucial to us," Chuck Herring, a spokesman for DigitalGlobe, said. "I don't know who placed the order and couldn't disclose it if I did.") It is also possible that Israel or the United States ordered the imagery in order to have something unclassified to pass to the press if needed. If the Bush Administration had been aggressively coöperating with Israel before the attack, why would Israel have to turn to a commercial firm?
Last fall, aerospace industry and military sources told Aviation Week & Space Technology, an authoritative trade journal, that the United States had provided Israel with advice about "potential target vulnerabilities" before the September 6th attack, and monitored the radar as the mission took place. The magazine reported that the Israeli fighters, prior to bombing the target on the Euphrates, struck a Syrian radar facility near the Turkish border, knocking the radar out of commission and permitting them to complete their mission without interference.
The former U.S. senior intelligence official told me that, as he understood it, America's involvement in the Israeli raid dated back months earlier, and was linked to the Administration's planning for a possible air war against Iran. Last summer, the Defense Intelligence Agency came to believe that Syria was installing a new Russian-supplied radar-and-air-defense system that was similar to the radar complexes in Iran. Entering Syrian airspace would trigger those defenses and expose them to Israeli and American exploitation, yielding valuable information about their capabilities. Vice-President Dick Cheney supported the idea of overflights, the former senior intelligence official said, because "it would stick it to Syria and show that we're serious about Iran." (The Vice-President's office declined to comment.) The former senior intelligence official said that Israeli military jets have flown over Syria repeatedly, without retaliation from Syria. At the time, the former senior intelligence official said, the focus was on radar and air defenses, and not on any real or suspected nuclear facility. Israel's claims about the target, which emerged later, caught many in the military and intelligence community—if not in the White House—by surprise.
The senior Israeli official, asked whether the attack was rooted in his country's interest in Syria's radar installations, told me, "Bullshit." Whatever the Administration's initial agenda, Israel seems to have been after something more.
The story of the Israeli bombing of Syria, with its mixture of satellite intelligence, intercepts, newspaper leaks, and shared assumptions, reminded some American diplomats and intelligence officials of an incident, ten years ago, involving North Korea. In mid-1998, American reconnaissance satellites photographed imagery of a major underground construction project at Kumchang-ri, twenty-five miles northwest of Yongbyon. "We were briefed that, without a doubt, this was a nuclear-related facility, and there was signals intelligence linking the construction brigade at Kumchang-ri to the nuclear complex at Yongbyon," the former State Department intelligence expert recalled.
Charles Kartman, who was President Bill Clinton's special envoy for peace talks with Korea, told me that the intelligence was considered a slam dunk by analysts in the Defense Intelligence Agency, even though other agencies disagreed. "We had a debate going on inside the community, but the D.I.A. unilaterally took it to Capitol Hill," Kartman said, forcing the issue and leading to a front-page Times story.
After months of negotiations, Kartman recalled, the North Koreans agreed, under diplomatic pressure, to grant access to Kumchang-ri. In return, they received aid, including assistance with a new potato-production program. Inspectors found little besides a series of empty tunnels. Robert Carlin, an expert on North Korea who retired in 2005 after serving more than thirty years with the C.I.A. and the State Department's intelligence bureau, told me that the Kumchang-ri incident highlighted "an endemic weakness" in the American intelligence community. "People think they know the ending and then they go back and find the evidence that fits their story," he said. "And then you get groupthink—and people reinforce each other."
It seems that, as with Kumchang-ri, there was a genuine, if not unanimous, belief by Israeli intelligence that the Syrians were constructing something that could have serious national-security consequences. But why would the Israelis take the risk of provoking a military response, and perhaps a war, if there was, as it seems, no smoking gun? Mohamed ElBaradei, expressing his frustration, said, "If a country has any information about a nuclear activity in another country, it should inform the I.A.E.A.—not bomb first and ask questions later."
One answer, suggested by David Albright, is that Israel did not trust the international arms-control community. "I can understand the Israeli point of view, given the history with Iran and Algeria," Albright said. "Both nations had nuclear-weapons programs and, after being caught cheating, declared their reactors to be civil reactors, for peacetime use. The international groups, like the U.N. and the I.A.E.A, never shut them down." Also, Israel may have calculated that risk of a counterattack was low: President Assad would undoubtedly conclude that the attack had the support of the Bush Administration and, therefore, that any response by Syria would also engage the U.S. (My conversations with officials in Syria bore out this assumption.)
In Tel Aviv, the senior Israeli official pointedly told me, "Syria still thinks Hezbollah won the war in Lebanon"—referring to the summer, 2006, fight between Israel and the Shiite organization headed by Sheikh Hassan Nasrallah. "Nasrallah knows how much that war cost—one-third of his fighters were killed, infrastructure was bombed, and ninety-five per cent of his strategic weapons were wiped out," the Israeli official said. "But Assad has a Nasrallah complex and thinks Hezbollah won. And, 'If he did it, I can do it.' This led to an adventurous mood in Damascus. Today, they are more sober."
That notion was echoed by the ambassador of an Israeli ally who is posted in Tel Aviv. "The truth is not important," the ambassador told me. "Israel was able to restore its credibility as a deterrent. That is the whole thing. No one will know what the real story is."
There is evidence that the preëmptive raid on Syria was also meant as a warning about—and a model for—a preëmptive attack on Iran. When I visited Israel this winter, Iran was the overriding concern among political and defense officials I spoke to—not Syria. There was palpable anger toward Washington, in the wake of a National Intelligence Estimate that concluded, on behalf of the American intelligence community, that Iran is not now constructing a nuclear weapon. Many in Israel view Iran's nuclear ambitions as an existential threat; they believe that military action against Iran may be inevitable, and worry that America may not be there when needed. The N.I.E. was published in November, after a yearlong standoff involving Cheney's office, which resisted the report's findings. At the time of the raid, reports about the forthcoming N.I.E. and its general conclusion had already appeared.
Retired Major General Giora Eiland, who served as the national-security adviser to Prime Minister Ariel Sharon, told me, "The Israeli military takes it as an assumption that one day we will need to have a military campaign against Iran, to slow and eliminate the nuclear option." He added, "Whether the political situation will allow this is another question."
In the weeks after the N.I.E.'s release, Bush insisted that the Iranian nuclear-weapons threat was as acute as ever, a theme he amplified during his nine-day Middle East trip after the New Year. "A lot of people heard that N.I.E. out here and said that George Bush and the Americans don't take the Iranian threat seriously," he told Greta Van Susteren, of Fox News. "And so this trip has been successful from the perspective of saying . . . we will keep the pressure on."
Shortly after the bombing, a Chinese envoy and one of the Bush Administration's senior national-security officials met in Washington. The Chinese envoy had just returned from a visit to Tehran, a person familiar with the discussion told me, and he wanted the White House to know that there were moderates there who were interested in talks. The national-security official rejected that possibility and told the envoy, as the person familiar with the discussion recalled, "'You are aware of the recent Israeli statements about Syria. The Israelis are extremely serious about Iran and its nuclear program, and I believe that, if the United States government is unsuccessful in its diplomatic dealings with Iran, the Israelis will take it out militarily.' He then told the envoy that he wanted him to convey this to his government—that the Israelis were serious.
"He was telling the Chinese leadership that they'd better warn Iran that we can't hold back Israel, and that the Iranians should look at Syria and see what's coming next if diplomacy fails," the person familiar with the discussion said. "His message was that the Syrian attack was in part aimed at Iran." ?
ILLUSTRATION: GUY BILLOUT
Pete Townsend and The Who’s Website
Cultural happenings in New York and elsewhere, both online and off.
February 8, 2008
Who's on First
The Who may be a classic-rock dinosaur, but when it comes to the Internet, its front man, Pete Townshend, was an early adopter. Which is putting it mildly: some reports have him claiming that he, in Al Gore fashion, invented it. He's also had trouble with the law over his surfing habits. Lately, he's been working with his girlfriend, the singer Rachel Fuller, to produce a live Internet festival this summer called Atticfest. And now it looks like his other bandmates are getting onboard—sort of. Roger Daltrey has posted the following message on the band's Web site:
Welcome to The Who's first online home. I feel about as useful as a pork chop in a synagogue with all this Internet bollocks. I suppose it keeps millions of people in virtual conversation, which saves them getting too burned by reality, but as you may have gathered I'm not a big fan of it. I'm always ready to be won over though and will endeavour to give it my best shot to keep it interesting.
It's a bit of an empty room here at the moment (not all the furniture's arrived yet) but it's a start, which will evolve and grow to be a useful resource for you to keep up with what The Who is up to. And it's great to have our music and our history as a band and as individuals in one place. Even if it is virtual.
I hope you enjoy it. But do me a favour; leave the screen turned off sometimes. Go out. Get a life.
Be lucky, Roger
In terms of following Daltrey's advice, it appears that Fuller, who used to have an Internet music show called "In the Attic," in which she travelled around in a nineteen-fifties Airstream trailer and interviewed musicians, has given up that effort. Her Web site for the show has been shut down.—John Donohue
By any measure, Exxon Mobil's performance last year was a blowout.
The company reported Friday that it beat its own record for the highest profits ever recorded by any company, with net income rising 3 percent, to $40.6 billion, thanks to surging oil prices. The company's sales, more than $404 billion, exceeded the gross domestic product of 120 countries.
Exxon Mobil earned more than $1,287 of profit for every second of 2007.
The company also had its most profitable quarter ever. It said net income rose 14 percent, to $11.7 billion, or $2.13 a share, in the last three months of the year. The company handily beat analysts' expectations of $1.95 a share, after missing targets in the last two quarters.
Like most oil companies, Exxon benefited from a near doubling of oil prices, as well as higher demand for gasoline last year. Crude oil prices rose from a low of around $50 a barrel in early 2007 to almost $100 by the end of the year — the biggest jump in oil prices in any one year.
"Exxon sets the gold standard for the industry," said Fadel Gheit, an oil analyst at Oppenheimer & Company in New York.
Oil companies have all reported strong profits in recent days. Chevron, the second-largest American oil company, said Friday that its profits rose 9 percent last year, to $18.7 billion; Royal Dutch Shell on Thursday reported net income for 2007 of $31 billion, up 23 percent and the largest figure ever for a British company.
The backlash against the oil industry, which has periodically intensified as gasoline prices have risen in recent years, was predictably swift on Friday.
One advocacy group, the Foundation for Taxpayer and Consumer Rights, called the profits "unjustifiable." Some politicians said Congress should rescind the tax breaks awarded two years ago to encourage oil companies to increase their investments in the United States and raise domestic production.
"Congratulations to Exxon Mobil and Chevron — for reminding Americans why they cringe every time they pull into a gas station," said Senator Charles Schumer, Democrat of New York.
Exxon vigorously defended itself against claims it was responsible for the rise in oil prices. Anticipating a reaction, Exxon has been running advertisements that highlight the size of the investments it makes to find and develop energy resources — more than $80 billion from 2002 to 2006, with an additional $20 billion planned for 2008. The company says that in the next two decades, energy demand is expected to grow by 40 percent.
"Our earnings reflect the size of our business," Kenneth P. Cohen, Exxon's vice president for public affairs, said on a conference call with journalists. "We hope people will focus on the reality of the challenge we are facing."
Given the darkening prospects for the American economy, which may be headed toward a recession, some analysts said oil company profits might soon reach a peak. Oil prices could fall this year if an economic slowdown reduces energy consumption in the United States, the world's biggest oil consumer.
Such concerns have pushed oil futures prices down about 10 percent since the beginning of the year. Oil fell 3 percent, to $88.96 a barrel, on Friday on the New York Mercantile Exchange. Exxon shares fell a half-percent, to $85.95.
Some analysts said high oil prices, and the record profits they create, were masking growing difficulties at many of the major Western oil giants. Faced with resurgent national oil companies — like PetroChina, Petrobras in Brazil, or Gazprom in Russia — the Western companies are having a hard time increasing production and renewing reserves.
As oil prices increase, countries like Russia and Venezuela have tightened the screws on foreign investors in recent years, limiting access to energy resources or demanding a bigger share of the oil revenue. At the same time, many of the traditional production regions, like the North Sea and Alaska, are slowly drying up.
Western majors, which once dominated the global energy business, now control only about 6 percent of the world's oil reserves. Last year, PetroChina overtook Exxon as the world's largest publicly traded oil company.
Recently, a quarrel over a major new field in Kazakhstan was resolved after an international consortium, which included Exxon, allowed the Kazakh national oil company to double its stake in the multibillion-dollar venture. In Venezuela, Conoco pulled out of a large heavy oil project last summer after failing to agree on new and much more restrictive terms with the government of President Hugo Chávez. Exxon has filed for arbitration in a similar case.
Speaking at an industry conference last month, Tim Cejka, the president of Exxon's exploration business, acknowledged that access to oil fields was becoming increasingly challenging. But he said that the global oil industry has been through similar periods of restricted access.
"Access comes in cycles," Mr. Cejka said, "and I have got to admit, it's tough right now."
Excluding acquisitions, Exxon was the only major international oil company with a reserve replacement rate exceeding 100 percent from 2004 to 2006, meaning it found more than one barrel for each barrel it produced, according to a report by Moody's Investors Service, the rating agency. Exxon said it would release its reserve replacement figures this month.
Exxon increased its hydrocarbon production in the fourth quarter by 1 percent, thanks to growing natural gas output from projects in Qatar. Natural gas production rose 12 percent in the fourth quarter, to 10.4 billion cubic feet a day. Oil production fell by 6 percent in the last quarter, to 2.5 million barrels a day. Because of the structure of some of its production-sharing contracts in Africa, Exxon is entitled to fewer oil barrels as prices rise.
Exxon also spent $35.6 billion for share buybacks and dividends last year, $3 billion more than in 2006.
The OPEC cartel, which was meeting in Vienna on Friday, left its production levels unchanged, resisting pressure from developing nations to pump more oil into the global economy.
The Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries is set to meet again next month, and the cartel signaled it would be ready to cut production then to make up for a seasonal slowdown in demand in the second quarter. OPEC's actions mean the cartel is determined to keep prices from falling below $80 a barrel, according to energy experts.
OPEC said in a statement that the uncertainties in the global economy required "vigilant attention to their impact on key market fundamentals."
If the ongoing turmoil in the world’s financial markets has made anything clear, it’s that the list of things that can go wrong in those markets is a very long one. Month after month, it seems, another potentially disastrous problem rises to the surface. The latest looming crisis is the possible implosion of a group of companies called monoline insurers. If you haven’t heard of monoline insurers, don’t worry: until recently, few people, even on Wall Street, were all that interested in them. Yet their problems have become a serious threat to global markets. Rumors that monoline insurers, like M.B.I.A. and Ambac, were in serious trouble helped spark the vast market sell-off that prompted the Federal Reserve’s interest-rate cut two weeks ago, and, only a few days later, rumors of a government-orchestrated bailout of these companies set off a six-hundred-point rally in the Dow.
Monoline insurers do a straightforward job: they insure securities—guaranteeing, for instance, that if a bond defaults they’ll cover the interest and the principal. Historically, this was a fairly sleepy business; these companies got their start by insuring municipal bonds, which rarely default, and initially they confined themselves to bonds with relatively predictable risks, which were easy to put a price on. Unfortunately, a sleepy, straightforward business wasn’t good enough for the insurers. Like everyone else in recent years, they wanted to cash in on the housing and lending boom. In order to expand, they started insuring the complex securities that Wall Street created by packaging mortgages, including subprime ones, for investors. This was a lucrative business—M.B.I.A.’s revenues rose nearly a hundred and forty per cent between 2001 and 2006—but it rested on a false assumption: that the insurers knew how risky these securities really were. They didn’t. Instead, they gravely underestimated how likely the loans were to go bad, which meant that they didn’t charge enough for the insurance they were offering, and didn’t put away enough to cover the claims. They’re now on the hook for tens of billions of dollars in potential losses, and some estimates suggest that they’ll need more than a hundred billion to restore themselves to health.
Obviously, this is bad news for the insurers—at one point, M.B.I.A.’s and Ambac’s stock prices were down more than ninety per cent from their all-time highs—but it’s also very dangerous for credit markets as a whole. This is because of a peculiar feature of bond insurance: insurers’ credit ratings get automatically applied to any bond they insure. M.B.I.A. and Ambac have enjoyed the highest rating possible, AAA. As a result, any bond they insured, no matter how junky, became an AAA security, which meant access to more investors and a generally lower interest rate. The problem is that this process works in reverse, too. If the insurers lose their AAA ratings—credit agencies have made clear that both companies are at risk of this, and one agency has already downgraded Ambac to AA—then the bonds they’ve insured will lose their ratings as well, which will leave investors holding billions upon billions in assets worth a lot less than they thought. That’s why so many people on Wall Street are pushing for a bailout for the insurers. It may be an abandonment of free-market principles, but no one has ever accused the Street of putting principle above profit.
Normally when companies make bad decisions and fail to deliver value, it’s just their workers and investors who suffer. But monoline insurers’ desire to grab as much new business as they could, risks be damned, quickly radiated across global markets and will have huge consequences for millions of people who have never heard of M.B.I.A. or Ambac. The situation illustrates a fundamental paradox of today’s financial system: it’s bigger than ever, but terrible decisions by just a few companies—not even very big companies, at that—can make the entire edifice totter.
In that sense, the potential collapse of monoline insurers looks like a classic example of what the sociologist Charles Perrow called a “normal accident.” In examining disasters like the Challenger explosion and the near-meltdown at Three Mile Island, Perrow argued that while the events were unforeseeable they were also, in some sense, inevitable, because of the complexity and the interconnectedness of the systems involved. When you have systems with lots of moving parts, he said, some of them are bound to fail. And if they are tightly linked to one another—as in our current financial system—then the failure of just a few parts cascades through the system. In essence, the more complicated and intertwined the system is, the smaller the margin of safety.
Today, as financial markets become ever more complex, these kinds of unanticipated ripple effects are more common—think of the havoc wrought a couple of weeks ago when the activities of one rogue French trader came to light. In the past thirty years, thanks to the combination of globalization, deregulation, and the increase in computing power, we have seen an explosion in financial innovation. This innovation has had all kinds of benefits—making cheap capital available to companies and individuals who previously couldn’t get it, allowing risk to be more efficiently allocated, and widening the range of potential investments. On a day-to-day level, it may even have lowered volatility in the markets and helped make the real economy more stable. The problem is that these improvements have been accompanied by more frequent systemic breakdowns. It may be that investors accept periodic disasters as a price worth paying for the innovations of modern finance, but now is probably not the best time to ask them about it. ♦
They were not only close friends and founding fathers of the N.F.L., but Art Rooney and Tim Mara were also gamblers, proud ones. In 1936, Rooney, whose family still owns the Pittsburgh Steelers, famously turned two prescient days at the racetrack into $300,000. In 1925, Mara, a bookmaker in the days when that profession was not only legal but honorable, paid $500 for the New York Giants.
He told his 9-year-old son, Wellington: "In New York, an empty store with two chairs in it is worth that much."
It is odds on that Rooney and Mara would have been tickled that their life's work has turned into one of the most popular gambling endeavors on the planet.
Two years ago, Pittsburgh dispatched the Seattle Seahawks for its fifth Super Bowl championship, and the game set a record in Las Vegas, when bettors wagered $94.5 million trying to divine the outcome. On Sunday in Super Bowl XLII, Las Vegas sports books expect to take in as much as $100 million when the Giants meet the New England Patriots.
"I don't think he'd be able to comprehend it," said Tim Mara's grandson, John, a current co-owner of the Giants. "It was a completely different era then — the founding fathers were gamblers. They bought into teams for a song and came close to going broke week after week."
Each year at Super Bowl time, N.F.L executives go to great lengths to distance the league from the estimated $10 billion in gambling that it generates, not only in Las Vegas but also in offshore sports betting shops, office and bar pools and among illegal bookies.
"We're trying to do whatever we can to make sure our games are not betting vehicles," said Joe Browne, an N.F.L. spokesman. "I know we have been accused of allowing gambling because it is good for the popularity of the game. If that's true, then we have wasted hundreds of thousands of dollars opposing gambling on our games."
Browne said the N.F.L. supported the Professional and Amateur Sports Protection Act enacted in 1992, which bans state-licensed sports betting, except in a small handful of "grandfathered" states.
Likewise, it backed the Internet Gambling Prohibition and Enforcement Act of 2006, which prohibits check and electronic-fund transfers to place and settle bets with overseas gambling operations. It also opposes the New Jersey Legislature's renewed effort to legalize sports betting in state casinos.
There is little doubt, however, that the N.F.L. has benefited by its coexistence with gambling. The league generates about $7 billion in annual revenue and has become America's most watched sport.
In Las Vegas, the N.F.L. accounted for 55 percent of the more than $1.1 billion wagered on football in 2006, according to Kenny White, the chief operating officer of Las Vegas Sports Consultants, which sets the line for 90 percent of Nevada's sports books.
The amount of money bet on the 267 N.F.L. regular-season and playoff games surpassed not only the amount bet on more than 700 college football games in 2006 but also the money wagered on college and professional basketball, as well as all Major League Baseball games.
The fact that Rooney and Mara and other early N.F.L. architects understood the nature of gambling perhaps gave them a greater insight and tolerance into the sort of people who wagered on sporting contests.
One of the N.F.L's pivotal moments occurred in 1946, when Commissioner Bert Bell learned that gamblers had attempted to bribe Giants quarterback Frank Filchock and running back Merle Hapes before the championship game with the Chicago Bears.
When Hapes acknowledged he was approached, he was not allowed to play in the game.
After denying any knowledge of the scheme, Filchock was allowed to play. Later, however, he acknowledged that a bribe had, indeed, been offered to him, and Bell suspended Filchock and Hapes indefinitely.
"Bert Bell realized that gambling on football was not going to go away," said Michael MacCambridge, the author of "America's Game: The Epic Story of How Pro Football Captured a Nation." "But he also understood the league had to be as transparent as possible in protecting the integrity of the game — that there could not be any rumor or innuendo that the fix was in, or it could kill the sport."
The next season, Bell announced that the league would publish before each game a report of the injuries of all players and their likelihood of participating. It evolved into the detailed midweek report that a remains a staple of the N.F.L.
"It was intended to provide information that assured the public that the game was played honestly," MacCambridge said. "But paradoxically, it gave bettors more information and greater confidence that they were betting on an honest game."
In 1963, Commissioner Pete Rozelle reinforced the league's zeal for transparency when he suspended Green Bay's Paul Hornung and Detroit's Alex Karras for a year for betting on N.F.L. games.
The N.F.L. has also put in more subtle measures to separate itself from gambling, like prohibiting the networks that carry its games to pick a winner against a point spread during pregame telecasts.
ESPN, however, still features its horse and football handicapper, Hank Goldberg, in segments in which he makes betting line predictions. They are broadcast on "SportsCenter" newscasts that run Sunday mornings immediately before "N.F.L. Countdown."
Still, there are some current N.F.L. owners who, if they are not kindred spirits to Rooney and Mara, at least see no reason to completely recoil from the league's relationship to the gambling public.
"It does show the depth of passion our fans have for our game," said Bob McNair, who owns the Houston Texans and also breeds and races thoroughbred horses. "Ultimately, I think it falls under that old saying of 'Don't worry about the things you can't change.' We can't do anything about individuals. I play golf, and I like to play a $2 Nassau when I'm out there on the course. It doesn't mean I do not love the game, but sometimes it's nice to have a little something extra at stake."
The Benedictine nuns are converting their 10-bedroom spiritual retreat into a place to stay for Super Bowl fans
January 31, 2008
Needing a Hail Mary, Fans Find a Monastery
By KATIE THOMAS
PHOENIX — There is no sauna, no heated pool, no chauffeur or sommelier. In fact, no alcohol is allowed on the premises, and guests share a bathroom with their next-door neighbor.
But for $250 a night in a city where Super Bowl rentals are topping out at $250,000 a week for a mansion in Scottsdale, the sisters at Our Lady of Guadalupe Monastery figure they have an offer that cannot be beat.
In debt from the recent purchase of a nearby parcel, the Benedictine nuns are hoping to make a dent in their mortgage by converting their 10-bedroom spiritual retreat into a crash pad for Super Bowl fans this weekend.
"A Super Bowl doesn't happen in a city very often," said Sister Linda Campbell, the prioress of the monastery where rooms usually go for $105 a night. "Then we heard of all the folks that were renting out homes and we thought, wow, that would be something that would be beneficial to the monastery and help us to help others."
With 125,000 fans expected to arrive from out of town this weekend, even midlevel hotels are charging more than $500 a night for rooms. A Hampton Inn, for example, is sold out for the weekend at prices up to $799 a night. Not far away, a Residence Inn by Marriott on Wednesday still had a two-bedroom suite available for $999 a night.
With its posters of Mother Teresa, vinyl tablecloths and second-hand furniture, the monastery's offerings do not match up to some of the Super Bowl packages that nearby hotels and resorts are offering, with free cocktail hours, personal concierge service and sometimes even a meet-and-greet with N.F.L. players. Though there is no curfew at the monastery, some Super Bowl visitors may be dismayed to learn that along with the ban on alcohol (forget about keg stands or late-night drinking games), overnight guests cannot smoke.
Guests at the monastery will sleep in single beds in rooms named after Saints Hildegard, Helen, Monica and Ann. Most of the rooms sleep three people, and there is no telephone or television in the rooms.
Still, the retreat has its charms. The nine-year-old monastery is only three and a half miles from University of Phoenix Stadium in Glendale, Ariz., and is nestled improbably in a working-class suburban neighborhood. Bottlebrush and palm trees shade the monastery, and a peacock roams the grounds. A yellow Labrador named Bonito greets guests at the front door.
Clint Mills Jr., 38, of Shrewsbury, Mass., said he knew he would travel to Arizona if the Patriots won, but he was dreading the cost of a hotel room for him and his 6-year-old son, Clint Mills III. This will be Mills's fifth Super Bowl, and he was aware that even the most basic hotel rooms would be $500 a night. Then he saw a story on his local television station about the monastery.
"When I saw it on the news, I was like, Oh my god," Mills said. "I don't have to worry about who's coming down the hallway at 2 a.m. on Sunday morning."
Sister Linda, 59, works as a guidance counselor at St. Mary's High School, a local Catholic school, and lives at the monastery with another nun and a live-in associate, a woman who has dedicated herself to a spiritual life but has not taken vows to join the order. Throughout the year, the sisters play host to church groups, nonprofit organizations and individuals who arrive seeking spiritual renewal and contemplation. The retreat is so popular that it has outgrown its space, and the order spent $550,000 on a nearby parcel last April so the monastery could be expanded.
The mood at the monastery may seem more prayerful than pumped up, but football fans will find a kindred spirit in Sister Linda, who has season tickets to the Arizona Cardinals and loves to lose herself in the shoves and grunts of a hard-fought game.
"It is violent, but not as violent as some others," she said. "Now, I'm not into boxing or some of those. But football, yeah, I like football. For the most part, it's a down time for me, and a time to just sit back and just enjoy it."
Sister Linda said she admired Eli Manning and Tom Brady — "they're both talented men," she said of the two quarterbacks — but added that she was rooting for the Patriots. "They've had a perfect season, and it would be so sad to lose at this point," she said.
Seven of the 10 rooms are already booked. None of the guests were bothered by the ban on alcohol or the monastery's subdued setting, Sister Linda said.
"I think there's a uniqueness about the people who are coming," she said. Some of the guests, including a nun from New York, are Catholic; others are not. "It's just like there was a reason for them to come to this area, for this purpose."
The arrangement worked perfectly for George Huntoon, a Patriots fan from Dover, Mass., who does not drink alcohol and was shocked at some of the hotel prices he saw when planning his trip. "You know it's going to be nice and clean," said Huntoon, who is 50 and owns a building-supply store. "It's a good thing just to get a little peace of mind before the game. I'm kind of looking forward to it."
If those who arrive seek spiritual guidance, Sister Linda and her colleagues can provide it. But if they just want to enjoy the game, she said, that is O.K., too.
Still, several visitors have told her they would like to participate in Sunday Mass. If the guests pray for their own team to win, Sister Linda will understand; she admitted to praying once or twice for her beloved Cardinals.
"The way I do it is I pray for them to do the best they can," she said, before offering a word of caution.
"Everyone has to understand," she said, "that God listens to both sides."
About one in six combat troops returning from Iraq have suffered at least one concussion in the war, injuries that, while temporary, could heighten their risk of developing post-traumatic stress disorder, researchers are reporting.
The study, in The New England Journal of Medicine, is the military's first large-scale effort to gauge the effect of mild head injuries — concussions, many of them from roadside blasts — that some experts worry may be causing a host of undiagnosed neurological deficiencies.
The new report found that soldiers who had concussions were more likely than those with other injuries to report a variety of physical and mental symptoms in their first months back home, including headaches, poor sleep and balance problems. But they were also at higher risk for the stress disorder, or PTSD, and that accounted for most of the difference in complaints, the researchers concluded. Symptoms of the disorder include irritability, sleep problems and flashbacks.
Experts cautioned that the study had not been designed to detect subtle changes in mental performance, like slips in concentration or short-term memory, that might have developed in the wake of a concussion and might be unrelated to stress reactions. Many returning veterans are still struggling with those problems, which can linger for months.
The findings are in line with previous research linking concussions to post-traumatic stress disorder that develops after frightening events outside a military context, like car accidents; concussions from athletic collisions rarely lead to the disorder.
"This study is a very good first step, and an important one, but like any first step it should lead us to ask further questions about these injuries," said Brian Levine, a neuropsychologist at the Rotman Research Institute and the University of Toronto, who was not involved in the study.
Now that the prevalence of combat concussions is better known, Dr. Levine said, the next step should be to assess troops' cognitive functioning early on and track it over time, before and after combat.
In the study, military psychiatrists had 2,525 soldiers from two Army infantry brigades fill out questionnaires asking about missed workdays and dozens of kinds of physical and emotional difficulties, including symptoms of PTSD. The soldiers had been back home from Iraq for three to four months.
The questionnaires also asked about concussions and their severity. A concussion is an injury from a blow or shock to the head that causes temporary confusion or loss of consciousness, without any visible brain damage. The investigators found that 384 of the soldiers, or 15 percent, reported at least one concussion. One-third of that 15 percent had blacked out when injured.
The severity of the concussion was related to the risk of developing the stress disorder, the survey showed. Nearly 44 percent of the soldiers who had blacked out qualified for the diagnosis, about three times the rate found in soldiers with other injuries. Among soldiers who did not black out, the rate of PTSD was 27 percent, significantly higher than the 16 percent rate among veterans with other kinds of injuries.
"There's a lot we don't know about these injuries, but we do know that context is important," said the lead author, Dr. Charles W. Hoge, director of the division of psychiatry and neuroscience at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. "Being in combat, you're going to be in a physiologically heightened state already. Now imagine a blast that knocks you unconscious — an extremely close call on your own life, and maybe your buddy went down. So you've got the trauma, and maybe the effect of the concussion is to make it worse."
In an editorial that accompanied the study, Richard A. Bryant, a psychologist at the University of New South Wales in Australia, emphasized that concussed troops "should not be led to believe that they have a brain injury that will result in permanent damage."
On the contrary, Dr. Bryant and other experts say, the link to post-traumatic stress suggests that mild brain injuries have a significant psychological component, which can improve with treatment.
Paul Rieckhoff, executive director of Iraq and Afghanistan Veterans of America, said the study, and the interest of doctors and military officials in brain trauma, were long overdue.
Even newly armored by the spirit of Camelot, Barack Obama is still distressed by the sight of a certain damsel.
It's already famous as The Snub, the moment before the State of the Union when Obama turned away to talk to Claire McCaskill instead of trying to join Teddy Kennedy in shaking hands with Hillary.
Nobody cared about W., whose presidency had crumpled into a belated concern about earmarks.
The only union that fascinated was Obama and Hillary, once more creeping around each other.
It would have been the natural thing for the Illinois senator, only hours after his emotional embrace by the Kennedys and an arena full of deliriously shrieking students, to follow the lead of Uncle Teddy and greet the rebuffed Hillary.
She was impossible to miss in the sea of dark suits and Supreme Court dark robes. Like Scarlett O'Hara after a public humiliation, Hillary showed up at the gathering wearing a defiant shade of red.
But the fact that he didn't do so shows that Obama cannot hide how much the Clintons rattle him, and that he is still taking the race very personally.
On a flight to Kansas yesterday to collect another big endorsement, this one from Gov. Kathleen Sebelius, Obama said he was "surprised" by reports of The Snub.
"I was turning away because Claire asked me a question as Senator Kennedy was reaching forward," he said. "Senator Clinton and I have had very cordial relations off the floor and on the floor. I waved at her as I was coming into the Senate chamber before we walked over last night. I think there is just a lot more tea leaf reading going on here than I think people are suggesting."
But that answer is disingenuous. Their relations have been frosty and fraught ever since the young Chicago prince challenged Queen Hillary's royal proclamation that it was her turn to rule.
Last winter, after news broke that he was thinking of running, he winked at her and took her elbow on the Senate floor to say hi, in his customary languid, friendly way, and she coldly brushed him off.
It bothered him, and he called a friend to say: You would not believe what just happened with Hillary.
Again and again at debates, he looked eager to greet her or be friendly during the evening and she iced him. She might have frozen him out once more Monday night had he actually tried to reach out.
But now Obama is like that cat Mark Twain wrote about who wouldn't jump on the stove again for fear of being burned.
It was only after the distortions of the Clintons in South Carolina that he changed his tone and took on Hillary in a tough way in the debate there. Afterward, one of his advisers said that it was as though a dam had broken and Obama finally began using all the sharp lines against Hillary that strategists had been suggesting for months.
Why had it taken so long for Obama to push back against Hillary? "He respected her as a senator," the adviser replied. "He even defended her privately when she cried, saying that no one knows how hard these campaigns are."
But Obama's outrage makes him seem a little jejune. He is surely the only person in the country who was surprised when the Clintons teamed up to dissemble and smear when confronted with an impediment to their ambitions.
Knowing that it helped her when Obama seemed to be surly with her during the New Hampshire debate, telling her without looking up from his notes that she was "likable enough" — another instance of Obama not being able to hide his bruised feelings — Hillary went on ABC News last night to insinuate that he was rude Monday.
"Well, I reached my hand out in friendship and unity and my hand is still reaching out," she said, lapsing back into the dissed-woman mode. "And I look forward to shaking his hand sometime soon."
Something's being stretched here, but it's not her hand. She wasn't reaching out to him at all.
The New York State chapter of NOW issued an absurd statement on Monday calling Teddy Kennedy's endorsement of Obama "the ultimate betrayal": "He's picked the new guy over us."
But Obama is the more emotionally delicate candidate, and the one who has the more feminine consensus management style, and the not-blinded-by-testosterone ability to object to a phony war.
As first lady, Alpha Hillary's abrasive and secretive management of health care doomed it. She voted to enable W. on Iraq so she could run as someone tough enough to command armies.
Given her brazen quote to ABC News, Obama is right to be scared of Hillary. He just needs to learn that Uncle Teddy can't fight all his fights, and that a little chivalry goes a long way.
John F. Kennedy sent the National Guard to Tuscaloosa, 60’s
The Esquire Decade
During a decade of war, assassination, and racial fear, Esquire editor Harold T. P. Hayes and his talented staff brought a revolutionary barrage of literary and visual firepower to America's newsstands. Gay Talese, Tom Wolfe, and other stars of the nascent New Journalism recapture Hayes's rise and reign, which cracked the code of a changing culture.
by Frank DiGiacomo January 2007
Harold Hayes, 1965. Photograph by Walter Bernard.
Along with the heat, the summer of 1963 brought a palpable tension to the so-called United States. The May images of black demonstrators terrorized by fire hoses and police dogs in Birmingham still resonated on June 11, when President John F. Kennedy sent the National Guard to Tuscaloosa to thwart segregationist governor George Wallace's attempt to block two black students from enrolling at the University of Alabama. That night, Kennedy appeared on national television to announce that he would introduce a civil-rights bill in Congress the following week, but the hope that his speech promised was undercut the very next day by the murder of N.A.A.C.P. field secretary Medgar Evers in the driveway of his Jackson, Mississippi, home.
By late June, race was Topic A in America. But up on the fourth floor of 488 Madison Avenue, in a corner office with a wraparound view of the Midtown Manhattan skyline, Harold Thomas Pace Hayes, the managing editor of Esquire magazine, was preoccupied with Christmas. At a time when typewriters, carbon paper, color transparencies, and hot type still constituted the primary tools of the publishing business, a single issue of a full-color monthly magazine took a minimum of three to four months to produce—"lead time" in industry parlance. This meant that, in order to get the December 1963 issue of Esquire onto the newsstands and into the hands of subscribers ahead of the post-Thanksgiving shopping rush, Hayes and his staff of editors and art directors needed to close the issue in the middle of August. There was one other factor to consider as well. The December Esquire was the parent company's cash cow, carrying twice as many ads as a typical issue, and Hayes had been at the magazine long enough to know that the men who controlled the purse strings expected him to invoke the comforting spirit of Christmas on that year-end cover—the better to put the magazine's readers in a receptive mood for the onslaught of liquor, fashion, and cologne pitches that awaited them inside.
So, with his ginger suede wing tips up on the desk and an inscrutable smile on his face, Hayes picked up the phone and placed a call to the man who did Esquire's covers, a Runyonesque character named George Lois who swore like a longshoreman but exuded the confidence of a shipping magnate. Lois did not work at Esquire, or even in publishing. He ran one of the most sought-after advertising agencies in the business—Papert, Koenig, Lois, which he'd formed in 1960 after blazing trails as an art director at Doyle Dane Bernbach. But, back in 1962, after a lunch with Hayes at the Four Seasons Restaurant, Lois had taken on the job of designing Esquire's covers in between servicing such agency clients as Xerox and Dutch Masters cigars.
To a magazine industry that, like the rest of the culture, was still throwing off the dull, mannered strictures of the 50s, Hayes's arrangement with Lois was shocking. Admen sold soap, not magazines. But provocation, on many levels, was exactly what Hayes sought. Since taking the reins of Esquire two years earlier, he had pushed to make every column inch of the magazine sing with a brash authority that made news and upset the powers that be. In Lois, he had struck gold. Here was someone who could articulate that irreverence—in visual terms—on the most important page of the magazine. Once a month, Hayes provided Lois with the editorial lineup and his thoughts about what that issue's cover story might be. And then Hayes did what he did with his writers: he stepped back and let Lois do his thing.
Given that December was the biggest issue of the year, however, Hayes exerted a little extra finesse once he got Lois on the phone. "George? Hey, buddy, I could really use a Christmasy cover for December," he told Lois in his elegant North Carolinian accent. The ad-sales guys were putting his feet to the fire.
"You got it," replied Lois, who, after some brainstorming, got on the phone with photographer Carl Fischer. According to the soft-spoken Fischer, the conversation began as it usually did when Lois called with one of his Esquire cover concepts: "I got a wild idea! Listen to this crazy idea!" the adman told the photographer in his staccato Bronx growl.
The December 1963 cover photographed by Carl Fischer, with Sonny Liston, "the last man on earth America wanted to see coming down its chimney."
The idea required that Fischer and an assistant grab a plane to Las Vegas, where they turned a room at the Thunderbird Hotel into a makeshift studio. When the knock at the door finally came, world heavyweight boxing champion Sonny Liston stood in the doorway with a little girl, who Fischer guesses was eight, and another boxer, former heavyweight champ Joe Louis, the Brown Bomber.
Louis had been enlisted by George Lois to get Liston to the shoot and facilitate his cooperation, which began to evaporate around the time Fischer presented the hulking fighter with a Santa hat and suit to wear before the camera.
In 1963, Sonny Liston wasn't just the heavyweight champ; he was, as Lois says, "the baddest motherfucker" ever kissed by fame. Frightening in and out of the ring, Liston—who had beaten the gallant Floyd Patterson in the fall of 1962—was an ex-con who had done time for armed robbery and assaulting a police officer. His ties to organized crime weren't alleged; they were fact. The N.A.A.C.P. perceived his dark past to be a liability to the civil-rights movement.
Christmas would never be the same.
Liston didn't exactly channel the spirit of Saint Nick when he learned what was expected of him. "[He] was very cranky," Fischer says. "He was not going to put on any fucking hat"—let alone a velvety red tunic trimmed in white. But by the end of the shoot, using Louis and the little girl as a persuasive Greek chorus, Fischer had the image Lois wanted—and it landed like a stick of dynamite in Harold Hayes's lap. Beneath the droopy Santa hat, Liston's dead eyes stared sullenly at the reader. His festive apparel seemed only to accentuate his hostility. Writing about the incident years later, the editor recalled showing the cover to the executives who worked in Esquire's business department. The magazine's advertising director suggested that Esquire refrain from putting a black Santa on its cover until Saks Fifth Avenue put one in its stores. The magazine's circulation director was stunned.
"Jesus Christ, Hayes," he said. "You call that Christmasy? What the hell are you trying to do to us?"
"It is Christmasy," Hayes told the executive. "Look at the Santa Claus hat."
Ultimately, nobody at Esquire tried to stop Hayes from running the cover. After all, under his leadership, the magazine was clearly thriving and would hit an all-time high circulation of just under 900,000 that fall. More important, Hayes didn't second-guess himself. "He had the exact thing that all of the great editors and producers and studio heads and politicians have, which is that he absolutely trusted his gut," says Nora Ephron, who worked with Hayes when she was a columnist and feature writer for Esquire in the early 70s. "He knew what he wanted. He acted on it."
Hayes lit the fuse, and Sonny Liston exploded a ragged hole in the country's Norman Rockwell preconceptions of Christmas. Save for the magazine's logo and dateline, the cover ran without any type, or even a caption identifying the fighter. None was necessary. Years later, Sports Illustrated recalled that Liston looked like "the last man on earth America wanted to see coming down its chimney." An art-history professor at Hunter College proclaimed the cover "one of the greatest social statements of the plastic arts since Picasso's Guernica." The angry letters began to roll in, and stunned advertisers proceeded to pull out. Esquire's advertising director would eventually estimate that the magazine lost $750,000 due to the cover.
For Hayes, the gains outweighed the losses. Liston-as-Santa was "the perfect magazine cover," he wrote, looking back in a 1981 article in Adweek magazine, "a single, textless image that measured our lives and the time we lived them in quite precisely to the moment." Published in a national climate "thick with racial fear," he explained, "Lois' angry icon insisted on several things: the split in our culture was showing; the notion of racial equality was a bad joke; the felicitations of this season—goodwill to all men, etc.—carried irony more than sentiment."
Adman George Lois, who designed and produced Esquire's provocative covers, 1964. Photograph by Timothy Galfas.
With the December 1963 issue, Esquire's metamorphosis was complete. Not only was it the first issue to carry Hayes's new title, editor—he had been running the magazine since mid-1961 under the lesser honorific of managing editor—but it was also the first to display the full range of literary and visual firepower that would make Esquire the great American magazine of the 1960s, if not the great American magazine of the 20th century.
Certainly, Esquire did not begin in the 60s. By the time John Kennedy was exploring his New Frontier, the monthly was more than 25 years old and had published Ernest Hemingway's "The Snows of Kilimanjaro" and F. Scott Fitzgerald's "The Crack-Up" series, along with a formidable list of writers who need be identified by only their last names: Dos Passos, Salinger, Camus, Huxley, Steinbeck, Waugh, Mencken, and Pirandello, to name just a few. Still, by the 1950s, the magazine had grown as dull as the Eisenhower administration. Enter Hayes, who, after a brutal four-and-a-half-year contest for control of the magazine, emerged—hardened and battle-ready—to lead Esquire into a new era. And what an era it was.
The Magazine of the New
Hayes's Esquire would identify, analyze, and define the new decade's violent energies, ideas, morals, and conflicts—though always with an ironic and, occasionally, sardonic detachment that kept the magazine cool as the 60s grew increasingly hot. Esquire would become the magazine of the New: "The New Art of Success," "The New Seven Deadly Sins," "The New Sophistication," and, ultimately, the New Journalism, the fancy term given to nonfiction that's written like a novel.
Even a very short list of Esquire contributors in the 1960s reads like a roll call for the profession's pantheon. James Baldwin dissected Norman Mailer in "The Black Boy Looks at the White Boy." William Styron analyzed "My Generation." Philip Roth visited "Iowa: A Very Far Country Indeed." And Mailer twitted them all in "Some Children of the Goddess." Bruce Jay Friedman asked model Jean Shrimpton if she had any fantasies and watched her rummage through her purse in "The Imposing Proportions of Jean Shrimpton." Rex Reed braved the force of nature known as Ava Gardner in "Ava: Life in the Afternoon." Susan Sontag took a "Trip to Hanoi." Saul Bellow contributed "Literary Notes on Khrushchev." Edmund Wilson published "The Rats of Rutland Grange." Terry Southern juggled racism, majorettes, and moonshine in "Twirling at Ole Miss." Dorothy Parker captured "New York at Six-Thirty P.M." William F. Buckley Jr. explored the politics of Capote's 1966 Black and White Ball. Kenneth Tynan explained why "Dirty Books Can Stay." Anthony Lukas chronicled "The Life and Death of a Hippie." Dan Wakefield and Thomas B. Morgan profiled, respectively, Robert F. Kennedy and his younger brother, Ted, for a package called "Bobby & Teddy." Brock Brower examined "Mary McCarthyism."
Measured against the streamlined, A.D.D.-friendly magazine writing of today, not all of Esquire's 60s canon has aged well. Some of the prose is excessively woolly, some exceedingly self-important, and in a publication where articles in excess of 10,000 words were not uncommon, some stories come off as just plain interminable. There is also the sense that, toward the end of the decade, the magazine struggled with its own success—particularly when it came to finding new ideas and writers to top its previous achievements. For example, as smart as it may have sounded for the magazine to include author and political activist Jean Genet and macabre Beat author William Burroughs on the Esquire team that covered the 1968 Democratic convention in Chicago, their contributions, today, seem more wacky than worthy. Genet's piece was titled "The Members of the Assembly" because he spent several sentences focusing on the crotches of Chicago's police force.
The May 1969 cover, with Andy Warhol.
But what's really remarkable about Esquire's coverage of the 60s is how much does still hold up. Get past the gooey wave of nostalgia that reading old magazines inevitably delivers and the writing, photography, and art still crackle with telling details, unexpected insights, and laugh-out-loud humor.
As Nora Ephron says, Esquire and the 60s were "the perfect moment of a magazine and a period coming together—not trying to say the period was something other than what it was, but telling us everything about it." And though the decade climaxed in violence and hysteria that no monthly magazine could stay ahead of, Harold Hayes and his troops at Esquire not only cracked the code of the new culture but also engineered the genome for the modern magazine. Traces of its DNA can still be found in today's magazines, including this one.
Harold Hayes died in 1989. Like the chapters of his unfinished book, Making a Modern Magazine, the clues he left behind about his life and his work at Esquire are frustratingly incomplete and, like the man himself, hard to fathom. They—the chapters and the clues—are filed, along with a career's worth of correspondence, notes, and clippings, in the rare-manuscripts department of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, at Hayes's alma mater, Wake Forest University. (This trove of information is also featured at length in Carol Polsgrove's 1995 book, It Wasn't Pretty, Folks, but Didn't We Have Fun: Esquire in the Sixties.) The files show that Hayes was born April 18, 1926, in Elkin, North Carolina, but spent roughly half his childhood in coal country, Beckley, West Virginia, before moving, at 11, to the considerably more cosmopolitan environs of Winston-Salem, North Carolina. The middle child of three, Hayes was the product of a nurturing, culture-loving mother—who, Hayes once said, wished her children "would be middle class gentility"—and a strict fundamentalist Baptist-minister father who insisted his offspring attend prayer meetings and revivals, and wouldn't let Esquire magazine into the house during Harold's childhood. This dogmatic upbringing left Hayes with what he called a lasting "moral hangover" that he resented by the time of his adolescence. He was somewhere between a hick and a naïf when he landed at Wake Forest—and as square as the trombone he had played in his high-school band.
He did not exactly catch fire at college. Hayes characterized himself as a "happy-go-lucky" C student whose education was interrupted by a stint in the navy reserve. He worked on student publications and after graduating, in 1948, headed for Atlanta, eventually landing at United Press, where he covered the Georgia legislature and re-wrote wire copy. When the Korean War flared in the summer of 1950, Hayes enlisted in the Marines, where he rose to the rank of first lieutenant but never saw action. Once his hitch was up, a mutual friend helped arrange his first audience with Arnold Gingrich, the founding editor of Esquire, who, after years away from the magazine, had just returned as its publisher. Gingrich, an impeccably dressed Renaissance man who collected rare violins and played them badly, didn't have a position for Hayes and sent him on to a publisher developing a new magazine called Picture Week. Hayes was put in charge and nervously ran the show until, about two years into the job, he produced an end-of-the-year feature that foreshadowed the perverse point of view that would come to distinguish Esquire from its competition. While most editors used their year-end issues to recap the highlights of the last 12 months, Hayes had astutely sensed that there was much more entertainment value in looking at the low points and put together a piece that in an interview years later he called "The Hundred Bombs of the Year." The publisher took one look at the layout and fired the entire editorial staff.
Hayes was soon back on Esquire's doorstep, and this time Gingrich took him on as his assistant—hardly an illustrious title, but Esquire's publisher had plans for this new hire. Between 1933 and the end of that decade, Gingrich and a group of Chicago-based businessmen, led by a cunning hypochondriac named David Smart and his partner William Weintraub, had turned Esquire into one of the great magazine success stories of the early 20th century. (They also created Gentlemen's Quarterly, now owned by Condé Nast.) Their Esquire was an innovative mix of high and low culture—akin to "having Thomas Mann or Ernest Hemingway read their work aloud at a burlesque house," according to one critic of the time—delivered in a big, 13-inch-by-10-inch format and presided over by "Esky," a pop-eyed dandy with a walrus mustache who appeared on every cover and bore more than a passing resemblance to Gingrich.
But Esquire's original luster had long since faded by the early 50s, when the magazine moved from Chicago to New York to take advantage of the resurgent city's new status as both the center of the advertising universe and the clearinghouse of American culture. The appearances in 1953 of Playboy—founded by former low-level Esquire employee Hugh Hefner—and, the following year, Sports Illustrated only worsened matters. Management eventually realized that the magazine's future would have to be determined by someone younger and more in tune with the times. And so, in 1957, Gingrich began ushering Hayes and a handful of young, ambitious editors he called the "young Turks" into his cramped office, where he refereed one of the most vicious weekly story meetings in modern journalism. "I'm turning the magazine over to you," Gingrich told the Turks at one of those first meetings, which really meant that he would preside over them as they battled one another to place their respective story ideas in Esquire. Though it wasn't exactly stated that the last man standing would ascend to the top of the masthead, the combatants couldn't help but notice that the corner office that had belonged to the magazine's last editor—swept out in a purge of the previous regime—was being kept vacant. With this "beautiful red apple suspended way up at the top of the tree," Hayes wrote, the editorial meetings quickly turned brutal, loud, and even personal. "They were very bloody," said Ralph Ginzburg, another young Turk, who went on to start Eros magazine and push against the boundaries of the First Amendment. (Ginzburg, who spoke to Vanity Fair last spring, died in July.) "There was no predicting how nefarious, dirty, or low they would get."
"The Big Change"
The contest ultimately boiled down to Hayes and a well-connected former Life-magazine editor named Clay Felker, a St. Louis native and Duke University graduate whose father was managing editor of The Sporting News and whose mother was also an editor. Felker stirred Hayes's competitive instincts, but he intimidated him, too. In addition to possessing the more authentic-sounding title of features editor, Felker was known around the office as the "drinking editor," because he attended so many parties. He was also a remarkably fertile source of good ideas. "He had the keenest distant-early-warning system of any editor I ever knew," said Ginzburg. "He could spot something that was going to be a major trend six months before it happened."
Felker could be forceful and engaging when pitching his own ideas and politically lethal when torpedoing somebody else's. Hayes learned this early in the competition when, after he sold the idea of profiling the Communist Daily Worker newspaper, Felker embarked on a no-holds-barred (but ultimately unsuccessful) campaign to kill the story, and his tactics included a well-aimed swipe at Hayes's feelings of intellectual inadequacy. "The trouble with you is, you just don't know," Felker told his rival. Years later, Hayes would admit, in a 1988 interview with University of Kansas student Joseph Rebello, that the remark was "the most damning and insulting thing anybody had said to me in a working relationship," and it played a key role in his decision to apply for a Nieman Fellowship at Harvard. He was accepted, and, in 1958, left for Cambridge with Gingrich's blessing. This time, the C student did A work and returned the following year a much more confident and connected man. (According to Felker, however, Hayes "still seemed threatened by me.")
Hayes sometimes referred to the battle of the young Turks as "the Big Change," and by the end of 1960 one of the last remaining vestiges of the old Esquire was the caricature of Esky that dotted the i in the magazine's logo. A new Esquire had evolved, and it was a hybrid of Hayes's and Felker's respective editorial visions. Hayes wanted Esquire to be a magazine of ideas—politics, science, law, religion, sophistication. Felker saw power—and the powerful—as his unifying theme. Save for the fact that neither man wanted to share the reins, their worldviews weren't incompatible. They were both outsider perspectives built on smart writing, strong reporting, provocative visuals, and bringing a new sensibility to old subjects. Gingrich's mad plan had worked. Through all the infighting and backstabbing, Esquire had become a stronger magazine with an impressive roster of stars and newcomers. Felker had hired Gore Vidal as a political columnist and David Levine as an illustrator. He had also enticed Norman Mailer to cover the 1960 Democratic convention, from which the author of The Naked and the Dead produced an evocative and groundbreaking piece of literary nonfiction, "Superman Comes to the Supermarket," which has since been heralded as one of the earliest examples of the New Journalism.
Hayes brought in William F. Buckley Jr. to write for the magazine. He was also instrumental in the production of Art Kane's historic 1958 photo of jazz greats gathered on a Harlem stoop, and the first magazine editor to employ Diane Arbus. In the July 1960 issue, as part of a special package devoted to New York, Arbus made her first Esquire appearance, with a photo-essay of the city's eccentrics called "The Vertical Journey," as did another future Hayes favorite, New York Times reporter Gay Talese, whose pointillist portrait of the city, told through little-known facts and observations, was the backbone of the issue.
Had not fate—in the form of The Saturday Evening Post—intervened, Gingrich probably would have let Felker and Hayes battle it out until one quit or killed the other. (Those who worked with Esquire's publisher often described his management style as "laissez-faire.") But after Hayes received a series of increasingly enticing offers to join the Post as an editor, Gingrich finally appointed him managing editor in the summer of 1961, the promotion reflected on the masthead in Esquire's September issue. Hayes moved into the coveted corner office. Felker began to look for a new job. "I was naïve," Felker says curtly, more than 40 years after the decision. "Hayes cultivated Gingrich. I thought that all I had to do was keep coming up with good ideas." Instead, in the fall of 1962, Felker moved on, and in 1963 resurfaced as a consultant at the New York Herald Tribune, where he eventually took over the newspaper's Sunday magazine, which had been revamped and renamed, simply, New York. There, he would soon demonstrate that his rise at Esquire had been no fluke.
Hayes did not wait for Felker to leave before he consolidated his power and got down to the business of expanding his staff. In late 1961, he hired a preppish Harvard graduate named John Berendt as an associate editor. Around this time, fiction editor Rust Hills hired an assistant named Robert Brown, who came with a master's in English literature from Yale (and would eventually succeed his boss). The following year, Hayes promoted Alice Glaser, a neurotic but brilliant Radcliffe-educated secretary, to the same station, and after Felker left, Hayes replaced him with former Time-Life Books editor Byron Dobell as his assistant managing editor. In 1963, Hayes hired a self-described North Carolina "hillbilly" named Robert Sherrill as an associate editor. Hayes and Sherrill had met at Wake Forest and become even closer friends when they both moved to Atlanta and lived in the same apartment complex. But when Sherrill arrived at Esquire, he found that his former schoolmate had changed.
"It was sort of dramatic, because the last time I saw him, he's one character, and the next time he's another one," Sherrill says, explaining that at Wake Forest Hayes was still "naïve, sweet, curious. He went wild over Tender Is the Night. He was almost a cheerleader." Nearly 20 years later, Hayes was "the same person, but he's tough," Sherrill says. "You'll have a hard time moving him."
The triple-witching effect of the Marines, Gingrich's boot camp, and Harvard had both hardened and emboldened Hayes, and the city had buffed him to a fine luster. An unconventionally handsome man with a full head of fair brown hair and bushy eyebrows that could look as untamed as the Manhattan skyline, he moved through Esquire's offices at a forward tilt, the metal taps on his shoes heralding his arrival, his mood, and his utter confidence in the task at hand. "There was a specific Harold clickety-click," says Kitty Krupat, who in the late 60s served as the magazine's chief editorial researcher.
Hayes edited Esquire as if he were its most fervent reader. And he was. "He had an innate sense of the way a magazine should be—his magazine," Sherrill says. "He loved structure and he loved the way people wrote. He could read something and almost immediately say 'Good' or 'Bad' and throw it over his shoulder."
And as he tweaked Esquire to reflect his vision, Hayes also indoctrinated the staff. "We never wondered what he wanted. We absolutely knew," says John Berendt. Though Hayes's Esquire retained many of the hallmarks established during the young Turks' turf war, its irreverent tone and sense of humor—"from black wit to custard-pie burlesque," as the editor once put it—evolved, particularly with the debut of a franchise feature called the Dubious Achievement Awards that Hayes had asked his art director, Robert Benton, and an associate editor named David Newman to pull together for the January 1962 issue. Though inspired by a Harvard Lampoon staple that recognized the worst acting and movies of the year, Dubious Achievements was really just another run at the "Hundred Bombs of the Year" piece that had gotten Hayes fired from Picture Week. A wry look at the Bay of Pigs fiasco and other low points of Kennedy's first year in office, Dubious Achievements was built around a recurring photo of the usually glowering Richard Nixon laughing maniacally. The caption beneath the photo read: "Why is this man laughing?" Benton says the juxtaposition of image and text was simply a reference to the turmoil of Kennedy's first year. "[Nixon] was laughing because he wasn't president," he says. And yet, the joke still seemed to be on the former vice president.
By using Nixon—an embodiment of the Eisenhower era—as the highbrow equivalent of Mad magazine's Alfred E. Neuman, Esquire had declared itself a brash corrective to the square sobriety of the 50s, and Hayes had taken a significant step forward in defining his magazine.
Ultimately, he wanted every column inch of Esquire's editorial content to reflect that tone. So, on Fridays, Hayes broke out the liquor and presided over a casual brainstorming session disguised as a cocktail party that would be attended by the staff and any contributors who happened to be in the building. When Berendt had started, Hayes used a copy of the day's New York Times to show him and Glaser how to convert daily news and feature stories into Esquire ideas by, Berendt says, "giving articles a special slant, by getting a principal in the story to write the piece, or by assigning a well-chosen writer with a specialty that fit the story." Not long after that, the editors were having Friday drinks in Hayes's office when, Berendt says, "Harold brought up the Times thing again and said, 'It's child's play. Anyone can do it.'?" This prompted one of the staffers to devise a challenge: pages of the Times were affixed to corkboard that covered part of the wall in Hayes's office, and darts were flung at them. The goal was to come up with an Esquire-worthy story wherever the dart landed. "It became very competitive," Berendt says. "People shouted out ideas and were very clever and hilarious about it, but Harold was absolutely ingenious."
"Point of view," "tone," "perspective," and "irreverence" were terms that got thrown around a lot on the fourth floor of 488 Madison. "Great P.O.V.," Hayes might scrawl on an idea memo when he came across something he liked. Or, after hearing a story idea, he might raise his hand in front of his face and rotate it, which meant that the editor needed to do the same with his idea. These qualities distinguished Esquire from the jaunty suburban earnestness of The New Yorker, or its duller competitors Harper's and The Atlantic. They also gave the magazine an urgency and a timeliness that monthlies didn't ordinarily have.
And with the July 1963 issue, Esquire made news with a feature called "The Structure of the American Literary Establishment," which was pure point of view. The focus of the feature was a two-page spread that looked like a cross between a chart and a lava lamp. Onto these pages, fiction editor Rust Hills had grouped dozens of writers, agents, playwrights, and critics into such categories as "Writers Who Get in Columns" and "The Cool World." The pinnacle was "The Hot Center," which spanned the centerfold of the magazine under a splash of red-orange ink. The chart was satirical and keenly observed—for one thing, a writer's heat seemed to have more to do with his agent than his writing—and it threw the thin-skinned literary world into a tizzy, particularly The New York Times Book Review, which had been relegated to "Squaresville" (and which then published a squarely earnest rebuttal that seemed to miss the humor of the piece). In addition to being the first of many Establishment charts to come—covering various industries and hierarchies—the feature "was an important turning point for Esquire," Berendt says. "It was Esquire taking charge and calling the shots."
Bracing as the Sonny Liston cover was in a country that had gone to the barricades over racism, it was swiftly eclipsed by the shock and grief produced by another national tragedy. On November 22, 1963, about a week after the December issue of Esquire reached newsstands, President Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas. For the first time since Hayes had taken over the magazine, Esquire's three-month lead time looked like it might become a liability. The January issue was at the printers, which meant that photos and text made inaccurate or tasteless by the assassination had to be literally blacked out of copies that hadn't already shipped. It was too late, however, to remove Kennedy's picture from the Dubious Achievement–themed montage cover. Worst of all, the magazine would not be able to weigh in on Kennedy's death until 1964. Its coverage would have to be original.
But as Hayes watched news reports of Kennedy's death and its aftermath, he sussed out the direction he needed to take. He had noticed that the excessively moist media coverage of Kennedy's life had all but deified the man. So, in the waning days of 1963, he wrote to New York Times correspondent Tom Wicker and asked him to write about "Kennedy without tears." In a letter dated December 22, 1963, Wicker responded, "Some of those myths are going to take a hell of a lot of unsentimentalizing," but he agreed to the assignment and produced a memorably clear-eyed assessment of Kennedy's political life for the June 1964 issue.
"Kennedy Without Tears" served as both headline and cover line for the story, and George Lois provided a sly riff on that thesis. A full-page, sepia-toned photograph of Kennedy stared straight out at the reader while, from the bottom of the page, a man's hand holding a white handkerchief—both depicted in full color—dabbed at a spot beneath the president's left eye. Above the handkerchief, spilled tears beaded up on the photograph. Was the man attached to the hand weeping? Or was the slain president crying for his lost legacy? Soon after the issue went on sale, the New York Herald Tribune, a newspaper known for its own brand of insouciance, threw a third question into the mix: "Has Esquire magazine leaped off the bridge of good taste?"
Actually, it had moved so far ahead of the curve that the laggards could not see it, and in the July 1964 issue Hayes published what proved to be a profoundly prescient feature by Benton and Newman. "The New Sentimentality" proposed that a new sensibility had quietly but firmly taken hold in America—an ironic, unsentimental, self-interested sensibility that had roots both in the Kennedy administration and in the French New Wave films of Godard and Truffaut. Eisenhower was "the last bloom of Old Sentimentality." Lyndon Johnson, Jackson Pollock, Frank Sinatra's Rat Pack, and the children's-book character Stuart Little were other symbols of the Old Sentimentality. English model Jean Shrimpton, artist Roy Lichtenstein, the Beatles, Sonny Liston, and Charlie Brown signified the New. Marilyn Monroe and Humphrey Bogart were among the few who were relevant in both categories.
Benton and Newman did not reference Esquire in the piece, but like Monroe and Bogart, the magazine moved in both worlds without really embracing either. Esquire dwelled in the conflict between the new world that was rushing in and the old ways that were shuffling out. "With Harold, I think, it was just one big carnival," says Tom Wolfe. "I don't think he ever cared for a second who won an election, any of that stuff. I think it all seemed amusing. It all offered such great journalism. And I think that's really the only form of objectivity in journalism: that you are either having so much fun with the material, or you feel what you're doing is so important that you don't care about any political gains."
On paper, Norman Mailer sounded like Esquire's literary soul mate: the Great American Novelist who had switched to great American nonfiction in the 60s, a man who challenged political correctness with every angry breath, as well as a writer who could give perspective to a paper clip. But his relationship with the magazine was star-crossed at virtually every turn. In 1960, after writing "Superman Comes to the Supermarket," he had a public falling-out with the magazine, in part because Gingrich had altered Mailer's headline to "Supermart." After Esquire apologized to the writer within its own pages in 1962, Mailer returned to write a regular column, "The Big Bite," and, beginning in January 1964, a serialized novel, An American Dream.Esquire ran the book over eight issues, with Mailer writing on deadline, and the two parties drove each other nuts. Mailer's attempts to bull through the limits of sexual and scatological language in a commercial magazine brought out the Marine in Hayes and the prude in Gingrich, who had not forgotten Esquire's bruising—though eventually successful—landmark Supreme Court battle in the 1940s; the nation's staunchly Catholic postmaster general, Frank Walker, had attempted to revoke the magazine's precious second-class mailing permit because, he claimed, Esquire was publishing obscene material. Exhausting bargaining sessions involving Hayes, Mailer, and the magazine's lawyers ensued, and Sherrill recalls the day that managing editor Byron Dobell appeared at his cubicle with a smile on his face and jerked his head toward Hayes's office. Sherrill got up from his desk and quietly joined the other editorial staffers eavesdropping outside Hayes's office as their leader haggled by phone with Mailer over expletives contained in his latest installment. When Hayes saw his staff lurking, Sherrill says, he smiled and rolled his eyes before presenting his latest offer to the novelist on the other end of the line. "Norman," Hayes said, "I'll trade you two 'shits' for a 'fuck.'?"
The breaking point came that same year when Mailer wrote about the Republican convention in San Francisco. Again, he wrangled with Esquire's lawyers. Mailer wanted to call the piece "Cannibals and Christians," but the lawyers worried that the Republicans might claim malice. Mailer settled for "In the Red Light," but split again with the magazine. In later years, he seemed to carry a grudge. Hayes's son, Tom Hayes, remembers Mailer once refusing to get on an elevator with his father, and when associate editor Tom Hedley tried to get the writer to profile Fidel Castro, Hedley says, Mailer told him, "It probably could be one of the best pieces I've ever written, [but] I'll never do it for Harold Hayes. You know why? Because he'll put my asshole over Castro's eyebrow on the cover." (Mailer declined to be interviewed for this piece.)
If Esquire was a magazine where novelists could apply their literary talents to nonfiction, it was also a place where a handful of journalists wrote articles that read like short stories. The writer most identified with that legacy is Gay Talese, a man whose Calabrian profile is as sharp as his tailored clothing. Having made his bones in journalism at the stylistically restrictive Times, Talese found the freedom that Esquire gave its writers "narcotic," he says, and he particularly excelled at profiling achievers who had fallen a little—or a lot—from the pinnacle. Thus, in November 1965, at Hayes's behest, Talese embarked on the long, harrowing trip that would lead him to produce the greatest literary-nonfiction story of the 20th century. Talese flew to Los Angeles and checked into the Beverly Wilshire Hotel to prepare for an interview the following day with Frank Sinatra.
"A Kind of Psychosomatic Nasal Drip"
The April 1966 cover, touting Talese's "Frank Sinatra Has a Cold," illustrated by Ed Sorel.
Sinatra—in the second decade of a comeback that had begun with the 1953 film From Here to Eternity—was Talese's kind of subject, but not long after the writer had settled into his hotel room, a call came telling him the interview was off and that in order to reschedule it Talese would have to agree to submit his profile to Sinatra's handlers prior to publication. This was unacceptable, of course, but Hayes told Talese to keep working. As the days turned into weeks, Talese relayed his progress, or lack thereof, in a series of letters to Hayes that are filed at Wake Forest. They show a writer bouncing from hope to despair to paranoia and back as he works furiously to deliver the goods by shadowing the notoriously controlling Sinatra and talking to everyone who might be able to shed light on the entertainer without setting off any alarms. "I may not get the piece we'd hoped for—the real Frank Sinatra," Talese wrote in one letter, "but perhaps, by not getting it—and by getting rejected constantly and by seeing his flunkies protecting his flanks—we will be getting close to the truth about the man."
That last sentence provides the key to "Frank Sinatra Has a Cold," the piece that Talese published in the April 1966 issue of Esquire, after three months of writing and research. Talese built his story on the conceit that Sinatra's attempts to record a song for an NBC television special had been thwarted because he had a head cold. "Sinatra with a cold is Picasso without paint, Ferrari without fuel," Talese wrote. It "affects not only his own psyche but also seems to cause a kind of psychosomatic nasal drip within dozens of people who … depend on him for their own welfare and stability."
Talese's story doesn't just capture the essence of Sinatra, it reveals the inner workings of the climate-controlled biosphere the singer had constructed around himself—and the inhospitable atmosphere coalescing outside its shell. It is clear in the reading that by late 1965 the hat-suit-and-tie culture that enabled Sinatra's 50s comeback was fast being replaced by something closer to a Nehru jacket. "In a sense, he was battling The Beatles," Talese wrote of the purpose behind the NBC special, but the Fab Four were just a part of the problem. Having already fallen once from the public's favor, Sinatra was fighting like hell to remain relevant, and beneath his sometimes obnoxious swagger, Talese divined the pathos of an increasingly vulnerable entertainer.
What's not evident from reading the piece is the conflicted relationship that Talese had with his editor while he was writing it. On one hand, he says, the backbone that Hayes showed during the reporting process was reassuring. "I was really worried about how much money I was wasting" while waiting and waiting at the top-shelf Beverly Wilshire, Talese says, but Hayes told him to keep his eye on the prize. "If you needed any support, he was tough," the writer says. "He would back you up. I loved that about Hayes."
On the other hand, Talese saw his boss's smile as a "tricky" one, especially after a blowup he'd had with him over a 1962 piece entitled "Harlem for Fun." Hayes had originally assigned the story to the novelist James Baldwin, asking him to build it around illustrations by artist Tommy Keogh. But when Baldwin turned in his manuscript, his narrative had nothing to do with the art, which was already at the printer. Hayes turned to Talese, who checked into a Harlem hotel and banged out a piece to his editor's specifications. "You know that term 'Take one for the team'?" Talese says. "Well, I got hit in the head." Sometime later, when the two men were haggling over Talese's contract, Hayes told him, "Look, we published that 'Harlem for Fun,' which was not your best piece." Talese was furious. "I said, 'Listen, you fuckhead. I did that as a favor to you. It wasn't my assignment. You only gave it to me because Baldwin screwed up.'?"
From that point on, Talese says, he never trusted Hayes, and he secretly vented some of his anger over that mistrust in the issue in which "Frank Sinatra Has a Cold" appeared. That month, a small item about Talese ran in the "Backstage with Esquire" column, a behind-the-scenes look at the stories and writers in the issue. The "Backstage" piece was illustrated with a photo of the two shirt boards on which Talese had written the final outline for his Sinatra piece, and while it's not visible to the naked eye, a magnifying glass placed over the left shirt board reveals the words, scrawled in Talese's handwriting, "Fuck Hayes."
Talese says the complexity of his relationship with his editor is best described by something his Italian great-grandfather used to say: "Those who love you make you cry." Despite their skirmishes, Hayes "was the editor who had the most meaning in my life," Talese says. "I never had another relationship like that. Never."
Tom Wolfe's relationship with Hayes was not as intense, but it did have its memorable moments, particularly the cunning way in which Hayes brokered the first piece that Wolfe published in Esquire, in the October 1963 issue—a profile of the boxer Cassius Clay called "The Marvelous Mouth."
Clay was still months away from his February 1964 heavyweight-championship upset of Sonny Liston, immediately after which he would change his name to Muhammad Ali, but, again exhibiting his prescience, Hayes wanted Clay in the magazine. So, Wolfe says, the editor personally got the fighter on the phone, and found that Clay expected to be paid for his cooperation. He was coming to New York to make a spoken-word recording, but his backers weren't going to give him much spending money to enjoy his stay. Hayes explained that he didn't pay for stories, that it was "an honor" to appear in Esquire, but Clay wouldn't budge. "Get this," says Wolfe, who was working full-time as a reporter at the New York Herald Tribune when the assignment came through. "Harold says [to Clay], 'O.K., I'll give you $150. I'll give you $50 when you first meet our man on Monday, $50 on Wednesday, $50 on Friday when he finishes up.'?"
Clay took the bait, the first $50 installment was forked over, and "off we went," Wolfe says. "He'd made a deal, and he was going to tolerate me," but just barely. On Tuesday, however, the two men were in a taxi crossing Central Park when, out of the blue, Clay "gets real chummy." As the pair were walking through Central Park, Clay "puts his arm around me and he says, 'This is a great day. It feels like Wednesday, doesn't it?' I didn't catch on at first," Wolfe says with a laugh. "He wanted his next $50. So, I said, 'I'm sorry. They don't give it to me until the day I give it to you.'?" Even more astute than Hayes's deal with Clay was the editor's decision to use his most flamboyantly nimble writer to nail down the giddy, kinetic outlandishness of boxing's most flamboyantly nimble fighter. In that sense, "The Marvelous Mouth" has a nice cosmic symmetry to it. It marks the Esquire debuts of two men who would bring an unmatched level of showmanship to their respective professions.
When Wolfe became a sensation at Esquire—where he would meet his wife, the former Sheila Berger, in the art department—he was already working hard for both the Herald Tribune's daily paper and its Sunday magazine, New York, where Clay Felker had taken over as editor. So, when Esquire began vying for Wolfe's byline as well, Felker reportedly was not happy. But if the ingredients were there for Hayes and Felker's earlier rivalry to turn into something more public, and ugly, that's not what happened. Though the two editors' paths would continue to cross in odd and ironic ways, any lingering tensions between them tended to be expressed—at least for public consumption—under the guise of friendly competition or blithe ignorance. For his part, Felker says, he never read Esquire much after he left the magazine. And though Wolfe doesn't recall this episode, Hayes wrote in one of the chapters of his unfinished book that, once, when Wolfe owed assignments to both Esquire and New York, "and was ducking us both," he sent the writer "a wire suggesting the pressure had eased up on his New York deadline" and that the writer should go ahead and finish his Esquire assignment. "I signed it 'Felker,'?" Hayes wrote, adding, "He still turned his piece in late."
By the end of 1966, Harold Hayes had watched approvingly as a number of his star writers established footholds in longer forms. Gay Talese was working on his fourth book, an opus about The New York Times called The Kingdom and the Power that had begun as a 1966 Esquire piece. Tom Wolfe had put out his first collection of articles, The Kandy-Kolored Tangerine-Flake Streamline Baby, and was working on a book about Merry Prankster Ken Kesey. And Peter Bogdanovich had moved to Los Angeles to work in the very medium he covered for Esquire: film. Bogdanovich had charmed his way into the magazine four years earlier after getting into a spirited argument with Hayes over motion pictures at the 1962 premiere of Howard Hawks's Hatari. "I said, 'God, you have bad taste in movies,'?" Bogdanovich recalls. "I was very flippant with him." But Hayes remembered his tormentor when Bogdanovich called days later to sell a piece he'd written on Hollywood. The story, "Talkies," ran in the August 1962 issue. "It was one of the great, exciting moments of my life," Bogdanovich says.
"The masculinization of the American woman," March 1965.
As he became a regular presence in Esquire, Bogdanovich and his then wife, Polly Platt, became close friends with Hayes and his first wife, the actress Suzette Meredith. The Bogdanoviches lived near the Hayeses' apartment, which was on Riverside Drive and West 100th Street, and often the couples would meet for dinner. "I remember one time when we went over. He had just seen Hello, Dolly! [which premiered on Broadway in January 1964], and he had the original-cast album," Bogdanovich recalls. "He said, 'Listen to this! This is terrific.' And he played me that tune, the title song. He played it three times. 'Isn't that great!'?" Bogdanovich laughs, as if he still can't quite believe that Harold Hayes, the man who loved to puncture pomposity in Esquire, could fall for such an overinflated musical. "I said, 'It's O.K., Harold.' But he just loved it."
Because Hayes's talent as an editor seemed to come from such an instinctual place—a realm defined and colored by his personal tastes and experiences—he had some definite blind spots. "There was nobody smarter than Harold on certain things and nobody dumber than him on certain things," says Robert Benton. "What Harold was comfortable with, he was brilliant at. And what he wasn't comfortable with made him uneasy." Hello, Dolly! was something that the jazz-loving, trombone-playing husband of a stage actress could understand. Rock 'n' roll was another story. And so Esquire devoted comparatively little space to it. Hedley recalls the time Hayes "embarrassed me in a meeting when I said Bob Dylan was one of the most important poets, musical writers, of any time." "How old are you, again?" Hayes asked him after a good laugh.
Hayes may not have grasped the cultural influence of Bob Dylan, the Beatles, or even Sonny and Cher, but in 1965 his instincts as an editor, and, perhaps, as a former Marine, established Esquire as an authority on the escalating war in Vietnam. By 1965 the U.S. had committed 200,000 troops and begun Operation Rolling Thunder, a three-year bombing campaign against the Vietcong. Esquire had run some coverage of the conflict, but nothing like the story that John Sack, a former CBS News bureau chief in Madrid, pitched in a letter to Hayes. Sack, who had been a soldier in the Korean War, proposed to follow an infantry company through boot camp and into its first battle in Vietnam and write about it for Esquire.
His story led the October 1966 issue, and, like the best Esquire stories, it was suffused with humor. But as the soldiers of M Company traded the jitters of basic training for the insanity of real, live war, Sack's tone grew progressively darker, before finally going black when a grenade thrown, on orders, into a hut killed a seven-year-old Vietnamese girl.
From the cold horror of this scene came Esquire's starkest cover. Against a black background, the words of the soldier who discovered the child's body were printed in white:
"Oh my God —we hit a little girl."
It was a knockout combination of art direction and literary journalism that brought the horror and the humanity of a distant war home in a way that no three-minute TV report could.
Nineteen sixty-six was a very good year for Esquire. According to Carol Polsgrove's It Wasn't Pretty, Folks, but Didn't We Have Fun?,The Sunday Times of London named Esquire one of "the world's great magazines," circulation topped one million, and advertising revenue jumped 25 percent to $10.5 million—still a far cry from the $17 million that Playboy raked in, but remarkably good for a magazine aimed for its readers' heads without the added value of a centerfold.
The following year, Bond girl Ursula Andress appeared on July's cover with a Band-Aid slapped over her brow for a special issue on violence, an increasing and troubling feature of American life. The package included a photo-essay about violence in the arts called "Now Let the Festivities Proceed," by then contributing editors Robert Benton and David Newman, who were just weeks away from seeing the premiere of their own groundbreaking contribution to the topic. The duo had written the script for Bonnie and Clyde, which was released to U.S. audiences in August 1967. Directed by Arthur Penn and starring Warren Beatty and a radiant Faye Dunaway, Bonnie and Clyde was more than just a violent movie.
It was an Esquire movie—its characters, dialogue, and detachment all expressions of the New Sentimentality that Benton and Newman had diagnosed three years earlier. "We had written the treatment for Bonnie and Clyde when we did 'The New Sentimentality,'?" Benton says. "One was an expression of what we felt about the other." The film contained no traditional heroes. Its main characters were a couple of beautiful but inept criminals who became celebrity revolutionaries by robbing banks—The Man, in the jargon of the times—then succumbed in a blood-soaked, bullet-riddled, balletic climax. Along the way, people died gruesomely to the madcap bluegrass sounds of Flatt and Scruggs's "Foggy Mountain Breakdown." Sex was depicted with a perverse frankness. It was the seminal statement of a new, unsentimental era of moviemaking. Says Benton, "One of the reasons I think Bonnie and Clyde worked is that we came out of a magazine culture. We came out of the urgency and the irreverence of that specific Esquire world."
The Chinese Curse
Muhammad Ali, as Saint Sebastian, on the April 1968 cover photographed by Carl Fischer, a comment on his refusal to serve in Vietnam and the subsequent loss of his heavyweight crown.
After witnessing the carnage of the Tet offensive, in January 1968, a gifted young writer named Michael Herr wrote Hayes from the city of Hue on February 5 to plead that Esquire scrap two stories he'd written on the war—including one on the Vietnam Establishment—and let him crash a new one. "Before the Tet offensive, the war had a kind of easy sameness to it, and writing against [Esquire's] lead time was no problem," Herr explained to his editor. "Now, all the terms have changed, all the old assumptions about the war, about our chances for even the most ignoble kind of 'victory' in it, have been turned around." The year had just begun and the U.S. seemed caught in a frightening tailspin—but not Esquire. For spring, Lois had come up with two classic covers. April depicted Muhammad Ali, photographed by Carl Fischer, as the arrow-pierced Saint Sebastian, martyred for refusing to fight in the Vietnam War. For May, Lois had taken a stock picture of Nixon asleep on Air Force One during his vice-presidential years and merged it with a custom photo of a cluster of hands wielding makeup tools, including a tube of lipstick. "Nixon's Last Chance. (This time he'd better look right!)" read the cover line, a nod to his sweaty performance during the 1960 debates with Kennedy.
But reality quickly became more shocking and unpredictable than any story or cover image that Esquire's brain trust could produce. On March 31, faced with the escalating disaster of Vietnam and the prospect of a drawn-out and divisive battle for the Democratic nomination, Lyndon Johnson announced that he would not seek re-election. On April 4, while the Ali cover was still on the stands, Martin Luther King Jr. was truly martyred in Memphis. And in the early morning of June 5, presidential candidate Robert F. Kennedy was shot and mortally wounded at the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles.
The magazine's 35th Anniversary Issue, October 1968.
America was coming unmoored, and Esquire's lead time made it look slow, even callous. "What can you do when the coverage of one assassination comes out after the next one?" Hayes asked the writer Garry Wills. Though a number of staffers and writers who worked with Hayes in 1968 don't recall seeing him unnerved by these events, Hayes began to invoke a traditional Chinese proverb—a curse, actually: May you live in the most interesting of times. "He would say that all the time, and shake his head, [as if asking] 'What is going on?'?" Hedley remembers.
In the ensuing months, Esquire muted some of its wilder satirical impulses. "The best we could provide was a bleak grin," Hayes wrote in the introduction to the magazine's aptly named anthology of 60s articles, Smiling Through the Apocalypse (which was prefaced by the Chinese curse). For the October 1968 issue—Esquire's 35th anniversary—the magazine displayed a cover depicting John and Robert Kennedy and Martin Luther King Jr. standing together at Arlington National Cemetery. The casualties of a decade condensed into one solemn image, without tears, but also without Esquire's trademark irreverence.
"Nixon's last chance. (This time he'd better look right!)," May 1968.
At the end of 1968, Hayes had sent a memo to the staff in which he'd written, "I'm scared." Newsstand sales were down 20,000 from 1967, the magazine was hiring too many "hacks," and the competition was not. Willie Morris's Harper's—which had scored big that year with Norman Mailer's "On the Steps of the Pentagon"—was surging. So was New York, which Felker had spun off into a stand-alone magazine in April 1968 shortly after the Herald Tribune folded. With Wolfe on board, as well as Gloria Steinem and a provocative new writer named Gail Sheehy, New York was poised to become one of the great magazines of the 70s, and the blueprint for every other city magazine that would follow it. (It would also take on a number of former Esquire employees, including managing editor Byron Dobell, assistant art director Walter Bernard, and editor-writer Aaron Latham.) And though Hayes didn't mention it in his memo, there was also an upstart out of San Francisco called Rolling Stone that was using New Journalism techniques to explain the burgeoning rock 'n' roll culture.
But Hayes rallied the troops once more, and by 1969, Esquire was showing signs of its old self. Michael Herr's fever-dream dispatches from Vietnam were the best writing on the subject. A Hayes discovery named Jean-Paul Goude had arrived from Paris with his Bentley and was shaking up the magazine's look as its new art director. An unorthodox new fiction editor, Gordon Lish, who signed his office memos "Captain Fiction," was doing the same with Esquire's literary pages. And a sardonic writer named Nora Ephron debuted in the February 1970 issue with a profile of Helen Gurley Brown. At one point, Hayes would even assign his new associate editor, Lee Eisenberg, the impossible task of wooing New York's hot women writers—such as Sheehy (whom Felker would marry in 1984)—over to Esquire.
Esquire's resurgence could not last, of course. The economy was slumping, and Hayes would soon lose a distracting battle against the business side's move to shrink the publication to the smaller size that had become standard for magazines. August 1971 was the last oversize issue and featured a solemn, elegant sepia-toned photo of Mafia kingpin Joe Bonanno, dressed to the nines. The cover story was an excerpt from Gay Talese's new book, Honor Thy Father. Talese had become a best-selling book writer, as had Tom Wolfe. And though they still kept in touch, both had moved on, as had John Berendt, Tom Hedley, and Hayes's friend Robert Sherrill. Berendt would edit New York magazine and become a best-selling author, too, with the publication of Midnight in the Garden of Good and Evil, in 1994. (His most recent book, City of Falling Angels, is dedicated to Hayes and Felker.) Tom Hedley would conceive the story and co-write the script for Flashdance. Benton and Newman had embarked on a successful career in Hollywood, which would include the original Superman movies, and so had Bogdanovich, who in 1971 would release his masterpiece, The Last Picture Show. All three would collaborate on the 1972 film What's Up, Doc? In 1973, Hayes moved on, too, forced out of Esquire after management sought to bump him upstairs with the title of publisher and he insisted on retaining editorial control. George Lois broke with the magazine soon afterward.
Some of the materials found in the Wake Forest archives suggest that the 70s must have been humbling for Hayes as he attempted to get back into the red-hot center of the magazine world. Though in later writings Hayes professed a begrudging admiration for Clay Felker, he didn't shy away from his former rival's old turf. There is a typed, undated one-paragraph memorandum addressed to "Rupert," presumably Rupert Murdoch, whose 1976 purchase of New York magazine and The Village Voice led to Felker's unplanned departure as the editor of the former. In the memo Hayes writes: "I don't know how you feel about New York at the moment, but it looks weak to me." Give him two years and a free hand, he adds, and "I could make it into a very strong magazine for you." It's unclear if Hayes even sent his letter; at any rate, he never got the opportunity to prove his assertion. (In 1978, Felker returned to his old stomping grounds to edit the short-lived Esquire Fort Nightly, which was published every two weeks instead of monthly.) A foray into television met with mixed results: Hayes was well received as host of an interview show that ran on New York's local PBS station in the 70s, but his and art critic Robert Hughes's debut as the original co-hosts of ABC's 20/20 newsmagazine, on June 6, 1978, would go down as one of the great disasters of network television. The New York Times's TV critic branded the show "dizzyingly absurd," ABC News chief Roone Arledge went on record saying he "hated the program," and Hayes and Hughes were replaced the following week by Hugh Downs. In the 80s, Hayes would move to Los Angeles to take a stab at editing another of Clay Felker's creations: California magazine, which Felker had founded as New West.
But Hayes's second act would not come from editing, it would come from writing about a subject as impenetrable as he was: Africa. Hayes had ventured to the continent in late 1969 at the urging of longtime Esquire photographer Pete Turner and "fell in love with it," says his second wife, Judy Kessler. "He had to know everything about it." Beginning in 1977, he wrote three books on the subject. The last, which was finished and published after his death from a brain tumor in 1989, dealt with Dian Fossey, the subject of Gorillas in the Mist, a movie adapted from a Life-magazine article Hayes wrote about her murder. Africa would also become his final resting place. Late in the summer of 1989, Tom Hayes took his father's cremated remains up in a helicopter and released them over the Masai Mara game park, on the border of Tanzania and Kenya.
Hayes always had "a keen eye for the mood changes," as Arnold Gingrich once wrote, so maybe he foresaw some of the curves ahead. But back in the summer of 1970 he was still very focused on his one true ambition: editing his magazine. And the November 1970 issue was going to be a Molotov cocktail. Hayes had brokered a deal for exclusive rights to the story of Lieutenant William L. Calley Jr., the soldier facing trial for the My Lai massacre, in which he stood accused of murdering more than 100 villagers, some of them children. Hayes had paid Calley a lot more than the $150 he'd given to Cassius Clay—$20,000 for his participation with three exclusive articles written by M Company's John Sack; the first would run as the cover story. The cover, by the way, was a masterpiece. It made the Sonny Liston cover look like a Disney cartoon. The image showed Calley in uniform, surrounded by Vietnamese children. He was the nation's Frankenstein monster. And in the photo, he was smiling.
For Harold Hayes, Christmas had come early.
Frank DiGiacomo is a Vanity Fair contributing editor.
Why Women Aren’t Funny
Provocation
Why Women Aren't Funny
What makes the female so much deadlier than the male? With assists from Fran Lebowitz, Nora Ephron, and a recent Stanford-medical-school study, the author investigates the reasons for the humor gap.
by Christopher Hitchens January 2007
From the John Springer Collection/Corbis.
Be your gender what it may, you will certainly have heard the following from a female friend who is enumerating the charms of a new (male) squeeze: "He's really quite cute, and he's kind to my friends, and he knows all kinds of stuff, and he's so funny … " (If you yourself are a guy, and you know the man in question, you will often have said to yourself, "Funny? He wouldn't know a joke if it came served on a bed of lettuce with sauce béarnaise.") However, there is something that you absolutely never hear from a male friend who is hymning his latest (female) love interest: "She's a real honey, has a life of her own … [interlude for attributes that are none of your business] … and, man, does she ever make 'em laugh."
Now, why is this? Why is it the case?, I mean. Why are women, who have the whole male world at their mercy, not funny? Please do not pretend not to know what I am talking about.
All right—try it the other way (as the bishop said to the barmaid). Why are men, taken on average and as a whole, funnier than women? Well, for one thing, they had damn well better be. The chief task in life that a man has to perform is that of impressing the opposite sex, and Mother Nature (as we laughingly call her) is not so kind to men. In fact, she equips many fellows with very little armament for the struggle. An average man has just one, outside chance: he had better be able to make the lady laugh. Making them laugh has been one of the crucial preoccupations of my life. If you can stimulate her to laughter—I am talking about that real, out-loud, head-back, mouth-open-to-expose-the-full-horseshoe-of-lovely-teeth, involuntary, full, and deep-throated mirth; the kind that is accompanied by a shocked surprise and a slight (no, make that a loud) peal of delight—well, then, you have at least caused her to loosen up and to change her expression. I shall not elaborate further.
Women have no corresponding need to appeal to men in this way. They already appeal to men, if you catch my drift. Indeed, we now have all the joy of a scientific study, which illuminates the difference. At the Stanford University School of Medicine (a place, as it happens, where I once underwent an absolutely hilarious procedure with a sigmoidoscope), the grim-faced researchers showed 10 men and 10 women a sample of 70 black-and-white cartoons and got them to rate the gags on a "funniness scale." To annex for a moment the fall-about language of the report as it was summarized in Biotech Week:
The researchers found that men and women share much of the same humor-response system; both use to a similar degree the part of the brain responsible for semantic knowledge and juxtaposition and the part involved in language processing. But they also found that some brain regions were activated more in women. These included the left prefrontal cortex, suggesting a greater emphasis on language and executive processing in women, and the nucleus accumbens … which is part of the mesolimbic reward center.
This has all the charm and address of the learned Professor Scully's attempt to define a smile, as cited by Richard Usborne in his treatise on P. G. Wodehouse: "the drawing back and slight lifting of the corners of the mouth, which partially uncover the teeth; the curving of the naso-labial furrows … " But have no fear—it gets worse:
"Women appeared to have less expectation of a reward, which in this case was the punch line of the cartoon," said the report's author, Dr. Allan Reiss. "So when they got to the joke's punch line, they were more pleased about it." The report also found that "women were quicker at identifying material they considered unfunny."
Slower to get it, more pleased when they do, and swift to locate the unfunny—for this we need the Stanford University School of Medicine? And remember, this is women when confronted with humor. Is it any wonder that they are backward in generating it?
This is not to say that women are humorless, or cannot make great wits and comedians. And if they did not operate on the humor wavelength, there would be scant point in half killing oneself in the attempt to make them writhe and scream (uproariously). Wit, after all, is the unfailing symptom of intelligence. Men will laugh at almost anything, often precisely because it is—or they are—extremely stupid. Women aren't like that. And the wits and comics among them are formidable beyond compare: Dorothy Parker, Nora Ephron, Fran Lebowitz, Ellen DeGeneres. (Though ask yourself, was Dorothy Parker ever really funny?) Greatly daring—or so I thought—I resolved to call up Ms. Lebowitz and Ms. Ephron to try out my theories. Fran responded: "The cultural values are male; for a woman to say a man is funny is the equivalent of a man saying that a woman is pretty. Also, humor is largely aggressive and pre-emptive, and what's more male than that?" Ms. Ephron did not disagree. She did, however, in what I thought was a slightly feline way, accuse me of plagiarizing a rant by Jerry Lewis that said much the same thing. (I have only once seen Lewis in action, in The King of Comedy, where it was really Sandra Bernhard who was funny.)
In any case, my argument doesn't say that there are no decent women comedians. There are more terrible female comedians than there are terrible male comedians, but there are some impressive ladies out there. Most of them, though, when you come to review the situation, are hefty or dykey or Jewish, or some combo of the three. When Roseanne stands up and tells biker jokes and invites people who don't dig her shtick to suck her dick—know what I am saying? And the Sapphic faction may have its own reasons for wanting what I want—the sweet surrender of female laughter. While Jewish humor, boiling as it is with angst and self-deprecation, is almost masculine by definition.
Substitute the term "self-defecation" (which I actually heard being used inadvertently once) and almost all men will laugh right away, if only to pass the time. Probe a little deeper, though, and you will see what Nietzsche meant when he described a witticism as an epitaph on the death of a feeling. Male humor prefers the laugh to be at someone's expense, and understands that life is quite possibly a joke to begin with—and often a joke in extremely poor taste. Humor is part of the armor-plate with which to resist what is already farcical enough. (Perhaps not by coincidence, battered as they are by motherfucking nature, men tend to refer to life itself as a bitch.) Whereas women, bless their tender hearts, would prefer that life be fair, and even sweet, rather than the sordid mess it actually is. Jokes about calamitous visits to the doctor or the shrink or the bathroom, or the venting of sexual frustration on furry domestic animals, are a male province. It must have been a man who originated the phrase "funny like a heart attack." In all the millions of cartoons that feature a patient listening glum-faced to a physician ("There's no cure. There isn't even a race for a cure"), do you remember even one where the patient is a woman? I thought as much.
Precisely because humor is a sign of intelligence (and many women believe, or were taught by their mothers, that they become threatening to men if they appear too bright), it could be that in some way men do not want women to be funny. They want them as an audience, not as rivals. And there is a huge, brimming reservoir of male unease, which it would be too easy for women to exploit. (Men can tell jokes about what happened to John Wayne Bobbitt, but they don't want women doing so.) Men have prostate glands, hysterically enough, and these have a tendency to give out, along with their hearts and, it has to be said, their dicks. This is funny only in male company. For some reason, women do not find their own physical decay and absurdity to be so riotously amusing, which is why we admire Lucille Ball and Helen Fielding, who do see the funny side of it. But this is so rare as to be like Dr. Johnson's comparison of a woman preaching to a dog walking on its hind legs: the surprise is that it is done at all.
The plain fact is that the physical structure of the human being is a joke in itself: a flat, crude, unanswerable disproof of any nonsense about "intelligent design." The reproductive and eliminating functions (the closeness of which is the origin of all obscenity) were obviously wired together in hell by some subcommittee that was giggling cruelly as it went about its work. ("Think they'd wear this? Well, they're gonna have to.") The resulting confusion is the source of perhaps 50 percent of all humor. Filth. That's what the customers want, as we occasional stand-up performers all know. Filth, and plenty of it. Filth in lavish, heaping quantities. And there's another principle that helps exclude the fair sex. "Men obviously like gross stuff," says Fran Lebowitz. "Why? Because it's childish." Keep your eye on that last word. Women's appetite for talk about that fine product known as Depend is limited. So is their relish for gags about premature ejaculation. ("Premature for whom?" as a friend of mine indignantly demands to know.) But "child" is the key word. For women, reproduction is, if not the only thing, certainly the main thing. Apart from giving them a very different attitude to filth and embarrassment, it also imbues them with the kind of seriousness and solemnity at which men can only goggle. This womanly seriousness was well caught by Rudyard Kipling in his poem "The Female of the Species." After cleverly noticing that with the male "mirth obscene diverts his anger"—which is true of most work on that great masculine equivalent to childbirth, which is warfare—Kipling insists:
But the Woman that God gave him, every fibre of her frame Proves her launched for one sole issue, armed and engined for the same, And to serve that single issue, lest the generations fail, The female of the species must be deadlier than the male.
The word "issue" there, which we so pathetically misuse, is restored to its proper meaning of childbirth. As Kipling continues:
She who faces Death by torture for each life beneath her breast May not deal in doubt or pity—must not swerve for fact or jest.
Men are overawed, not to say terrified, by the ability of women to produce babies. (Asked by a lady intellectual to summarize the differences between the sexes, another bishop responded, "Madam, I cannot conceive.") It gives women an unchallengeable authority. And one of the earliest origins of humor that we know about is its role in the mockery of authority. Irony itself has been called "the glory of slaves." So you could argue that when men get together to be funny and do not expect women to be there, or in on the joke, they are really playing truant and implicitly conceding who is really the boss.
The ancient annual festivities of Saturnalia, where the slaves would play master, were a temporary release from bossdom. A whole tranche of subversive male humor likewise depends on the notion that women are not really the boss, but are mere objects and victims. Kipling saw through this:
So it comes that Man, the coward, when he gathers to confer With his fellow-braves in council, dare not leave a place for her.
In other words, for women the question of funniness is essentially a secondary one. They are innately aware of a higher calling that is no laughing matter. Whereas with a man you may freely say of him that he is lousy in the sack, or a bad driver, or an inefficient worker, and still wound him less deeply than you would if you accused him of being deficient in the humor department.
If I am correct about this, which I am, then the explanation for the superior funniness of men is much the same as for the inferior funniness of women. Men have to pretend, to themselves as well as to women, that they are not the servants and supplicants. Women, cunning minxes that they are, have to affect not to be the potentates. This is the unspoken compromise. H. L. Mencken described as "the greatest single discovery ever made by man" the realization "that babies have human fathers, and are not put into their mother's bodies by the gods." You may well wonder what people were thinking before that realization hit, but we do know of a society in Melanesia where the connection was not made until quite recently. I suppose that the reasoning went: everybody does that thing the entire time, there being little else to do, but not every woman becomes pregnant. Anyway, after a certain stage women came to the conclusion that men were actually necessary, and the old form of matriarchy came to a close. (Mencken speculates that this is why the first kings ascended the throne clutching their batons or scepters as if holding on for grim death.) People in this precarious position do not enjoy being laughed at, and it would not have taken women long to work out that female humor would be the most upsetting of all.
Childbearing and rearing are the double root of all this, as Kipling guessed. As every father knows, the placenta is made up of brain cells, which migrate southward during pregnancy and take the sense of humor along with them. And when the bundle is finally delivered, the funny side is not always immediately back in view. Is there anything so utterly lacking in humor as a mother discussing her new child? She is unboreable on the subject. Even the mothers of other fledglings have to drive their fingernails into their palms and wiggle their toes, just to prevent themselves from fainting dead away at the sheer tedium of it. And as the little ones burgeon and thrive, do you find that their mothers enjoy jests at their expense? I thought not.
Humor, if we are to be serious about it, arises from the ineluctable fact that we are all born into a losing struggle. Those who risk agony and death to bring children into this fiasco simply can't afford to be too frivolous. (And there just aren't that many episiotomy jokes, even in the male repertoire.) I am certain that this is also partly why, in all cultures, it is females who are the rank-and-file mainstay of religion, which in turn is the official enemy of all humor. One tiny snuffle that turns into a wheeze, one little cut that goes septic, one pathetically small coffin, and the woman's universe is left in ashes and ruin. Try being funny about that, if you like. Oscar Wilde was the only person ever to make a decent joke about the death of an infant, and that infant was fictional, and Wilde was (although twice a father) a queer. And because fear is the mother of superstition, and because they are partly ruled in any case by the moon and the tides, women also fall more heavily for dreams, for supposedly significant dates like birthdays and anniversaries, for romantic love, crystals and stones, lockets and relics, and other things that men know are fit mainly for mockery and limericks. Good grief! Is there anything less funny than hearing a woman relate a dream she's just had? ("And then Quentin was there somehow. And so were you, in a strange sort of way. And it was all so peaceful." Peaceful?)
For men, it is a tragedy that the two things they prize the most—women and humor—should be so antithetical. But without tragedy there could be no comedy. My beloved said to me, when I told her I was going to have to address this melancholy topic, that I should cheer up because "women get funnier as they get older."
Observation suggests to me that this might indeed be true, but, excuse me, isn't that rather a long time to have to wait?
Christopher Hitchens is a Vanity Fair contributing editor.
Supreme arbiter of aristocratic London nightlife, Mark Birley
Hurly Birley
Supreme arbiter of aristocratic London nightlife, Mark Birley poured all his charm, generosity, and taste into his portfolio of clubs, including the fabled Annabel's, until he abruptly sold them right before his death, last August. But, as a battle over his $200 million estate reveals, he left his own family tragically damaged. The author asks Birley's feuding children, Robin and India Jane, and his ex-wife, Lady Annabel Goldsmith, why he was so good at business and so bad at home.
by Maureen Orth February 2008
Mark Birley in his living room at Thurloe Lodge in 2001. Photographs by Jonathan Becker.
In his obituaries, last August, it appeared that Mark Birley, the London club owner who died at the age of 77, might go down in history as the man who first wrapped muslin around lemon halves to prevent them from squirting randomly or spilling seeds on his patrons' perfectly prepared turbot. That horrified his aristocratic friends, for to them Mark had always been so much more—a towering, sardonic, pampered monument to English style, who managed to exemplify the cultivated manners of the playing fields of Eton while introducing edible food in beautiful surroundings and replacing stuffiness with sexiness in Mayfair nightlife. In 1963, when he opened Annabel's, the first of his string of exclusive, members-only clubs and restaurants—which would eventually include Mark's Club, Harry's Bar, the Bath & Racquets, and George—Swinging London had not yet exploded onto the scene, and when it did, it was largely a working-class phenomenon. Birley made the Beatles the first and only exceptions to the strict dress code at Annabel's, where men were required to wear jacket and tie. If Frank Sinatra or Ari Onassis happened to be in the house, Birley would make sure he was well taken care of, but would never drop by his table to chat. "That would be the headwaiter's job," David Metcalfe, the Duke of Windsor's godson and a founding member of the club, informed me.
Annabel's had no cabaret, but occasionally performers such as Ray Charles and the Supremes would play one-night stands. When a promoter for Ike and Tina Turner demanded a table for a sold-out performance of theirs at Annabel's, he was denied. After he stormed out and threatened to cancel the performance, a compromise was reached whereby he would be greeted profusely upon entering and taken to a seat at the bar. In the process, however, he overheard Birley say, "I don't care if he comes down the fucking chimney," and so Ike and Tina Turner did not appear that night.
Birley became a familiar sight around Berkeley Square, seated in his chauffeur-driven Mercedes, puffing a Cohiba, with Blitz, his Rhodesian Ridgeback, seated up front. For many in London's disappearing tribe of old-boy toffs, he represented the quintessential English gentleman, exquisitely turned out, providing impeccable quality and service through a deeply loyal and perfectly trained staff. His eagle eye missed nothing, be it the careless fold of a napkin or the slightly crooked angle at which a painting was hung. He was the upper-class social set's final arbiter of taste, and cost was never a concern. At Mark's Club, for example, each silver pepper mill was valued at $800; each mustard pot, $1,000; each blue-striped Murano glass, $100. At Harry's Bar, the flowers cost $120,000 a year. Birley wandered the world—especially Italy—seeking the best new cocktails and recipes, meeting with world-class chefs, and poaching exceptional waiters. Over the years and all during his marriage, he seduced numerous women, but his real loves were his clubs and his dogs. People could never tell what he was thinking as they bowed, scraped, and competed for his favor, because his stiff upper lip never so much as quivered, even when he endured unimaginable family tragedies.
In 1970, on a visit to the private zoo of John Aspinall, owner of the Clermont Club, the casino above Annabel's, Birley's 12-year-old son, Robin, entered a pregnant tigress's enclosure with his mother and brother and Aspinall and his family. The animal grabbed Robin's head in her mouth, and the boy's face was left permanently disfigured. In 1986, Birley's handsome firstborn, Rupert, 30, ventured out into dangerous waters off the coast of Togo, in West Africa, and was never seen again. Though Rupert was his father's favorite, any discussion of his demise was strictly forbidden. Similarly, Mark never uttered a word about his wellborn wife, Lady Annabel Vane Tempest-Stewart, for whom his tony club was named, having two children with James "Jimmy" Goldsmith, the late billionaire, before she and Mark were divorced. (She later married Goldsmith and had a third child with him, and he would have two more children with another mistress during their marriage.)
Mark and Annabel remained friends and soulmates until his death, united in their love of dogs as much as in the parenting of Rupert, Robin, and their daughter, India Jane (so named because Mark loved the word India). "He never commented on anything except dogs or something funny—a painting, food, or wine," India Jane, who is a painter of portraits and dogs, told me of her "formidable" father. "He never showed his deck of cards." She added, "We all had our work cut out for us with Pup. He could scowl and smile at the same time. For a child it's a very, very odd feeling. With an adult it's bliss, because you can figure out the subtlety, but with a child it's terrifying."
"Mark really wanted his children to be born at age 21. He liked the children when they were grown," Lady Annabel explained to me at Ormeley Lodge, her house in southwest London. In fact, she said, he didn't really want children at all. "Rupert was a mistake—I became pregnant totally by mistake," she said, adding, "Mark was O.K. with one, but he never really wanted another." In her 2004 book, Annabel: An Unconventional Life, Lady Annabel writes of how Mark tapped her on the shoulder in the hospital shortly after Robin was born and exclaimed, "Darling, you must wake up. There must have been a mistake. I think you've been given the wrong baby—this one is simply hideous." Lady Annabel told me, "I can't blame him for not being a brilliant father, because he never really asked to have any of them."
Given the eccentric family dynamics, it is perhaps less than surprising that a huge fight is now simmering between India Jane, 47, and Robin, 50, over their father's will, in which he left more than $240 million before taxes. Robin is challenging the will, which gives the bulk of the estate to India Jane's two-and-a-half-year-old son, Eben, whom she had by a lover, a Canadian named Robert Macdonald, a voice coach and teacher of breathing techniques who was studying to become a psychiatrist. She was married at the time to her second husband, Francis Pike, a banker turned writer and real-estate developer, who currently lives in Berlin. India Jane is now divorced from Pike and no longer with Macdonald. In the will, Robin was left two tax-free bequests, for £1 million ($2,039,400) and £5 million ($10,197,000). Robin's four-year-old illegitimate daughter, Maud, who lives in charity housing with her mother and who never met her paternal grandfather, was left nothing.
Mark Birley apparently anticipated that his will might be challenged. Vanity Fair has learned that he wrote a letter to India Jane, to be disclosed with the will, in which he explained why he had done the unthinkable. Last June, shortly before he died, Birley—without notice and against the wishes of his family, close friends, and staff—abruptly sold his clubs for $207 million, a far higher price than anyone could have predicted. Even though his esteemed friend and adviser Sir Evelyn de Rothschild was willing to see if the offer could be matched, Birley went ahead and sold to one of those outsiders who are becoming so prominent in the acquisition of London's high-end properties, the self-made millionaire Richard Caring, son of an American G.I. and a British nurse, whose fortune came from the garment trade in Hong Kong, and who has bought a number of the most fashionable restaurants in London, including the Ivy, Le Caprice, J. Sheekey, and Daphne's.
Mark said in the letter that he had sold the clubs to protect them from Robin. "If Robin would have control of the clubs, the clubs ultimately would not be worth anything, and Robin certainly would not be looking out for his sister," Miranda Brooks, a close friend of India Jane's, explained to me.
There had been a previous will, by which Robin and India Jane would each have received 50 percent of the estate. However, in that will, Mark also left his valuable London house and property to India Jane. Peter Munster, one of Mark and his family's closest friends and the executor of that will, says, "Robin was less than satisfied with anything other than a completely equal distribution." Regarding the current situation, Munster adds, "Mark had reservations about Robin's judgment in relation to his future expansion plans for the clubs and the risk that might have entailed. But he never would have brought Robin in if he hadn't trusted him. The message is: There was no hate in the family. There was no vendetta."
The Dodgy Detectives
Mark lost faith in his son after Robin used more than $400,000 from Annabel's accounts to pay former London policemen claiming to be private detectives to supply him with what turned out to be totally false information about Robert Macdonald, in an investigation that Robin had instigated. In 2003, following a series of health setbacks—a knee operation, two serious falls, and a broken hip—that made it impossible for him to walk, Mark had brought Robin and India Jane into the business for the first time. "My sister and I got on very well and worked well together," Robin told me in an exchange of e-mails. "Basically, I ran the company, and she attended to the look of the clubs." By all accounts Robin did an excellent job of bringing in a younger, more with-it crowd to Annabel's, which in the 90s was being described as a place where "the middle-aged meet the Middle East." Robin had previously been running Birley Sandwiches, a chain he founded, which had shops in London and San Francisco. According to friends of Robin's, Mark forced him to sell the two in San Francisco in order to concentrate on Annabel's. (There are currently eight in London.) Then, in 2004, quite unexpectedly, India Jane, who was 43 and childless, became pregnant by Macdonald. Shortly after the birth of her son, who was a potential heir, Robin, suspicious of Macdonald and the situation, secretly gave the go-ahead to the former cops to find out whether India Jane's boyfriend was out for her money. (At that time, India Jane did not have much income and Macdonald lived modestly.)
India Jane and Robin, Mark's children, at Thurloe Lodge, their father's London house, 2005.
"He was from a completely different social set … and I also think Robin did not want him in the business," one of Robin's friends said of Macdonald, adding that he was "a Canadian." The alleged detectives provided Robin with tapes of women tearfully claiming to be wronged ex-lovers of Macdonald's and saying he had fleeced them. Actually, the women were out-of-work drama students. The hired investigators also called on India Jane in the summer of 2006, frightening her when they insinuated that they had a lot of information about her. "It was highly improbable, unreal, and very, very unpleasant," she told me. "It was very sinister. These people were thugs." India Jane hired her own detective, who managed to track down one of the people involved. "He said it was Robin," she told me. She subsequently listened to the tapes, which were "crackly and fuzzy," she said. "I can't imagine anyone being taken in by that crap." She added, "It was very cruel. The intent was to ruin Robert Macdonald. I would then seem to be influenced by a famous financial fraudster."
Meanwhile, that summer, David Wynne-Morgan, Mark's longtime P.R. man and friend, who had started working with Robin at Mark's behest, delivered a dossier of the material on the tapes to Keith Dovkants, a reporter at the London Evening Standard. The idea was to break the sensational story in the papers before Mark or India Jane knew about it. Wynne-Morgan said that, although he felt certain that Robin was sincere in his belief that his sister was being taken, he suggested that he tell his sister what he had learned from the investigators, but Robin demurred, thinking she would not believe him. India Jane says her brother told her the same thing later, when she confronted him. "But you were so infatuated," she says Robin explained. "I believed I was acting in the best interest of my sister," Robin informed me. "My father was too ill at the time to have any additional worries."
In the course of fleshing out his story, Dovkants spoke to India Jane, and to Robert Macdonald—in the presence of lawyers Macdonald had to hire—and he was introduced by one of Robin's investigators to two of the women on the tapes. After concluding that they were frauds, Dovkants notified Robin, who, according to the story that ran in the Evening Standard on October 13, 2006, met with the man who had supplied him with the tapes and also concluded that he had been duped. The story quoted Robin apologizing, saying he was in "absolute despair," because he had believed he was, as he later told me, "acting in the best interests of my sister. She refuses to accept that, but it's true." I asked Dovkants if he felt he had been set up. "I am not going to tell you what I think the motive was [for giving the story to him]. It appeared to be an honorable motive at the time," he said.
Macdonald received a cash settlement from Robin and had all his legal costs paid; he also got an official apology. So did India Jane. Characteristically, she never discussed the matter with her father. "I'm having a bit of a problem with Robin" was all she told him, she says. "Sort it out" was all he replied. It's worth noting that nobody involved has sought to recover the $400,000 Robin paid the hired investigators. "Nobody wants to draw it all out," India Jane said.
By then, Robin had also used hundreds of thousands of pounds more from the business for his own expenses, without telling his father or India Jane, who was all this time his partner in running the clubs. According to India Jane, she learned about the missing funds only when Kam Bathia, the finance director of Annabel's, came forward to say he was planning to resign because he could no longer continue to dole out cash to Robin. Robin, however, is arguing that he had every right to take the money for his expenses because of a deal he had struck with his father—a deal, Robin says, his father later forgot he had made. Robin, according to the agreement, would halve his salary of more than $200,000 in exchange for 10 percent of the profits from Annabel's. In fact, those profits had doubled since he started managing the business. The deal, an associate of Robin's says, was contained in a letter that Bathia sent to Robin's accountant. "I know nothing of such a letter, and Kam never mentioned it to me," says India Jane. A person close to Robin summarized his position: "Robin's not looking for charity. He's not like a dog being given a bone from the table. He feels he's created something and should be compensated. The will was changed on a false premise. He didn't steal the money his father thought he did." Bathia is not commenting.
In September 2006, after Mark learned about the money Robin had used, he threw him out of the business, and India Jane took over completely. The staff was told Robin was taking a sabbatical. On October 26, two weeks after the Evening Standard story hit, Robin married Lucy Ferry, who had formerly been the wife of Bryan Ferry, the lead singer of Roxy Music, with whom she had four sons. Mark was invited to the wedding but did not attend. India Jane, however, did. It was yet another rocky misstep for Robin in a father-son relationship long fraught with tension. "Robin desperately wanted his approval, and Pup's approval was very spare," India Jane told me. She added, "He was highly motivated, Robin, and his motives were dubious."
Growing Up Birley
Adding to this dysfunctional stew is the perception among India Jane's friends and Robin's that their mother always favored her sons. "Annabel is unabashedly on Robin's side," someone close to Robin told me. "India Jane was always a Cinderella figure in the background," explained Lynn Guinness, a longtime, dear friend of Mark's; the young woman apparently did not marry well enough or behave to suit her family. India Jane refers to herself as "an old hippie." Lady Annabel told me the relationship between her children is "not a subject I can discuss. As a mother, I want to keep myself out of it." India Jane calls Lady Annabel and Mark "quite eccentric parents," whom she claims to have "adored," and Lady Annabel in turn describes India Jane in her memoirs as "wonderfully eccentric."
"I was always being shunted around," India Jane says of her childhood. At one point she had to give up her small bedroom so that her father would have more room for his boots and shoes. She later became a model for the painter Lucian Freud and began collecting antique erotica. Her first husband, Jonty Colchester, was an interior decorator whom she had met when she was an art student. Despite her pedigree, India Jane did not make much money as an artist, and her marriage to Francis Pike, during which she went off to India for a period, was, one of her friends told me, her attempt to discover "the discreet charms of the bourgeoisie."
Robin was an ongoing source of sadness and guilt to Lady Annabel after she allowed him to enter the tigress's enclosure at Aspinall's. She tended him through the "years and years of surgeries" that could begin only when his face was fully formed, at 16. Despite his disfigurement, Robin never had any trouble getting girls, but he always bore the scars of his father's neglect. "He got more overt attention from Jimmy [Goldsmith] than from Mark," says a friend of Robin's who is close to the family. "He felt that a betrayal." According to Lady Annabel, "Robin and Jimmy did have a very close relationship. I don't know whether that affected Mark. Mark never said anything."
Robin, whom friends describe as impulsive and quick to anger, took up his stepfather's cause when Goldsmith formed the Referendum Party, an anti–European Union offshoot of the Conservative Party. In the early 1990s, Robin supported Renamo, a far-right-wing political group in Mozambique. Robin also became convinced that Augusto Pinochet, the former Chilean dictator, was being wrongly hounded by Spanish prosecutors seeking to try him for human-rights abuses, and in 1998 Robin helped arrange for him to stay in a fancy estate outside London. In the 1970s, Goldsmith had gotten Robin a position in the U.S., with his Grand Union supermarket chain, and some years later Robin started his sandwich business there and in England. When David Wynne-Morgan delivered a letter of apology from Robin to Mark after the debacle of the tapes and suggested that Mark should forgive Robin, Mark in turn showed Wynne-Morgan a letter from 20 years earlier in which Robin had written, "I wish with all my heart that Jimmy Goldsmith had been my father."
Today, Lady Annabel is 73. When she and Mark married, she was 19, the daughter of the Eighth Marquess of Londonderry. Her father, who did not much care for Mark, was on his way to drinking himself to death, after his adored and exceptionally beautiful wife, Romaine, died of cancer at 47. In her fascinating memoirs Lady Annabel recalls Mark's first Christmas at Wynyard Park, her family's vast estate. "Mark remained quite calm one evening when Daddy persuaded the local vet's daughter to remove her clothes and dance naked on the dining-room table while he drank champagne from one of her shoes, held impassively by Robert the butler."
Mark had grown up "unloved," Lady Annabel told me. "I think he had a miserable childhood. Because of his childhood, he was a fairly closed-up person. There was a reserve that people couldn't quite penetrate." Mark's New Zealander father, Sir Oswald Birley, was a painter of portraits of the British nobility. He was 50 when Mark was born, and unhappy with his striking and dramatic wife, Rhoda, whom Lady Annabel describes in her memoirs as a "bohemian hostess" with a large circle of artistic friends. Rhoda reputedly maintained an affair with a Scottish lord. Mark's sister, Maxime, was a renowned beauty who later married Count Alain de la Falaise and became an international society figure and fashion leader. "Mark never stopped loving me," Lady Annabel said. "He took on a paternal role and signed his letters Dad. I think he was absolutely incapable of being faithful. He was a serial adulterer. Like a butterfly, he had to seduce every woman." Throughout, she added, he was always discreet. "He hid it very well, because he loved me, and he was heartbroken when I left."
Mark graduated from Eton—where he showed that he had inherited his father's ability to draw—in 1948, after which he lasted only a year at Oxford. "He was a sophisticated child," his old Etonian housemate Michael Haslam remembers. "He told me once his ambition in life was to have a nightclub—I guess because it was very glamorous. He had this passion for glamour and good things in life." He also had a penchant for getting people to do his bidding and make themselves look silly. "He would make me these horrid bets, like walking around the square in my dressing gown," Haslam recalls. "I got quite a lot of the way before I got caught."
During his National Service, from 1948 to 1950, Mark ended up with British troops in Vienna. According to his fellow serviceman Elwyn Edwards, "He was very amusing. He told me he had wanted to be in the Intelligence Corps, as his father had been in World War I, but the next thing he knew he was sent to camp Catterick, in Yorkshire, shoveling coal. His father was painting Monty [Field Marshal Bernard Montgomery] at the time and happened to mention it, so Mark was removed from Catterick and sent to us. He never made the Intelligence Corps." Edwards says that Mark supported himself while in the service by selling "gentlemen's white handkerchiefs," which he bought at the military PX and then exchanged for dollars on the black market. "Even then he had the makings of a good businessman."
A dining area in Annabel's.
By the time Mark was 30, he was married with two young children, managing the first Hermès store in London. In 1961 he was approached by John Aspinall, who was planning to open the Clermont Club in an attractive Palladian house designed by William Kent at 44 Berkeley Square (later made notorious as the locale frequented by Lord Lucan before 1974, when he killed his children's nanny—having mistaken her for his wife—and then allegedly escaped the country with the help of his very rich friends from the club). Aspinall asked Mark if he wanted to start a nightclub in the basement. "He had to go cap in hand to raise money for Annabel's, but I was always certain of success because of the way he did up houses," Lady Annabel said. The founding members were charged five guineas ($14) annually to belong, and many of them continue to pay that fee today. Annabel's now has 9,000 members, each of whom pays up to $1,500 in annual dues. Thus, Mark was able to attract those who would not only pay annual dues—even though they might not eat there more than a couple of times a year—but also pay top prices for the drinks and dinner served. In his eulogy at Mark's funeral, Peter Blond, a fellow old Etonian, remembered running into Mark on the street before the opening and being taken to the unfinished basement: "In the gloom of the cellar, lit only by a string of naked lightbulbs looped around a vaulted ceiling, he outlined his plans for what was to become the most famous nightclub in the world."
From its overcrowded opening night, Annabel's transformed London social life. Some of the old snobbish clubs, such as the 400, in Leicester Square, which required dinner clothes, were already on their way out, and Mark's more raffish set didn't have many places left to go to, apart from the Milroy, on Park Lane, a private establishment with a nightclub upstairs called Les Ambassadeurs, and Siegi's, on nearby Charles Street, which had a back room for gambling. Soon Mark was presiding over his own private zoo of social lions. "Annabel's quickly became the place to go," David Metcalfe said. Men could gamble half their fortune away upstairs and pop down for a drink or a dance. European royalty and dowagers would rub elbows with, in Wynne-Morgan's phrase, "the right sort of young."
The Taste-Maker
Mark Birley was there every night, watching the good and the great mingle, couple, and uncouple. Part of his genius at Annabel's was to create a dramatic ambience that felt both elegant and cozy, a series of marvelously scented small sitting rooms with comfortable sofas and big pillows, a bar on the side and the dance floor at the back, with an eclectic mix of witty cartoons and dog paintings on the walls. Nina Campbell, the young decorator he took on, who stayed with him through every establishment, told me, "As a woman, you could go to Annabel's and they would look after you. The staff would make you a special drink. It was like a great big wonderful family—you felt embraced as you arrived."
Annabel's was certainly a great big wonderful family for one special crowd, and Birley accrued major glamour and social power. He never allowed the press inside unescorted, so nothing got leaked and celebrities were left alone. "In the beginning, everyone vaguely knew each other, which was not the case thereafter," says Mark's old friend Min Hogg, the founding editor of The World of Interiors. "It was a terribly good place for 'the gang' to meet each other." She adds, "You were attended to like mad, in surroundings that could be someone's house."
Throughout his four decades in business, Birley watched every penny but spared no expense. He spent a year making trips to Brazil in order to create three weeks of Carnival at Annabel's, complete with samba musicians and topless showgirls. Valentino staged fashion shows at the club, and there was a New Orleans fortnight with the Preservation Hall Jazz Band and food from Antoine's, as well as a Russian fortnight, when Viscount Hambleden came every night and danced on the tables in Cossack boots, while Gypsies warbled "These Boots Are Made for Walkin'?" in Russian.
On the gala opening night, Annabel met Jimmy Goldsmith, who was already a widower with a child and a remarried husband with a girlfriend. By 1965 their romance had taken flight. "Jimmy was such a larger-than-life figure he just swept me off my feet," Lady Annabel said. "I didn't mean it to go as far as it did." In the British upper-class tradition, the Birley boys were packed off to boarding school when they were eight, but India Jane was allowed to stay home until her teens. As a result, she saw more of her father than her brothers did, and he was always interested in her talent. When India Jane entered a series of art schools, he continued to be very supportive. Growing up, India Jane said, she was not particularly aware of her family's unconventional arrangement and structure. "When little children go to bed, they don't know what their parents are doing." Pup, she recalled, was around "for tea. He was a familiar figure when I was little."
Robin was a different story. "I think what Robin needed was someone to put his arm around him and tell him he would be all right," a friend of Mark's said. "Mark couldn't do that. It was contrary to his whole nature. When Annabel went off with Jimmy, Jimmy was the complete opposite. He was very good at wearing his emotions on his sleeve, and he built Robin's confidence up. Robin and Mark had a sort of love-hate relationship."
An interior at the Bath & Racquets, which Birley opened in 1990.
Mark lavished his attention on his growing business. "You were buying into a world: Mark Birley's life and how it should be lived," says his onetime number two Gavin Rankin. "Mark completely changed the face of civilized dining in London—revolutionized it." With Mark's Club, which opened after Mark bought out Siegi's, in 1973, Rankin says, "he took the concept of an English men's club, turned it on its axis, and made it far nicer than any gentlemen's club." In 1990, when Mark could not find a health club to meet his requirements, he opened the Bath & Racquets, complete with onyx-lined shower rooms. Harry's Bar, which he opened in 1979, is still one of the most elegant and expensive restaurants in London, while George, which opened in 2001, is far more casual and attracts a younger crowd. "People would always pay for the frills," Rankin says, "and if you could be unassailably the best, then the market was yours."
All the clubs and restaurants are located in Mayfair near Berkeley Square. Although Birley traveled to Hong Kong, Brazil, and New York with the stated intention of duplicating Annabel's, he really just wanted "to see what was going on," says Wynne-Morgan. "He never started anything he couldn't walk to." According to Willie Landels, who did graphic design for Mark, "Having lunch was one of his great occupations. He lunched mainly at the clubs, and one ate much better when one dined with him, because all would try to outdo each other trying to please him. He was very spoiled that way."
Staff and Dogs
The indispensable element that permeated all of Birley's establishments was a carefully chosen staff, who tended to stay for years and thus could be counted on not only to greet members by name but also to know their likes and dislikes. "Mr. Birley was ahead of his time," says Alfredo Crivellari, the former manager of Annabel's, who worked there for more than 35 years, until his retirement at the end of 2007. "He headhunted earlier than anyone else. He would go round and find the best." When Birley interviewed Crivellari f or a waiter's job, he asked only two questions. Are you married? Yes. Do you have a mortgage? Yes. "?'You start work on Monday,' he said. He knew I was committed." Although Birley was "slow to bless and quick to chide," Rankin said, he was also keenly aware of the staff's importance. "Everyone was made to feel vital." He once revoked the membership of one of his best customers at Annabel's because the man had been rude to a waiter: "I can always replace you, but not a waiter."
In the manner of a feudal lord, Mark took care of his own—provided doctors, paid for weddings, gave extravagant gifts, wrote gracious notes. When a waiter left to go back to Thailand to begin a restaurant and the business failed, Mark went to Thailand, paid his debts, and brought him back. No one was ever told to retire, but after they stopped working for him, he would pay for a taxi to bring them back for one hour a day so that they would have to get dressed and have a good meal. Bruno Rotti, the manager of Mark's Club, said that when he stopped working full-time Mark had a small bronze bust cast of him and kept it on a table at the club, "?'so there will always be a Bruno,' Mr. Birley told me."
The motto for Birley's staff was "It shall be done." "Quality is only met with precision," said Sir Evelyn de Rothschild. "We couldn't do anything without his notice," said Rotti. "?'That young lady's hair has grown a bit too long—have it cut or put it up. It's a bit untidy.' 'There is a basket left out in gents.' He was a perfectionist." David Metcalfe added, "If he was there, they always knew it—he'd always watch and not hesitate to comment, often in a very caustic way. 'I would have thought by now … ' 'I would have thought the very least you could do … ' 'I'd be rather grateful if … ' That meant he was furious." Mohamed Ghannam, a barman at Annabel's who functioned as Mark's butler, concurred: "Such sarcastic remarks he made—you'd never forget the bollocking and you'd never do it again."
Hostesses trembled in Birley's presence. "People were very nervous to have him stay or eat," Landels said. "He was quite severe. I remember once we stayed somewhere and in the middle of the morning he told the hostess, 'The way the breakfast tray was laid was very bad. The napkin must be very white and very starched. Orange juice should be served in glasses of this shape, not that.'?"
Despite the scowls and judgments, Mark had many friends who were awed by his taste and adored him. "He was always coming to the rescue of people," said Lynn Guinness. "He had a very dry sense of humor, a sense of the ludicrous. He was a marvelous man in so many ways." Metcalfe added, "On a good day, when Mark wished to be, he was charming. But charming and having charm are completely different. He was very selfish and self-involved." Lady Annabel said, "It's quite difficult to live with a perfectionist, but the thing is, life with Mark was fun. Our breakup was because of Mark's infidelities, not because I fell in love with Jimmy."
India Jane calls her father "the funniest man in the world." Although she was clearly his favorite and visited him daily, Mark himself seemed to take his greatest pleasure outside his family. "He was not the sort of person to have a woman make him happy," Mohamed Ghannam explained. "He was very happy with his dogs and working with staff." Ghannam, 58, spent most of his life with Birley. He was 18, one of 11 children, when he was sent from Morocco, through the recommendation of a member of the English Parliament, to train to be a waiter at Annabel's. When his visa was up, after one freezing month, he wanted to go home, but Birley's secretary tore up his return ticket and enrolled him in school. He would come in to work at night. Mark paid his rent for seven years. Early on, Ghannam recalled, "their Christmas was coming, and Mr. Birley wanted me to spend it with them, with Lady Annabel. And from then until now I spend Christmas with the whole family."
Ghannam, married, with three daughters who have all attended college, is perhaps the ultimate family retainer. "Mr. Birley taught me how to dress, how to behave, how to talk to princes, dukes, and princesses," he said. "Once, I made a gin martini for the Queen." He did not take one holiday during the last 15 years of Birley's life, but he would accompany him to Spain, Morocco, or wherever he spent his vacation. Every Sunday he would go to his employer's fashionable house, Thurloe Lodge, across from the Victoria and Albert Museum, just to make a special cocktail for Mr. Birley. Mark was also pampered on a daily basis by his caregiver, Elvira Maria, and her niece. His staff saw him more than his family did. According to Ghannam, "He said his dogs came first and his family second."
Toward the end of his life, when he lived on one floor and was unable to walk, Birley let George, his black Labrador, have the bed with the comfortable mattress, and he slept in a reclining chair next to the bed. His other dog, Tara, was an Alsatian. "I used to talk to George the dog in order to bring Mark back to life again," Sir Evelyn de Rothschild said of visiting Birley in his last months.
Lady Annabel said she was the one who introduced her first husband to dogs. "I come from a doggy family," she told me. "I'm writing a book about Mark and his relationship with dogs. Everybody knows about the clubs and his love life, so that is the angle I've taken. He adored dogs. He told me, 'I go to these dinners, and I sit down and think, God, I wish I was in my lovey, comfy bed with my dogs. There is nothing I like better.'?" Lady Annabel keeps her own dogs in Colefax and Fowler duvets, and she has written an entire book about one former pet, Copper, a mixed breed, who she swears used to ride the bus by himself and visit pubs and hold his paw up to cross the road. India Jane provided the illustrations.
According to The Daily Telegraph, Mark left more than $200,000 in his will to the People's Dispensary for Sick Animals, and during his lifetime he had a beloved mutt named Help that he had rescued from the Battersea Dogs and Cats Home. Help did not care for two Saint Bernard puppies Mark bought, so they were sent to Austria to be there for him when he skied in the winter. "Mark thought Saint Bernards looked good in the mountains," Wynne-Morgan said.
Once, the actress Joan Collins was invited to Mark's house for a small, fancy lunch. After she was seated, she screamed and pushed her chair back. Under the table, Blitz, the huge Rhodesian Ridgeback, had been licking her ankle. "Take that dog out of here!" she cried. Mark gingerly coaxed Blitz out from under the carefully laid table, and the dog lay down in the hallway, his head between his legs, looking miserable. After Mark finished the first course, he excused himself and went out to apologize to his pet. "I'm so sorry, Blitz," he was overheard to say. "That bitch will never set foot in this house again."
End of an Era
No one wanted Mark to sell the clubs. His friends and family all implored him not to. Some, including David Tang, the Hong Kong mogul, also asked him to forgive Robin. Tang reported that Mark said, "Nobody talks to me about Robin—I don't like it." Mohamed Ghannam got away with more than most: "He's your son, Mr. Birley—doesn't it matter? It's only money. My God, you lost Rupert—you're not going to lose Robin just because of a stupid mistake?" Robin was Ghannam's boss at Annabel's, and Ghannam and others were ordered to report daily to Mark on how things were going. Ghannam thought Robin worked very hard and did an excellent job. "Robin has a heart of gold," he told me. "He does whatever you ask." Robin said, "I loved the clubs, and I believe I had a real feeling for what my father created." But it was too late.
The buzzer at Mark's Club.
Ghannam was pushing Mark in his wheelchair in Marrakech last June when the moment came. Mark had gone to Morocco to buy a house on a property developed by his friend Lynn Guinness and his former son-in-law Francis Pike. India Jane and Miranda Brooks were also visiting. The house was nearly ready, but Mark suddenly started demanding last-minute changes. According to Ghannam, they all told him it was not possible to do those things. Ghannam said, "I tried to tell them, 'Stop! Don't tell him what to do.' Because I knew immediately, That's it. That's the end of this house. He only said, 'Mohamed, it's time for lunch.'?"
Then, instead of calling the lawyers from Casablanca, who were ready to close on the property, Mark summoned Richard Caring's lawyers from London, who arrived the next day by private jet. Caring told me he had been trying to buy the clubs for more than a year. "It was a bit of a shock when it really happened." Mark had already grilled Caring thoroughly and had gotten him up to a great price. "If you believe in quality, top-of-the-pile sparkle," Caring said, "you don't do better than this." India Jane was beside herself. She had thrown herself into running the clubs since Robin's departure, and her father had said nothing to her about any sale. "I really did cry and cry, and I am not a crier," she said. When Sir Evelyn de Rothschild suggested countering the offer, Caring reminded Mark that they had a deal. After the sale, Lady Annabel asked Mark to give each of the children $10.3 million, but Mark reportedly just rolled his eyes. When asked what he planned to do with all his money, he replied, "I'm going on a cruise."
Mark had never discussed his will with his children. India Jane and Robin, once easygoing siblings and partners who would play jokes and have food fights, actually saw each other when Robin came around to collect some suits and ties of their father's the day before India Jane heard that her brother was contesting the will. "It came out of the blue," she told me. "I have absolutely no animosity towards Robin," whom she described as a "wild, wild creature." She added, "Sometimes I wish he'd go live in the Congo forever. It's all so unnecessary. At times it makes me want to weep."
The big question now is: How can Robin possibly break the will? It will be very difficult. Mark made sure that a doctor came from London to examine him for his mental competency at the time of the sale, and the doctor said he was compos mentis. (Robin's side argues that it wasn't his regular doctor.) The same procedure had occurred earlier, when Mark made his will, which leaves India Jane his house, last evaluated at $35 million, and allows her to live off the income of the trust until her son is 25. Thus, the trustees, not India Jane, have final say. "People think it is something I am in control of. I'm not," India Jane said.
According to Miranda Brooks, India Jane told Robin that, if he would wait for the period of probate to be over, she would try to help him if she could. Peter Munster says, "The will cannot be changed unless there is evidence. The reason is that a minor is involved, and he is the main beneficiary. If the will were to be changed, the trustees would have to go to court. If it would be changed to the detriment of a child, the court would be loath to change anything."
When Mark was operated on for his knee, Lady Annabel said, "he drank quite a lot and mixed it with painkillers, and he kept having falls." She said he fell two weeks after the operation and fractured his hip. And he would not do physical therapy. "That's when it all began," she said.
During the time Birley was drinking and taking painkillers, he apparently was disoriented, his memory was impaired, and he was not himself. "He was taking a whole cocktail of medications," Lynn Guinness explained. "When they changed that, the confusion stopped." Guinness said that every morning when he was with her, he would get the figures of Annabel's take from the night before. "He got this incredible deal from Caring. How does someone off his head manage to do that?" India Jane asserted, "My father was right on the button" regarding his business. His caregiver, Elvira Maria, a beneficiary in the will, agreed: "Mr. Birley was never confused about business or money." I asked her if what I had been told was true, that shortly before he died he had spoken of a rapprochement with Robin. "He never mentioned that," she replied.
Robin's partisans disagree about Mark's mental state, and they feel that Robin needs to be more fairly compensated for giving up his San Francisco businesses. "[Mark's confusion] was bad for a few months, particularly at the time that Robin's part in the investigation of India Jane's lover came to light," says David Wynne-Morgan. "He had short-term-memory loss until he died." Shaun Plunket, a cousin of Lady Annabel's who is now married to Andrea Reynolds, Claus von Bülow's former companion, phoned Mark frequently from upstate New York. "He was losing it for the last year, and I detected it on the telephone," he told me. "He was not living a happy life at all." Peter Munster disputes that: "If lawyers were to call witnesses, there are several people, such as myself, who would stand up in court and say that Mark knew precisely what he was doing."
Mark was making plans to visit Lynn Guinness again in Morocco the night before he died of a massive stroke, on August 24. India Jane was with him at the end. His death came as "a terrible shock" to Lady Annabel, who said, "I thought he'd go on for years, he was so primped." Of the sale, she said, "I think maybe in his heart he felt that nobody could run it like him."
India Jane arranged the funeral, at St. Paul's church in Knightsbridge, which was attended by Margaret Thatcher, Prince and Princess Michael of Kent, the Duchess of York, and staff from as far away as Australia. The most dramatic moment came at the end. "When the coffin was carried from its place before the altar towards the door of the church," said Peter Munster, "it was followed by Mark's driver, Don, leading his two beloved dogs, George and Tara, whilst a piper played a lament."
For now, probate is frozen, so the real value of the estate is not yet determined. "Mark would be horrified at the publicity," Lynn Guinness says, and India Jane, who has a new romantic interest, a rare-clocks dealer, swears that all she wants to do is "play with the baby and feed the kittens. I am very, very boring." Lady Annabel speaks frequently with both Robin and India Jane. "We talk all the time," India Jane told me. "She prattles on about dogs and we don't talk about it." And what if the case ever gets to court? Miranda Brooks says, "Jane's got no illusions about that. If her mother has to appear in court, we know who she'll favor." Does India Jane really think her mother would testify for Robin against her? "I don't know," India Jane says, "and I really do mean it. I can't even imagine. It's a bit of the unthinkable."
Maureen Orth is a Vanity Fair special correspondent and National Magazine Award winner.
Germany Confronts Holocaust Legacy Anew
Miguel Villagran/Associated Press
Rabbi William Wolff attends a commemoration of Holocaust victims in the German parliament in Berlin on Friday, Jan. 25, 2008.
BERLIN — Most countries celebrate the best in their pasts. Germany unrelentingly promotes its worst.
The enormous Holocaust memorial that dominates a chunk of central Berlin was completed only after years of debate. But the building of monuments to the Nazi disgrace continues unabated.
On Monday, Germany's minister of culture, Bernd Neumann, announced that construction could begin in Berlin on two monuments: one near the Reichstag, to the murdered Gypsies, known here as the Sinti and the Roma; and another not far from the Brandenburg Gate, to gays and lesbians killed in the Holocaust.
In November Germany broke ground on the long-delayed Topography of Terror center at the site of the former Gestapo and SS headquarters. And in October, a huge new exhibition opened at the Bergen-Belsen concentration camp. At the Dachau camp, outside Munich, a new visitor center is set to open this summer. The city of Erfurt is planning a museum dedicated to the crematoriums. There are currently two exhibitions about the role of the German railways in delivering millions to their deaths.
Wednesday is the 75th anniversary of the day Hitler and the Nazi Party took power in Germany, and the occasion has prompted a new round of soul-searching.
"Where in the world has one ever seen a nation that erects memorials to immortalize its own shame?" asked Avi Primor, the former Israeli ambassador to Germany, at an event in Erfurt on Friday commemorating the Holocaust and the liberation of Auschwitz. "Only the Germans had the bravery and the humility."
It is not just in edifices and exhibits that the effort to come to terms with this history marches on. The Federal Crime Office last year began investigating itself, trying to shine a light on the Nazi past of its founders after the end of the war. And this month Germany's federal prosecutor overturned the guilty verdict of Marinus van der Lubbe, the Communist Dutchman executed on charges of setting the Reichstag fire; that event's 75th anniversary is Feb. 27.
The experience of Nazism is alive in contemporary public debates over subjects as varied as German troops in Afghanistan, the nation's low birthrate and the country's dealings with foreigners. Why Germany seems unendingly obsessed with Nazism is itself a subject of perpetual debate here, ranging from the nation's philosophical temperament, to simple awe at the unprecedented combination of organization and brutality, to the sense that the crime was so great that it spread like a blot over the entire culture.
Whatever the reasons, as the events become more remote, less personal, this society is forced to confront the question of how it should enshrine its crimes and transgressions over the longer term.
In the decades after the war, the central question was how Hitler ever came to power, Horst Möller, director of the Institute of Contemporary History, said in an interview. Even an American television mini-series called "Holocaust" in the 1970s affected the debate in what was then West Germany, shifting the focus more onto the suffering of the victims themselves, Mr. Möller recalled.
Rüdiger Nemitz first began welcoming back Berlin's exiled victims of Nazi tyranny, an overwhelming majority of them Jews, in 1969. Berlin flies its former citizens back for a week of visits, all expenses paid and complete with a reception by the mayor.
The Invitation Program for Former Persecuted Citizens of Berlin, which has brought roughly 33,000 people for visits to the city, once had 12 full-time staff members. Now it is just Mr. Nemitz and a half-time employee.
The program is not, however, winding down because of waning support. At a time when the Berlin city government has had to make deep cutbacks in other areas, Mr. Nemitz said, the program's $800,000 budget has not been pared since at least 2000.
"When it started, they were grown-ups," said Mr. Nemitz from his office on the ground floor of City Hall. "Now, it's people with hardly any memory of Berlin. Those who come today were children then." The visits will end in 2010 or 2011, Mr. Nemitz estimated, because there are so few victims left.
Overlooked next to the fact of the survivors' dying out is that Mr. Nemitz's generation, those who fought to break the silence of their parents and teachers, is starting to retire. When the last tour group leaves Berlin, Mr. Nemitz, 61, who says he is afraid to take vacations and treats his position more like a mission than a job, will shut the door to his office and retire.
Some say that young Germans, who are required to study the Nazi era and the Holocaust intensively, have shown little indication of letting the theme drop, despite their distance from the events. They say that the younger generation has tackled it as a source not of guilt, but of responsibility on the world stage for social justice and pacifism, including opposition to the war in Iraq.
Others say that the crimes are dealt with only superficially, and that the young will eventually, and perhaps in carefully guarded ways, express their exhaustion with the topic. "I can't help but feeling that some of the continued, 'Let's build monuments; let's build Jewish museums,' is a fairly ritualized behavior," Susan Neiman, director of the Einstein Forum in Potsdam, an international public research group, said by telephone. "I worry terribly that it's going to backfire."
Germany's relationship with its Nazi history still regularly generates controversy, as in the case of the dueling train exhibits. The first, Train of Commemoration, is a locomotive carrying displays detailing the way Jewish children were murdered in the Holocaust.
The train is making its way through German cities, open for visitors along the way, ultimately bound for the site of the Auschwitz camp, in Poland. Organizers complain that rather than embrace the project, the national railway, Deutsche Bahn, has hindered it, requiring payment for use of the tracks.
The second exhibition, sponsored by Deutsche Bahn itself, opened in Berlin at the Potsdamer Platz train station last week. Critics have derided "Special Trains to Death" as a response to the first exhibition. But Deutsche Bahn's exhibition does lay out how the company's predecessor, the Reichsbahn, carried some three million passengers to their deaths; it is filled with painful statistics, photographs and powerful stories of some of the people who perished.
Any failure to handle the history with care grabs national attention. In Munich this past weekend, a traditional carnival season parade overlapped with the International Holocaust Remembrance Day, observed every year on Jan. 27. The result was a flood of negative publicity for the city.
Stefan Hauf, a spokesman for the city, said, "There was no conscious affront," adding that the city would have changed the date of the parade, but that too many participants were flying in from other countries to make the change on short notice.
Munich played a special role in Nazi history. It is where the National Socialist party rose to prominence and was the location of the Beer Hall Putsch of 1923, the failed coup attempt enshrined in Nazi lore. Hitler eventually declared it the Capital of the Movement. Unlike Berlin, which has developed a reputation as a city with a memorial on practically every street corner, Munich has often been criticized for playing down its history.
"Munich was the Capital of the Movement; since 1945 it's been the capital of forgetting," said Wolfram P. Kastner, an artist who said he had fought the city over the years for permission to use performance art to keep the memory of the Holocaust alive there.
Munich's government believes it has been very active in preserving the history of that time. A short walk from the city's historic Marienplatz, an entire complex of new buildings is devoted to both the city's Jewish history and the present. The synagogue there opened in November 2006 on the anniversary of the Nazi-led Kristallnacht attacks on Jewish people, businesses and places of worship. The Jewish Museum and a new community center opened in Munich last year.
The city is working on a new museum to be built where the Nazi party headquarters once stood. Called the Documentation Center for the History of National Socialism, it is expected to open in 2011. The stated goal, according to the museum Web site, "is to create a place of learning for the future."
To that end, Angelika Baumann of the city's Department of Arts and Culture has run workshops for schoolchildren 14 to 18 years old. "We're planning for people who aren't even born yet," she said.
Nicholas Kulish reported from Berlin and Munich. Victor Homola contributed reporting from Berlin.
Ted Kennedy’s roof-raising endorsement of Barack Obama.
McCain Beats Romney in Florida
McCain Beats Romney in Florida Giuliani a Distant Third in State He Counted On Winning; Clinton Defeats Obama but Gets No Delegates
By Michael D. Shear and Juliet Eilperin Washington Post Staff Writers Wednesday, January 30, 2008; A01
ORLANDO, Jan. 29 -- Sen. John McCain of Arizona pulled out a hard-fought victory over former Massachusetts governor Mitt Romney in Florida's contentious Republican primary Tuesday, making him the clear front-runner in a two-man presidential race that could be decided as soon as next week.
Former New York mayor Rudolph W. Giuliani, whose status as "America's Mayor" catapulted him to the head of the GOP field for most of last year, finished third. His speech to supporters had the feel of a goodbye, and top aides said he plans to drop out Wednesday and endorse McCain in California ahead of a debate there.
Speaking in Orlando as tears ran down his staffers' faces, Giuliani said: "I'm proud that we chose to stay positive and run a campaign of ideas. We ran a campaign that was uplifting. You don't always win but you can always try to do it right."
Sen. Hillary Rodham Clinton (N.Y.) won the state's largely symbolic Democratic primary. None of the candidates campaigned here and no delegates will be awarded because the state party scheduled the contest earlier than the national party allowed. Sen. Barack Obama (Ill.) was a distant second, with former senator John Edwards (N.C.) in third.
The Republican Party also punished Florida for voting before Feb. 5 without permission, but it cut the number of delegates in half rather than eliminating them entirely. McCain was awarded 57 delegates in the winner-take-all primary.
With 95 percent of the vote counted, McCain led with 36 percent of the vote compared to 31 percent for Romney. Giuliani had 14.7 percent of the vote and former Arkansas governor Mike Huckabee trailed with 13.5 percent.
For McCain, the victory finally proved that he can win a primary limited to registered Republicans. The win came in part because of heavy support from Hispanics, and it helped erase lingering doubts that he is not conservative enough for his own party.
Nonetheless, the Florida contest was the nastiest so far, featuring a series of testy exchanges between McCain and Romney that laid bare their dislike for one another. In the past three days, Romney has called McCain "dishonest" and a "liberal Democrat," while McCain has accused Romney of "wholesale deception" of voters.
The Republican race immediately shifts westward Wednesday, with a debate in Southern California that kicks off a six-day frenzy of cross-country campaigning leading to Super Tuesday, when 21 states vote.
Making it clear he was now girding for a fierce battle with Romney, McCain declared in his victory speech Tuesday night that, "My friends, in one week we will have as close to a national primary as we have ever had in this country. I intend to win it, and be the nominee of our party."
McCain had tried to keep the focus of the Florida campaign on foreign policy, where he believes he has the advantage. A former prisoner of war in Vietnam, McCain rebuilt his campaign last year on the strength of his support of the buildup of U.S. troops in Iraq.
McCain saved his kindest words last night for Giuliani, who he said, "invested his heart and soul in this primary, and [he] conducted himself with all the qualities of the exceptional American leader he truly is.
"Tonight, my friends, we celebrate," McCain continued. "Tomorrow it's back to work. We have a ways to go, but we are getting close."
Romney had tried to cast McCain as unprepared to confront the economic challenges in Florida and the nation as the stock market tumbled and the housing crisis escalated. But the former corporate chief executive's focus on the economy did not move enough voters to his side even though voters rated it as their top issue.
"Almost, but not quite," Romney declared to a crowded ballroom of supporters after his loss to McCain.
Network exit polls out of Florida showed the economy as the breakaway issue, with 45 percent of GOP voters and 55 percent of Democrats calling it the top concern.
Romney aides, while disappointed in the loss, said they would now enter a two-man race with McCain, where they can run as the conservative candidate against the at-times maverick senator. They said the divided field and the endorsement by Florida Gov. Charlie Crist had tipped this vote to McCain, but that they could upset him in some states and pick up delegates in states they don't win.
"The conservatives are starting to rally around Mitt," his wife, Ann, declared in brief remarks after her husband spoke.
The exit poll showed McCain with the edge among voters most concerned about the economy and a wide margin among those who said Iraq was the top issue. Romney won among those most concerned about immigration, while those who cited terrorism as the country's most important problem spread their votes nearly evenly among Romney, McCain and Giuliani.
McCain did well among Hispanics, winning 54 percent of their votes, and among self-described independents, who made up 17 percent of all GOP voters. Among self-identified Republicans, McCain and Romney ran evenly.
Huckabee trailed well behind after choosing not to campaign much in Florida.
The Florida primary became a critical test for the Republican candidates after an early voting schedule that did little to settle uncertainty about who should claim the mantle of leadership following eight years of President Bush. The candidates split the first set of contests before heading to Florida, where Giuliani sat waiting for his chance in the political spotlight.
But that chance never really came.
Giuliani largely skipped the first five contests, then saw once-sky-high poll numbers in Florida plunge when the others arrived. By primary day, surveys showed him fighting with Huckabee for third place.
Giuliani campaigned hard throughout Florida, touting his leadership, his experience managing New York City and his support for a national insurance fund that would make it easier for Floridians to purchase affordable homeowners and flood insurance.
He also spent more than $4 million on television ads, campaign mailers and a sophisticated ground organization. Thousands of volunteers made hundreds of thousands of get-out-the-vote calls in the final days of the campaign here. On the day before the primary, he flew reporters across the state for a series of rallies.
"We're going to win Florida tomorrow," Giuliani said repeatedly, promising that a victory in the Sunshine State would propel him to the nomination and ultimately to the White House.
But Giuliani was repeatedly upstaged by McCain and Romney, who greeted each other gingerly in a national debate in Boca Raton, then let the aggression fly in days of exchanges that barely disguised contempt.
McCain attempted to shift the conversation to national security by accusing Romney of having supported a date for withdrawal of U.S. troops from Iraq.
Romney called that "dishonest" and demanded an apology from McCain, who not only refused, but also said that Romney owed an apology to the men and women serving in the military in Iraq.
That spat was followed by two days of arguing about which of the two is the more liberal. Romney said McCain's achievements in Congress on immigration, campaign finance and energy would take the country on a "liberal Democratic course." McCain charged that "Mitt Romney's campaign is based on the wholesale deception of voters."
Despite the lack of delegates, the Clinton campaign claimed a big win. "I am thrilled by the vote of confidence you have given me today," Clinton said at a rally in Davie.
The Obama campaign countered the effort to spin the results, mockingly saying it would call the race early and announcing that the candidates were tied for delegates -- with each getting zero -- when the results were in.
"It is not a legitimate race," Sen. John F. Kerry, who has endorsed Obama, told reporters on a call organized by the Obama campaign. "It should not become a spin race, it should not become a fabricated race."
But the Clinton campaign was counting on voters in states with Feb. 5 contests paying little attention to the confusion over delegates. The headlines, they hoped, would simply reflect that she won by a huge margin over Obama in a large state.
In every statement about the race, Clinton and her surrogates repeatedly insisted that Florida's "votes count" -- despite her earlier agreement to honor party rules.
Staff writers Perry Bacon Jr. and Anne E. Kornblut in Florida and polling director Jon Cohen and polling analyst Jennifer Agiesta in Washington contributed to this report.
Today’s Papers
Back to the Front
By Daniel Politi Posted Wednesday, Jan. 30, 2008, at 6:06 A.M. E.T.
The New York Times, Washington Post, Los Angeles Times, and Wall Street Journal's world-wide newsbox all lead with Sen. John McCain's decisive victory over Mitt Romney in the Florida primary. Everyone says the win clearly makes the Arizona senator his party's front-runner for the presidential nomination. After a hard-fought battle that became increasingly acrimonious in its final days, McCain received 36 percent of the vote to Romney's 31 percent. Yesterday's election also marked the downfall of Rudy Giuliani. Once seen as the party's front-runner, Giuliani's campaign quickly collapsed this month and "America's Mayor" managed only a distant third in the state that he was counting on to propel him to the nomination. Giuliani spoke of his campaign in the past tense last night and is widely expected to drop out today and throw his support to McCain.
USA Todaygoes big with McCain's victory but devotes the traditional lead spot to word that a report scheduled for release today will reveal that allied countries have paid only 16 percent of what they pledged in Iraqi reconstruction funds. While the United States has spent $29 billion in the effort, other countries have spent only about $2.5 billion of the more than $15.8 billion they promised in 2003. Iraq's "oil-rich neighbors" are particularly guilty of failing to follow through with their pledges.
McCain's win is seen as particularly significant because he couldn't count on the independent voters in yesterday's contest, who were an integral part of his earlier victories. In the days before the election, Romney had worked hard to portray McCain as a product of Washington who is ill-equipped to deal with the country's economic issues. But, in the end, the almost 50 percent of voters who ranked the economy as their top concern still largely favored McCain. For his part, Romney had an advantage among those who described themselves as very conservative as well as with voters who are most concerned about illegal immigration and favor deportation.
Still, there are several challenges ahead for the senator, as the LAT points out that it remains to be seen whether McCain can build a strong Republican coalition. Regardless of his continuing fights with the GOP establishment, it's clear that at least voters see him as someone who says what he believes and as the Republican contender with the best chance of beating a Democrat. The Post's Dan Balz notes inside that McCain's victory will "make him difficult to stop" and he could have the nomination wrapped up after next week's 21-state Super Tuesday.
Mike Huckabee came in fourth place yesterday but no one expects him to drop out before Super Tuesday. The Post says that his continued presence in the race could help McCain because Huckabee will probably manage to receive some conservative support that would otherwise go to Romney.
On the Democratic side, Sen. Hillary Clinton easily beat Sen. Barack Obama, but the victory is seen as meaningless beyond the symbolic value since Florida was stripped of all its delegates by the party as a punishment for moving its primary earlier in the year. None of the candidates campaigned in the state, but Clinton went to Florida yesterday and claimed it as a big win, which the Obama camp eagerly refuted. But it's clear that Clinton's goal was to have a victory under its belt before Super Tuesday, predicting that voters would pay "little attention to the confusion over delegates," says the Post. The WP is the only paper that fronts a picture of Clinton's victory rally, although it is right above a particularly snarky column by Dana Milbank, who calls it "a political stunt worthy of the late Evel Knievel."
In examining Rudy Giuliani's loss, the NYT says in a separate front-page piece that although his downfall is largely attributable to mistakes in his campaign, there's maybe a simpler explanation: "The more that Republican voters saw of him, the less they wanted to vote for him." As many predicted, it seems his early numbers were largely based on name recognition, and, as Slate's John Dickerson points out, "The more he campaigned, the more he went down in the polls."
The NYT fronts a look at how more outside groups are getting involved in helping Obama win the nomination, even as he consistently denounces the role that special-interest groups play in the political process. Obama has no control over these groups, and his campaign has asked them to stop their efforts. But now the senator from Illinois is in an interesting position where he's benefitting from their money while also taking the high ground and criticizing his opponents for receiving just this type of help.
The WP fronts, and the rest of the papers mention, the continuing chaos in Kenya, where an opposition lawmaker was killed by gunmen outside his home yesterday morning. The killing had all the signs of a political assassination, and immediately sparked more ethnic clashes in a country where more than 800 people have been killed and 250,000 displaced since the election last month. The LAT notes that many are losing faith in the country's politicians, who are seen as more concerned with their own power instead of working together to end the violence.
The NYT takes a look at how Monday's State of the Union served as another example of how President Bush seems to be preparing the public for the possibility that no more troops will be withdrawn from Iraq beyond those that are already scheduled to leave. There's even a possibility that the number of troops in Iraq will actually be greater than before the "surge" if the approximately 7,000 to 8,000 support troops don't leave with the five combat brigades scheduled to withdraw by the summer. Meanwhile, the WP notes that the U.S. military is planning to increase the number of neighborhood outposts in Baghdad by more than 30 percent.
The WSJ goes inside with a look at how this presidential race has repeatedly embarrassed pollsters this year. Several factors are making the contests particularly difficult to handicap, including the huge number of people who are turning out and the fast pace of the campaign that is causing many to change their minds at the last minute. Things will likely get better once the nominees are decided. But, for now, Peter Hart has a piece of advice for fellow pollsters trying to predict the outcome of the Super Tuesday contests: "Take two aspirins and wake up Wednesday morning."
Daniel Politi writes "Today's Papers" for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.
Something fundamental has shifted in the Democratic Party.
Last week there was the widespread revulsion at the Clintons' toxic attempts to ghettoize Barack Obama. In private and occasionally in public, leading Democrats lost patience with the hyperpartisan style of politics — the distortion of facts, the demonizing of foes, the secret admiration for brass-knuckle brawling and the ever-present assumption that it's necessary to pollute the public sphere to win. All the suppressed suspicions of Clintonian narcissism came back to the fore. Are these people really serving the larger cause of the Democratic Party, or are they using the party as a vehicle for themselves?
And then Monday, something equally astonishing happened. A throng of Kennedys came to the Bender Arena at American University in Washington to endorse Obama. Caroline Kennedy evoked her father. Senator Edward Kennedy's slightly hunched form carried with it the recent history of the Democratic Party.
The Kennedy endorsements will help among working-class Democrats, Catholics and the millions of Americans who have followed Caroline's path to maturity. Furthermore, here was Senator Kennedy, the consummate legislative craftsman, vouching for the fact that Obama is ready to be president on Day One.
But the event was striking for another reason, having to do with the confluence of themes and generations. The Kennedys and Obama hit the same contrasts again and again in their speeches: the high road versus the low road; inspiration versus calculation; future versus the past; and most of all, service versus selfishness.
"With Barack Obama, we will turn the page on the old politics of misrepresentation and distortion," Senator Kennedy declared. "With Barack Obama, there is a new national leader who has given America a different kind of campaign — a campaign not just about himself, but about all of us," he said.
The Clintons started this fight, and in his grand and graceful way, Kennedy returned the volley with added speed.
Kennedy went on to talk about the 1960s. But he didn't talk much about the late-60s, when Bill and Hillary came to political activism. He talked about the early-60s, and the idealism of the generation that had seen World War II, the idealism of the generation that marched in jacket and ties, the idealism of a generation whose activism was relatively unmarked by drug use and self-indulgence.
Then, in the speech's most striking passage, he set Bill Clinton afloat on the receding tide of memory. "There was another time," Kennedy said, "when another young candidate was running for president and challenging America to cross a New Frontier." But, he continued, another former Democratic president, Harry Truman, said he should have patience. He said he lacked experience. John Kennedy replied: "The world is changing. The old ways will not do!"
The audience at American University roared. It was mostly young people, and to them, the Clintons are as old as the Trumans were in 1960. And in the students' rapture for Kennedy's message, you began to see the folding over of generations, the service generation of John and Robert Kennedy united with the service generation of the One Campaign. The grandparents and children united against the parents.
How could the septuagenarian Kennedy cast the younger Clintons into the past? He could do it because he evoked the New Frontier, which again seems fresh. He could do it because he himself has come to live a life of service.
After his callow youth, Kennedy came to realize that life would not give him the chance to be president. But life did ask him to be a senator, and he has embraced that role and served that institution with more distinction than anyone else now living — as any of his colleagues, Republican or Democrat, will tell you. And he could do it because culture really does have rhythms. The respect for institutions that was prevalent during the early '60s is prevalent with the young again today. The earnest industriousness that was common then is back today. The awareness that we are not self-made individualists, free to be you and me, but emerge as parts of networks, webs and communities; that awareness is back again today.
Sept. 11th really did leave a residue — an unconsummated desire for sacrifice and service. The old Clintonian style of politics clashes with that desire. When Sidney Blumenthal expresses the Clinton creed by telling George Packer of The New Yorker, "It's not a question of transcending partisanship. It's a question of fulfilling it," that clashes with the desire as well.
It's not clear how far this altered public mood will carry Obama in this election. But there was something important and memorable about the way the 75-year-old Kennedy communed and bonded with a rapturous crowd half a century his junior.
The old guy stole the show.
An Uncommon Wealth of Success Hits Boston
Stephan Savoia/Associated Press
Boston fans in October celebrating the Red Sox' victory against the Colorado Rockies in the World Series, their second championship since 2004.
BOSTON — For a city with an inveterate inferiority complex, Boston has been feeling awfully superior lately.
The Red Sox just won a second World Series in four years after an 86-season drought that traumatized generations of New Englanders. The Patriots, already winners of three Super Bowls this decade, are storming into Sunday's game an unprecedented 18-0. And the Celtics, only months after being accused of trying to finish with the N.B.A.'s worst record, have the league's top mark at 34-8.
All this winning raises the question: what has Boston lost? If not games — since Oct. 16, those three New England teams have won 87 percent of the time — then perhaps a certain identity the region must now reconsider. Wearing a Red Sox cap or a Patriots jersey no longer identifies citizens as connoisseurs of pain, lovable Charlie Browns to New York's success-swiping Lucy. Boston's little garage bands have made it big, and the victory parades are crowded with bandwagons.
"There's an embarrassment of riches, all these championships; we're terribly spoiled," said Chris Greeley, a government-affairs consultant in Boston and who was once a former chief of staff for Senator John Kerry. "Being the underdog was something Boston always liked. It was easier, and it was good for banding together. But now we don't have a great enemy to point to — New York, we've become them."
Marty Meehan, the chancellor of the University of Massachusetts Lowell who was a former United States Congressman, added: "I have an 8-year-old and a 5-year-old. I wonder if they're ever going to know what it was really like here for all those decades."
No city, let alone Boston, has ever fielded a threesome in the most popular national team sports as dominant as the current Patriots, Red Sox and Celtics. The closest — fittingly — was New York from 1969 through 1970, when the Jets won Super Bowl III, the Mets won the 1969 World Series and the Knicks won the 1970 basketball title. But New York had multiple baseball and football teams, which Boston does not. That inspired Carl Morris, a statistics professor across the Charles River at Harvard, to calculate the chances of a monofranchised city having the three best teams in one year: about 1 in 29,000.
"I'm not sure if people here realize how unlikely this thing really is," Morris said. "No city is ever going to see anything like this again."
New York celebrated its 1969-70 sports success with a decade of bankruptcy and rampant crime; Boston's future appears rosier. Paul Guzzi, president of the Greater Boston Chamber of Commerce, described the economic impact of the region's sports success as modest, citing added tourism and spending during World Series games, and impact of the Patriots' new stadium/mall complex in Foxborough.
Terry Francona, the Red Sox manager for both recent World Series titles, said the benefits of winning were probably more spiritual. Francona grew up outside Pittsburgh in the 1970s, and watched the Steelers and the Pirates win championships in 1979.
"The steel mills were shutting down, and Pittsburgh was going to have to change its identity," Francona recalled. "People were walking around town wearing the black and gold with pride. Winning made people feel better about themselves."
If Bostonians are feeling sunnier, they do not always show it at the Harp, a watering hole down the street from the TD Banknorth Garden. Katie McAuliffe has tended bar there for six years and she laughed as she considered the difference in fan outlook. "They're a lot more bold than they used to be," she said. "They like to break things more now. I think it's pent-up frustration — like they don't know how to handle this."
Indeed, success can demand some emotional recalibration. Sports columnists for The Boston Globe, who for decades could charitably be described as dyspeptic, now must scrounge for material. And even Champagne loses its allure in six-packs.
"When the Red Sox finally won in 2004, the city just went bananas; it was the greatest bachelor party ever," said Mark Sternman, a researcher for a state government agency, adding that, "2007 was the best party you could have as a married man."
The Celtics, of course, spent the 1960s as one of sport's great dynasties, and became dreadful only recently. (Last spring, the team was accused of losing games on purpose so it could finish with the N.B.A.'s worst record and increase its chances of landing the No. 1 or 2 pick in the draft. The Celtics botched that, too.) The Red Sox have been traditionally competitive, just not good enough to outlast the hated Yankees.
The Patriots' history has been the most pathetic. Beyond frequent 3-13 seasons, their first true home, Schaefer Stadium, opened in 1971 with massive toilet overflows and barely improved thereafter.
Meehan has been a fan through it all. He has held season tickets since 1984, and he said that winning had changed the Patriots fans' experience. "There are times when you want fans to get up and remind the team that this is a home game," he said.
Greeley said that Boston fans today expect more of their teams but less of their players. His father once caught a foul ball off the bat of Ted Williams, but threw it back because he, and most of New England, disapproved of Williams's sulking and apparent selfishness. Fast-forward to today, when the slugger Manny Ramírez is generally shaky on the field and quite flighty off it, but is beloved for this (and his .300 average).
"Manny would never have gotten away with being Manny 40 years ago," Greeley said. "Nowadays there's such emphasis on performance. There's a whole generation that's growing up now with so much focus on the winning that they may never appreciate the play and the artistry itself. They're not being trained to appreciate it."
At Sully's Tap, not far from the Harp, Jon Megas-Russell did not agree as he nursed a beer at the weathered counter. A devout Boston sports fan and Celtics season-ticket holder, he said that old, rumpled Fenway Park was better than ever thanks to recent renovations (although some complain that rampant advertising has left the Green Monster looking like a Nascar entry). Also worth it, he said, was having to coexist with frivolous front-runners who jump in the marathon only at the end.
"You don't lose anything by winning, you only add on," said Megas-Russell, 25, a sales manager from suburban Somerville. "When they win, it validates what you've been doing. It puts the city in the limelight in America. People look at the Pilgrims, but we've been in the back seat to New York, Los Angeles, Chicago. This brings us back."
He added: "A true fan takes it when it's good and takes it when it's bad. When Tom Brady retires, the Patriots won't be as good. You have to live in the moment."
Boston's moments, for most of the last century, ended in heartbreak — none more poignant than Bill Buckner's grounder between the legs against the Mets in 1986. The New Yorker writer Roger Angell encapsulated New England's perpetual and divine grief in a palindrome: "Not so, Boston."
Yet as the Patriots enter Sunday's Super Bowl as heavy favorites — over the New York Giants, naturally — to win the city's sixth championship in seven years, "Not so, Boston" seems as outdated as those Pilgrims. Backward is forward, and Boston is first.
Eli Manning Took Cues From Mother
Olivia and Archie Manning, top right, with their three sons in 1996 at their home in New Orleans. From left, Cooper, Peyton and Eli.
By the time Eli Manning was able to throw a tight spiral, his father Archie's long drives were confined to America's highways, the elder Manning's station as the singular quarterback of the subpar New Orleans Saints winning him a long and lucrative second career as a public speaker.
One day last week in Orlando, Fla., where he was delivering an address that had been arranged months earlier, Archie spoke on his cellphone of the strong parental bond that shaped Manning, the Giants quarterback who is following up his older brother Peyton's appearance in last year's Super Bowl.
"Eli and Olivia are certainly very close," Archie said, referring to his wife and Manning's mother. "They have that special bond that you see between mamas and their baby boys."
Manning, who turned 27 this month, is nearly five years younger than Peyton, who guided the Colts to a victory over the Chicago Bears in Super Bowl XLI in Miami. He was born almost seven years after Archie and Olivia's firstborn, Cooper, whose football career was cut short by a chronic spinal condition that required surgery.
In 1982, Archie was traded to the Houston Oilers from the Saints. He played in Houston and in Minnesota before retiring from football in 1984 after 14 seasons.
Because he was only 3 years old when his father retired, Manning has fewer memories of Archie's playing days than his brothers. They remember accompanying their dad to practices, getting their own healthy ankles taped by the team trainers and being shoulder to shoulder with N.F.L. behemoths in the whirlpool.
Archie did a fair amount of traveling while Manning was growing up, although he arranged his schedule so he could spend as much time with his sons as possible. Even when Archie was away, as long as Eli's voluble and kinetic older brothers were around, the family's house in the Garden District of New Orleans was full of life.
Cooper, 33, was a loud and animated child, the family's natural-born entertainer. Growing up, he and Peyton, 31, were fiercely competitive, the dining room table becoming another battlefield for their sibling rivalry. Eli was more reserved, like his mother. They would sit largely silent at mealtime, digesting the conversation along with their meals.
"I was always kind of the quiet one, the shy one," Manning said in a phone interview Saturday after practice, the Giants' last one in New Jersey before leaving Monday for Phoenix and a date in Super Bowl XLII with the undefeated New England Patriots. "Sitting around the dinner table, Cooper kind of ran the conversation. He and Peyton and my dad were the ones who carried the conversation. Mom and I never got to do a whole lot of talking."
Olivia, who turned down an interview request out of a desire to remain in the background, ran the household the way Manning runs the Giants' offense: with quiet authority.
"Growing up," he said, "we would have been lost and clueless without her. She ran the household and was our biggest supporter."
Manning grew up in the very long shadow cast by his celebrated father and high-achieving brothers. At the same time, he had the luxury of living a life more akin to an only child starting in the eighth grade, when Peyton left for college.
"We had Eli kind of alone for five years," Archie said.
It was during high school, Manning said, that he grew especially close to his mother. With Archie away part of most weeks, Manning and Olivia began a ritual of eating dinner out once a week, just the two of them. They had a regular rotation of restaurants: Casamentos for oyster poor boys; Figaro's for pizza; Joey K's for creole cooking and catfish.
Between mouthfuls, Manning and his mother shared tidbits of their lives. She grew up in Mississippi and met Archie at Ole Miss, where he was the star quarterback and she was a cheerleader and homecoming queen.
"I got to know more about her," he said. "She told stories about growing up or about college." Freed from having to compete with his brothers to be heard, Manning also found his voice. "It kind of helped me get my stories out," he said.
It was not the first time Manning and his mother had bonded over stories. Long before he learned to read defenses, Manning struggled to decipher Dr. Seuss. "I had trouble reading," he said.
The inadequacy he felt drove him deeper into his shell. "As a child, it's embarrassing and frustrating," Manning said. "They call on students to read out loud in class and it's one of those deals where you're praying the whole time that they don't call on you."
His mother, he said, was influential in helping him improve his reading so he would not have to repeat first grade. "She worked with me and stayed patient," Manning said. "Her laid-back attitude and her soft Southern drawl helped me keep calm about it. She's the one who kept telling me it would all work out and it did."
Years later, with his reading struggles well behind him, Manning posted a score of 39 out of 50 on the Wonderlic, the intelligence test administered by N.F.L. teams to evaluate draft prospects. It was 11 points higher than Peyton's score and well above the average.
Manning was dragged to so many of his brothers' athletic events as a child that Archie thought it might turn him off from sports. Some weekends, Archie would take the older boys to their games and Manning said he would ask if he could stay home with a baby sitter. When that was not possible, he would go shopping with his mom for antiques — anything to avoid sitting through four or five basketball games in a day.
"The first couple of times it wasn't because I wanted to," Manning said. "It was just because she wanted to go shopping and there was nobody to watch me, so I had to tag along. But after I went a couple of times, I started to enjoy it."
Over the years, the antique shops on Magazine Street in New Orleans became as familiar to Manning as his childhood home. He returned to them for pieces to decorate his college apartment at Ole Miss, as well as the apartment in Hoboken, N.J., where he lives during the football season. It is a hobby he has passed on to his fiancée, Abby McGrew, who now joins him when he browses for antiques during the off-season. "Some of Eli's interests favor Olivia's more than others," Archie said, adding, "I've always felt my wife had class and a lot more culture than I do, and I've seen that rub off on Eli."
In the playoffs earlier this month, Peyton's Colts played host to the San Diego Chargers on the same day that Manning's Giants traveled to Dallas to take on the Cowboys. Archie flew to Indiana and watched Peyton's team lose to the Chargers. Olivia was in Texas to see Manning outduel Tony Romo in the Giants' upset victory.
The following week, both parents were in a suite in Green Bay for the National Football Conference title game between the Giants and the Packers. In the waning minutes of the fourth quarter, with the score tied, the television cameras caught Archie with his head buried in his hands.
"For 90 percent of the game I was actually very calm," he said. "Then, in those last few minutes, something hit me." He was transported back to his days as a player, to those games when his team played better than its opponent but a bad break here or there cost it a victory. "It seemed like that was what was happening to the Giants," he said, "and it was hard for me to watch."
Olivia remained calm, of course. As did her youngest son, who marched the Giants into scoring position twice in the fourth quarter, only to have the team's kicker, Lawrence Tynes, miss both field-goal attempts. After Tynes made a 47-yarder in overtime to send the Giants to the Super Bowl, Manning came out of the locker room, still dressed in his uniform, and locked eyes with his mom.
"It's good to see you smiling, honey," she told him.
Manning was happy, for himself and everybody who stuck by him, starting with his mother. "She had just as much relief," he said, "as I did."
Snowstorms in China Kill at Least 24
Nir Elias/Reuters
Migrant workers waited at the Shanghai train station on Monday after heavy snow hit the region.
Associated Press
Train passengers in Guangzhou, China. Officials say 78 million have been affected by the snow
SHANGHAI — Severe snowstorms over broad swaths of eastern and central China have wreaked havoc on traffic throughout the country, creating gigantic passenger backups, spawning accidents and leaving at least 24 people dead, according to state news reports.
In many areas, where snow has continued falling for several days, the accumulation has been described as the heaviest in as many as five decades. The impact of the severe weather was complicated by the timing of the storms, which arrived just before the Lunar New Year, or Spring Festival, when Chinese return to their family homes by the hundreds of millions.
On Monday, the government announced a severe weather warning for the days ahead, as forecasts suggested that the snowfall would continue in many areas, including Shanghai, which is unaccustomed to severe winter weather.
"Due to the rain, snow and frost, plus increased winter use of coal and electricity and the peak travel season, the job of ensuring coal, electricity and oil supplies and adequate transportation has become quite severe," Prime Minister Wen Jiabao said in a statement issued late Sunday.
"More heavy snow is expected," Mr. Wen warned. "All government departments must prepare for this increasingly grim situation and urgently take action."
The Ministry of Civil Affairs estimates the direct economic cost of the weather so far to be $3.2 billion and the number of people affected to be 78 million, including 827,000 emergency evacuees.
The country's transportation problems have been deepened by power brownouts in about half of the 31 provinces. Officials said Monday that the supply of coal for electricity had dropped to 21 million tons, less than half the normal levels at this time of year. As a result, 17 provinces were rationing power by Monday.
The coal supply problems were themselves brought on by the heavy snow, sleet and freezing rain, which caused delays in distribution of the fuel by rail and truck in many regions. China is heavily dependent on domestically produced coal for power.
In Guangzhou, the booming southern industrial city, authorities said they expected as many as 600,000 train passengers to be stranded there by Monday. The police were being deployed around the city's central railroad station as a precaution to keep order.
Guangzhou is the capital of Guangdong Province, home to millions of migrant laborers from faraway parts of the country lured by the prospect of jobs in assembly plants and other factories. State television showed scenes of would-be travelers milling about the train station, many of them migrants, and warned that food and sanitation facilities were inadequate.
A power failure on Saturday night in Hunan Province was blamed for many of the rail delays, stranding 136 electric trains, scores serving the north-south Beijing-Guangzhou route.
According to Xinhua, the government news agency, about 100 diesel locomotives were sent to help restore the stranded trains to service. Railroad authorities also said that large quantities of rice and meat, as well as 20,000 boxes of instant noodles, had been rushed to the paralyzed trains to feed passengers.
To cope with the crisis, authorities in Guangzhou have ordered a temporary halt to the sale of train tickets and urged migrants from other provinces to spend the Spring Festival in Guangdong Province. At the earliest, normal train service is not expected to resume for three to five days.
Air travel in the country has also been affected, with at least 19 major airports closed Monday and flight schedules severely disrupted at dozens of other airports because of the snowfall. About 10,000 passengers were stranded at Baiyun Airport in Guangzhou after 55 flights were canceled.
For the stranded passengers, there are few alternatives. Long-distance bus travel has also been severely hampered by icy roads and overwhelmed by the huge numbers of passengers.
For safety reasons, Jiangxi Province has halted all provincial bus service. In Jiangsu Province road networks are reportedly all but paralyzed by the heavy snowfall, while in Anhui Province, authorities have closed all public highways as a safety precaution.
In search of the distraction-free desktop.
The Tao of Screen
In search of the distraction-free desktop.
By Jeffrey MacIntyre Posted Thursday, Jan. 24, 2008, at 4:27 P.M. E.T.
If your computer desktop is anything like mine—and, brother, it is—you've paved over every spare pixel in an iconistan of clutter. Desktop design originated in a wistful visual metaphor, the clean, still work surface, encouraging users to productive ends. Leaps forward in computing horsepower and the rise of constant Internet use has transformed the tabletop terra firma into a cockpit, an antic terminal for the networked self. Our desktops are now a thick impasto of tabbed windows, pull-down menus, dashboard widgets, and application alerts. No possible distraction gets left behind, no link, feed, IM, twitter, or poke unheeded.
It's blindingly obvious to note that disarray is one of the defining aspects of the frequent Web user. (I could cite some pertinent statistics, but I don't trust myself to get back to this word processor window.) Ask any designer: Without white space, humans have difficulty focusing. Chances are, you're reading this alongside a flurry of other twinkling points of attention splayed across your monitor. But it doesn't have to be that way. There's an emergingmarket for programs that introduce much-needed traffic calming to our massively expanding desktops. The name for this genre of clutter-management software: zenware.
The philosophy behind zenware is to force the desktop back to its Platonic essence. There are several strategies for achieving this, but most rely on suppressing the visual elements you're used to: windows, icons, and toolbars. The applications themselves eschew pull-down menus or hide off-screen while you work. Even if you consider yourself inured to their presence, the theory goes, you'll benefit most from their absence.
Zenware promises to help the ADHD user who lurks in each of us. But does any of this stuff actually work? As every freelance writer is a trusted authority on the powers of distraction, I decided to put a range of programs through the paces to see if they helped complete my daily computing tasks more punctually and efficiently.
Deep within the steamer trunk of features in this fall's Mac OS X Leopard update is an innocuous-seeming application called Spaces that is designed to extend desktop real estate. The goal is to parcel your applications into task-specific groups. I use Spaces to divide my desktop into three areas: word processing, spreadsheets, and dashboard-type applications (e-mail, newsreader, and calendar), with each screen a quick keystroke away. (In a winningly antique way of transitioning between tasks, the screens shuttle across like a ball bouncing along a roulette wheel.)
I've found this approach to screen expansion—making more with less—works nicely, acting as a natural encouragement to concentration and organization. Deep-surfing RSS feeds is my most frequent vice. With this system, when I start reading something I know will blow away my five-minute break, I click to minimize it to my dock for retrieval later. Rather than indulge my worst surfing habits, Spaces encourages fastidiousness. Every time I use Spaces, though, I'm forced to remember VirtueDesktops, an antecedent application for the Mac that allowed a greater range of configurability. (As old-school Unix and newer Windows users can crow, virtual desktops have been around the PC market for years.)
The most common zenware programs are the mini-apps that act to quiet the desktop in tiny ways. Widely available for PC or Macintosh, they variously dim the menu bar, highlight or isolate an active window, darken an inactive one, or minimize inactive applications completely. Most of these are niche-marketed to microscopic groups with particular screen annoyances; in combination, they are all a bit much.
In trying out these various widgets, I learned that some zenware holds unexpected benefits. One program I tried, called Spirited Away—the PC equivalent is Swept Away—works by automatically hiding any program that's been sitting on your screen unused. Unfortunately, this feature assumes that you're always staying on task. If you get distracted and, say, start surfing RSS feeds, the pressing tasks that you're supposed to be working on drift away to help you focus on your procrastination. Even so, I've stuck with Spirited Away because it enforces a happy habit: alertness to the task at hand. If one of my important windows disappears, I know it's time to start working again.
If the word processors WriteRoom (Mac) and DarkRoom (PC) are any indication, the virtues of the zenware approach shine brightest when it comes to full applications. Almost immediately upon starting up WriteRoom, I felt a kind of aesthetic arousal normal people reserve for, say, tattoos or kung fu movies.
Part of this is nostalgia, as WriteRoom tosses its user into a monochrome void that's lit only by the blinking green cursor. But the true charm here is the configurability of the user interface, which allows you to craft an ideal composition space. The key is that, unlike in Word, the choices are kept shrewdly off-screen: WriteRoom's blank slate reduces the urge to twiddle with margins and other formatting gewgaws. Instead, I find myself forgoing cosmetic changes for more functional ones, like bumping up the type size when my office window light starts to falter.
Unlike practically everything else in our digital lives, WriteRoom's minimalist interface implies a truly flattering proposition: It's you, not the software, that matters. After repeated use, I found a pure joy in writing that my computer mainstays—from basic notepad apps to Word—had siphoned away years before. Part of this could be novelty, so I'm remaining cautious. I can't quite say it's made me a better writer, but then neither can any technology. But WriteRoom has me composing more quickly, and it's brought back the elemental thrill of assembling thoughts by tossing words onto the screen. As outrageous and premature as it sounds, programs like WriteRoom could have the kind of impact for this generation that The Elements of Style had for another, by distilling down the writing process and laying bare its constituent parts.
A little screen simplification can go a long way. For those keeping score, the computer is supposed to be the thing with the electrical plug, not the wired drone operating it. So try dialing down the Twittering itch for a moment and see where it leads you. The pundits have told us about the dangers of info glut and data smog, how our screens are accumulating noisy riots of data. But with zenware, the cure is right at hand—for those who really want it.
Recent Comments